Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 1 of 34 INVITATION TO BID 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID OPENING: 3:00 PM MT (our clock), February 7, 2024 The City of Fort Collins is requesting bids from qualified Contractors for miscellaneous concrete work which includes the removal and/or installation of concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, cross- pans, aprons, drive approaches, inlets, concrete pavement, and pedestrian access ramps and placement of temporary asphalt patching adjacent to new concrete on designated streets in the City of Fort Collins. Related traffic control is also included. The City may elect to award to multiple Contractors at the City’s sole discretion. As part of the City’s commitment to Sustainable Purchasing, electronic bid submission is preferred. Bids shall be submitted online through the Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System (RMEPS) at http://www.bidnetdirect.com/colorado/city-of-fort-collins. Please note: submitting bids through RMEPS may need additional time for completion. Bids not submitted by the designated Opening Date and Time will not be accepted by the system. The City encourages all disadvantaged business enterprises to submit bids in response to all invitations to bid. No individual or business will be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin. It is the City’s policy to create a level playing field on which DBEs can compete fairly and to ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of all contracts. A pre-bid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10:00 AM MT on January 25, 2024, on Microsoft Teams. Select or copy/paste the below link into your browser for access to the meeting. Please be prepared to announce your name and mute your microphone: Click here to join the meeting https://teams.microsoft.com/l/meetup- join/19%3ameeting_YzhhZDEwMGEtNjRjMi00ZjEwLThkNTYtZTE2ZjliNDE1YTJk%40thread.v2/ 0?context=%7b%22Tid%22%3a%2247fa2f5f-0d0a-4a68-b431- 6d1a27b66660%22%2c%22Oid%22%3a%2237299b31-8a43-4b66-8642- b5358a21cda9%22%7d To call in to the meeting use the information below: Call-In Number: 1 970 628 0892 Conference ID: 923 745 76# Public Bid Opening: Bid opening will be conducted shortly after 3:00 PM MT on February 7, 2024. Bid openings will be conducted by videoconference. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will publicly opened and read aloud. To access the Bid opening, please follow the link: Click here to join the meeting Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 fcgov.com/purchasing 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 2 of 34 https://teams.microsoft.com/l/meetup- join/19%3ameeting_NTk5NzVmMjgtZjc3My00MDU4LTlmNzktNzc3YWZmYTk3NWM3%40threa d.v2/0?context=%7b%22Tid%22%3a%2247fa2f5f-0d0a-4a68-b431- 6d1a27b66660%22%2c%22Oid%22%3a%2237299b31-8a43-4b66-8642- b5358a21cda9%22%7d Alternatively, the bid opening can be accessed via phone. This option will only allow you to hear the audio presentation. Call-in number: 1-970-628-0892 Conference ID: 638 589 059# Any additional questions should be submitted, preferably in writing via email, to Adam Hill at adhill@fcgov.com with a copy to Project Manager, Mike Knox at mknox@fcgov.com, no later than 3:00 PM MT (our clock) on January 30, 2024. Please format your e-mail to include: Bid 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete in the subject line. Questions received after this deadline may not be answered. Responses to all questions submitted before the deadline will be addressed in an addendum and posted on the Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System webpage. Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System hosted by BidNet: A copy of the Bid may be obtained at http://www.bidnetdirect.com/colorado/city-of-fort-collins. This BID has been posted utilizing the following Commodity Code(s): 91200 CONSTRUCTION SERVICES, GENERAL (INCL. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR SERVICES) 91300 CONSTRUCTION SERVICES, HEAVY (INCL. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR SERVICES) 91319 Construction, Curb and Gutter (Includes Maintenance, Repair, and Removal) 91327 Construction, Highway and Road 91336 Construction, Parking Lot and Alley 91347 Construction, Sidewalk and Driveway (Includes Pedestrian and Handicap Ramps) 91350 Construction, Street (Major and Residential)(Includes Reconstruction) 91375 Maintenance and Repair, Parking Lot and Alley 91382 Maintenance and Repair, Sidewalk and Driveway (Including Removal) 91384 Maintenance and Repair, Street (Major and Residential) 91394 Paving/Resurfacing, Alley and Parking Lot 91395 Paving/Resurfacing, Highway and Road 91396 Paving/Resurfacing, Street (Major and Residential) 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 3 of 34 91400 CONSTRUCTION SERVICES, TRADE (NEW CONSTRUCTION) 91430 Concrete Prohibition of Unlawful Discrimination: The City of Fort Collins, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252, 42 US.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d- 4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City strictly prohibits unlawful discrimination based on an individual’s gender (regardless of gender identity or gender expression), race, color, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, age 40 years or older, marital status, disability, sexual orientation, genetic information, or other characteristics protected by law. For the purpose of this policy “sexual orientation” means a person’s actual or perceived orientation toward heterosexuality, homosexuality, and bisexuality. The City also strictly prohibits unlawful harassment in the workplace, including sexual harassment. Further, the City strictly prohibits unlawful retaliation against a person who engages in protected activity. Protected activity includes an employee complaining that he or she has been discriminated against in violation of the above policy or participating in an employment discrimination proceeding. The City requires its Contractor to comply with the City’s policy for equal employment opportunity and to prohibit unlawful discrimination, harassment and retaliation. This requirement applies to all third-party Contractors and their subcontractors/subconsultants at every tier. Colorado Open Records Act: The City is a governmental entity subject to the Colorado Open Records Act, C.R.S. §§ 24-72-200.1 et seq. (“CORA”). Any bid submitted hereunder is subject to public disclosure by the City pursuant to CORA and City ordinances. All submitted bids, Bid Forms, and the awarded contract will be considered public records subject to disclosure under CORA. By responding to this Bid, Contractor hereby waives any and all claims for damages against the City for the City’s good faith compliance with CORA. Special Instructions: All bids must be properly signed by an authorized representative of the company with the legal capacity to bind the company to the agreement. Bids may be withdrawn up to the date and hour set for closing. Once bids have been accepted by the City and closing has occurred, failure to enter into contract or honor the purchase order will be cause for removal of supplier's name from the City of Fort Collins' bidders list for a period of twelve months from the date of the opening. The City may also pursue any remedies available at law or in equity. Bid prices must be held firm for a period of ninety (90) days after bid openings. Submission of a bid is deemed as acceptance of all terms, conditions and specifications contained in the City's specifications initially provided to the Contractor. Any proposed modification must be accepted in writing by the City prior to award of the bid. Only bids properly received by the Purchasing Office will be accepted. All bids should be clearly identified by the bid number and bid name contained in the bid proposal. No bid will be accepted from, or any purchase order awarded, to any person, firm or corporation 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 4 of 34 in default on any obligation to the City. Bids must be furnished exclusive of any federal excise tax, wherever applicable. Contractors must be properly licensed and secure necessary permits wherever applicable. The City may elect where applicable, to award bids on an individual item/group basis or on a total bid basis, whichever is most beneficial to the City. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids, and to waive any irregularities or informalities. Sales Prohibited/ Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision-making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity, favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited. Freight Terms: Unless otherwise noted, all freight is F.O.B. Destination, Freight Prepaid. All freight charges must be included in prices submitted on proposal. Collusive or Sham Bids: Any bid deemed to be collusive or a sham bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this bid assures that such bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham bid. Utilization of Award by Other Agencies: The City of Fort Collins reserves the right to allow other state and local governmental agencies, political subdivisions, and/or school districts to utilize the resulting award under all terms and conditions specified and upon agreement by all parties. Usage by any other entity shall not have a negative impact on the City of Fort Collins in the current term or in any future terms. Contractor Registration: The City requires a new Contractor receiving awards from the City to submit IRS form W-9 and requires all Contractors to accept Direct Deposit (Electronic) payment. If needed, the W-9 form and the Contractor Direct Deposit Authorization Form can be found on the City’s Purchasing website at www.fcgov.com/purchasing under Contractor Reference Documents. Please do not submit these documents with your proposal, however, if you take exception to participating in Direct Deposit (Electronic) payments please clearly note such in your proposal as an exception. The City may waive the requirement to participate in Direct Deposit (Electronic) payments at its sole discretion. Bid results are posted online at http://www.bidnetdirect.com/colorado/city-of-fort-collins. Gerry Paul Purchasing Director 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 5 of 34 CITY OF FORT COLLINS GENERAL INFORMATION The City of Fort Collins is requesting bids for 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete. Schedule The following represents the City’s target schedule for the bid. The City reserves the right to amend the target schedule at any time. • Bid issuance: January 12, 2024 • Pre-bid Meeting: 10:00 AM MT on January 25, 2024 • Question deadline: 3:00 PM MT on January 30, 2024 • Final Addendum Issued February 1, 2024 • Bid Opening Date: 3:00 MT (our clock) on February 7, 2024 • Award of Contract (tentative): Week of February 12, 2024 Method of Award Award(s) from this bid will be based primarily on lowest bid price as well as references and experience. The City may elect to award to one or multiple Contractors at the City’s sole discretion. Agreement The awarded Contractor(s) will enter into the City’s Services Agreement Work Order Type, a sample of which is attached as Exhibit F for reference only. The Agreement will be effective for a period of one (1) year. At the option of the City, the Agreement may be extended for up to an additional four (4) one-year periods. Renewals and pricing changes shall only be negotiated and agreed to by both parties at least thirty (30) days prior to Agreement expiration. Written notice of renewal shall be provided to the Contractor(s) and mailed no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Agreement expiration date. Individual assignments for Work will be requested and agreed to utilizing the City’s Work Order (included in the sample Agreement). Each Work Order form must include a start and completion date, detailed line item pricing, total cost and a general summary of the Work. Subsequent supporting documentation pages may include a project schedule, deliverables, hours, and personnel details. Pricing stated in each Work Order will conform with those submitted in the bid response and incorporated in the Agreement. The awarded Contractor(s) will receive a Purchase Order and Work Order from the City authorizing Work under this Agreement. Contractor(s) should not begin any Work prior to receipt of the Purchase Order and Work Order. In the event that the City has awarded Agreements with multiple Contractors for the Work, the City reserves the right to choose which Contractor to award each Work Order. Selection of the Contractor for each Work Order will be at the City’s sole discretion with primarily consideration of the Contractor’s price and ability to support the City’s project schedule. 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 6 of 34 All jobs must begin within the time frame negotiated with the Contractor and Project Manager based upon the needs of the project that will be indicated on each Work Order. It shall be each Contractor's responsibility to familiarize themselves with the complexities involved for each project before entering a Work Order. No Work Order will be considered valid until signed, at a minimum, by the Contractor, Project Manager and Purchasing Department representative. Depending on the cost and nature of the Work, additional signature authorization may be required. Any changes to the dates, cost, or scope of any Work Order must be agreed upon in writing utilizing the City’s Change Order (included in the sample Agreement) and will not be considered valid until signed, at a minimum, by the Contractor, Project Manager and Purchasing Department representative. There is no guaranteed minimum amount of Work to be awarded under the Agreement. No Work Order exceeding $95,000 will be issued unless approved by the Purchasing Director. The City reserves the right to supply any or all materials. This Agreement shall be administered by the Streets Department but may and will be utilized by other City Departments. Invoices & Payments Invoices should be emailed monthly or after completion of Work to invoices@fcgov.com with a copy to the Project Manager. The cost of the item(s) delivered shall be paid to the Contractor each month following the submittal of a correct invoice. Contractor should include purchase order number and a detailed description of item(s) on each invoice submitted. The City pays undipusted invoices on Net 30 terms. Fees, Licenses, Permits The successful Contractor(s) shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary licenses, fees or permits without additional expense to the City. All equipment shall be properly licensed and insured, carry the appropriate permits, and be placarded as required by law. Laws and Regulations All Work and/or materials must meet current standards in force by recognized technical and professional societies, trade and materials supply associations, institutes and organizations, bureaus and testing laboratories. The Contractor(s) agrees to comply fully with all applicable local, State of Colorado and Federal laws and regulations and municipal ordinances to include American Disabilities Act (ADA). The Contractor(s) further agrees to comply fully with the Occupational Safety and Health Act, all regulations issued there under, and all state laws and regulations enacted and adopted pursuant thereto. Insurance Contractor(s) is responsible for providing the City with insurance as required in the attached sample Agreement. Warranty Contractor warrants all equipment, materials, labor and other Work, provided under this Agreement, except City-furnished materials, equipment and labor, against defects and nonconformances in design, materials and workmanship/workwomanship for a period beginning with delivery and ending twenty-four (24) months from and after final acceptance under the Agreement, regardless whether the same were furnished or performed by Contractor or by any 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 7 of 34 of its subcontractors of any tier. Upon receipt of written notice from City of any such defect or nonconformances, the affected item or part thereof shall be redesigned, repaired, or replaced by Contractor in a manner and at a time acceptable to City. SCOPE OF WORK 1. GENERAL A. This bid will be for various projects and jobsites, as required by City Departments and should not be construed as a specific project or site. Each jobsite will be based on isolated locations which are separated by more than 1 city block (500 lineal feet). Needed services during the contract period will be requested through issuance of Work Orders. No Work Order exceeding $95,000 will be issued, unless approved by the Purchasing Director. B. Mobilization shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and will not be measured and paid for separately except where the total cost of the concrete repairs, including traffic control, does not exceed $1,000 (One Thousand Dollars). In those cases, the Contractor can invoice for up to $1,000 (One Thousand Dollars). C. The Contractor must provide all labor, materials, and equipment, including traffic control and barricading to accomplish the Work in accordance with City standard specifications and erosion control requirements. Replacement of curb, gutter and sidewalk shall match existing, i.e., vertical curb shall be replaced with vertical curb, etc., or as directed by Engineer or Project Manager. D. Contractor must maintain a local telephone number and must be able to be reached by telephone during prescribed business hours (8 hours per each 24- hour working period - Monday through Friday). Contractor will respond to all City non-emergency telephone transmissions in a reasonable time (generally meaning within 24 hours on the next working day). E. The Contractor may be requested by the Engineer or Project Manager to work nighttime and weekend hours. In addition to the bid schedule prices for the work performed, any City-directed nighttime or weekend labor hours will be paid at half time the Force Account rates, FA1 - FA8, along with any material up-charges associated with the nighttime or weekend work. Timesheets, material tickets, or other City-approved methods for labor hour and material up-charge verification will be required at the time of invoicing. F. All Erosion Control and Fugitive Dust Control tactics conducted outside of bid line items 208.01 – 208.04 will be considered incidental to the project Work efforts. 2. COMPLIANCE STANDARDS A. Contractor must comply to the Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards (LCUASS) latest edition. These documents are available on the Larimer County website www.larimer.gov . 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 8 of 34 B. The Contractor must submit concrete mix designs for approval by the City Streets Department prior to starting Work. The City may require the Contractor to use rapid set concrete. C. The Contractor must be licensed with the City of Fort Collins and shall comply with all applicable Federal, State and Local Laws and regulations for the duration of the contract. D. All asphalt patching shall be performed in accordance with the then-current City specifications and by a Contractor licensed with the City of Fort Collins. E. The Master Street Plan depicting the classification of City roads is available on the internet at: https://www.fcgov.com/fcmoves/msp F. Additional standards and specifications that must be adhered to include: EXHIBIT A - Section 01010-01800 General Requirements EXHIBIT B - Section 02000 Project Standards and Specifications EXHIBIT C - MGPEG Item 30 Portland Cement Concrete Materials EXHIBIT D - Section 03000 Index & Details EXHIBIT E - Section 04000 Dust Manual Erosion Control EXHIBIT F - Accessibility Specifications for Push Button 3. ADDITIONAL WORK ORDER PROCEDURES A. All job estimates must be submitted on a unit price basis consistent with the prices established in the Bid Schedule section. B. Contractor will invoice for all jobs completed on a unit price basis with the prices established in the Bid Schedule section and incorporated in the Agreement. C. Purchase Order & Work Order number must be included on billing invoices. D. All jobs to be completed within timeline outlined on each Work Order. Liquidated damages may be included on specific Work Orders with timeline and terms stated on such Work Orders. E. Each Work Order shall be signed and returned by Contractor to the issuing department within two (2) business days. 4. PATCHING REQUIREMENT A. All concrete placed adjacent to asphalt pavement will require placement of a temporary or permanent hot mix asphalt patch, unless otherwise directed by the Project Manager. See Exhibit B for detailed information on patching requirements. 5. INSPECTION A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the City Project Manager, or their representative, that the Work is ready for inspection. Every request for 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 9 of 34 inspection shall be made at least two (2) business days before inspection is desired. Any Work completed by the Contractor and not inspected and accepted by the City shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 6. AWARD A. Prices bid shall be based upon the requirements stated herein and any project specific requirements. It shall be each Contractor's responsibility to familiarize themselves with the complexities involved for each type of Work before entering a bid. B. Award of this bid will be made in the best interest of the City. Bid price evaluations will be completed using the estimated quantities given multiplied by the unit price. The City reserves the right to award to multiple Contractors. Awards will be based primarily on lowest bid price as well as references and experience. 7. TRAFFIC CONTROL A. All traffic control, work zone protection, and/or parking control and permits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and provided in accordance with the latest revisions of the “Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways” (MUTCD) https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/, the City of Fort Collins “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook” https://www.fcgov.com/traffic/watc , and the attached revisions of Sections 104 and 630, Traffic and Parking Control and Traffic Control Devices respectively. 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 10 of 34 CITY OF FORT COLLINS BID SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS WE HEREBY ENTER OUR BID FOR THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS' REQUIREMENTS FOR 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE PER THE BID INVITATION AND ANY REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS: The following items must be provided in the bid submittal package: 1) Completed Bid Submittal Form, consisting of ten (10) pages, including: • Bid Schedule • Experience & References List, providing documentation of at least three (3) reference projects. • List of Subcontractors to be used (if applicable) • Contractor Acknowledgement. You must completely fill out this form. 2) An overview of your company, a list of essential equipment that will be used, and a description of the means and methods for completing services. Failure to submit any of the above may result in your bid being considered non-responsive. 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 11 of 34 CONTRACTOR NAME: SUBMITTAL DATE: A. BID SCHEDULE 202.01 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (0" < 4") Lineal Foot 20 $ - 202.02 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (4" < 6") Lineal Foot 20 $ - 202.03 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (6" < 8") Lineal Foot 20 $ - 202.04 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (8" ≤ 10") Lineal Foot 20 $ - 202.05 Sawcut - Additional 1" Depth Lineal Foot 25 $ - 202.06 Remove Concrete Sidewalk Square Foot 2100 $ - 202.07 Remove Concrete Curb & Gutter Lineal Foot 850 $ - 202.08 Remove Monolithic Curb, Gutter & Sidewalk Square Foot 1300 $ - 202.09 Remove Concrete Driveway/Apron/Crosspan Square Foot 3000 $ - 202.10 Remove Concrete Pavement - 10" Square Foot 300 $ - 202.11 Remove Concrete Pavement - Additional 1" Depth Square Foot 100 $ - 202.12 Remove Asphalt - 6"Square Foot 200 $ - 202.13 Remove Asphalt - Additional 1" Depth Square Foot 500 $ - 202.14 Remove Inlet Each 5 $ - 202.15 Remove and Haul Driveway Fillet Each 5 $ - 202.16 Remove Flagstone Square Foot 200 $ - 203.01 Excavation - General Less Than 50 CY Cubic Yard 25 $ - 203.02 Excavation - General Over 50 CY Cubic Yard 125 $ - 203.03 Excavation - Walls Only Cubic Yard 100 $ - 203.04 Excavation - New Inlet Each 5 $ - 203.05 Borrow - Less than 100 Ton Ton 50 $ - 203.06 Borrow - Over 100 Ton Ton 125 $ - 207.01 Imported Topsoil Cubic Yard 25 $ - 208.01 Stormwater Protection – CDOT Gravel Bag (Rock Sock) Lineal Foot 100 $ - 208.02 Stormwater Protection - Recycled Rubber Filled Wattle Lineal Foot 25 $ - 208.03 Stormwater Protection – CDOT Gravel Bag Inlet Filter Each 5 $ - 208.04 SWMP Maintenance Log - 14 Day Inspection Each 5 $ - 210.01 Reset Flagstone Square Foot 100 $ - 210.02 Reset Brick Pavers Square Foot 250 $ - 210.03 Adjust Manhole Each 10 $ - 210.04 Adjust Valve Box Each 10 $ - 212.01 Sod Square Foot 20 $ - 212.02 Landscape / Irrigation Labor Hour 10 $ - 304.01 Aggregate Base Course/Recycled Concrete Base ≤ 5 Tons Ton 75 $ - 304.02 Aggregate Base Course/Recycled Concrete Base > 5 Tons Ton 50 $ - 304.03 Recycled Asphalt Base Ton 25 $ - 403.01 Asphalt Surface Preservation Lineal Foot 1000 $ - 403.02 Temporary Patching with Hot Mix Asphalt Ton 100 $ - 403.03 Permanent Asphalt Patching Ton 200 $ - 403.04 Temporary Patching with Cold Mix Asphalt Ton 20 $ - 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID SCHEDULE 2024 Total Cost 2024 Unit Pricing Item No. Description Unit Contract Quantity *403.05 Permanent Utility Asphalt Patching Ton 350 $ - 601.01 Exposed Sand Finish - Up Charge Square Foot 500 $ - 602.01 Reinforcing Steel with Dowel Basket Assembly Pound 250 $ - 602.02 Reinforcing Steel - Epoxy Coated with Dowel Basket Assembly Pound 250 $ - 604.01 Install New Area Inlet Each 5 $ - 604.02 Area Inlet – Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 5 $ - 604.03 Reconstruct Area Inlet Deck – Remove & Replace Each 5 $ - 604.04 Reconstruct Area Inlet Deck - Additional Foot Opening – Remove & Replace Lineal Foot 5 $ - 604.05 Reconstruct Catch Basin Deck - Remove & Replace Each 10 $ - 604.06 Reconstruct Catch Basin Deck - Additional Foot Opening – Remove & Replace Lineal Foot 10 $ - 604.07 Install New Curb Inlet – 4’ Opening Each 5 $ - 604.08 Curb Inlet – Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 10 $ - 604.09 Reconstruct Curb Inlet Deck – Remove and Replace Each 10 $ - 604.10 Reconstruct Curb Inlet Deck – Additional Foot Opening – Remove and Replace Lineal Foot 15 $ - 604.11 Install New Type R Inlet - 5' Opening Each 10 $ - 604.12 Type R Inlet – Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 15 $ - 604.13 Reconstruct Type R Inlet Deck – Remove and Replace Each 10 $ - 604.14 Reconstruct Type R Inlet Deck – Additional Foot Opening – Remove and Replace Lineal Foot 10 $ - 604.15 Install New Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet (includes new Frame, Grate & Adjustable Curb Bonnet)Each 5 $ - 604.16 Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet – Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 10 $ - 604.17 Reconstruct Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet Deck – Remove & Replace Each 6 $ - 604.18 Reconstruct Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet Deck – Additional Foot Opening – Remove and Replace Lineal Foot 10 $ - 604.19 Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet – Materials only - (Frame, Grate, & adjustable bonnet (East Jordan Iron Works 7030 or Equivalent Material)Each 5 $ - 604.20 Concrete Sidewalk Culvert – 4’ opening Each 5 $ - 604.21 Metal Sidewalk Culvert - 2' Opening, Remove & Replace Each 4 $ - 604.22 Metal Sidewalk Culvert - 2' Opening, Materials Only Each 5 $ - 604.23 Additional Square Foot 5/8" Plate Square Foot 15 $ - 608.01 Drive Over Curb, Gutter & 6" Sidewalk Lineal Foot 1,200 $ - 608.02 Drive Over Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 525 $ - 608.03 Vertical Curb, Gutter and 6" Sidewalk Lineal Foot 1000 $ - 608.04 Vertical Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 2300 $ - 608.05 Out Fall Curb & Gutter Lineal Foot 100 $ - 608.06 Hollywood Curb, Gutter and 6" Sidewalk Lineal Foot 500 $ - 608.07 Hollywood Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 300 $ - 608.08 High back Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 500 $ - 608.09 Barrier Curb - 6" x 18"Lineal Foot 100 $ - 608.12 Mountable Curb - 12" x 18" Lineal Foot 125 $ - 608.15 Pedestrian Access Ramp Square Foot 750 $ - 608.16 Pedestrian Access Ramp, High Back Curb Square Foot 375 $ - 608.17 Truncated Dome Panel Square Foot 300 $ - 608.18 Apron - 8"Square Foot 1450 $ - 608.19 Cross pan - 8"Square Foot 1200 $ - 608.20 Valley Pan - 6"Square Foot 500 $ - 608.21 Flatwork - 4"Square Foot 1,850 $ - 608.22 Flatwork - 6"Square Foot 3,800 $ - 608.23 Replace Flatwork - 1" Additional Depth Square Foot 250 $ - 608.24 Concrete Pavement 8" (Joints Sealed) Square Foot 1,500 $ - 608.25 Alley Approach - 8"Square Foot 1000 $ - 608.26 Enhanced Crosswalk - 10" Tile Red Square Foot 450 $ - 608.27 Enhanced Crosswalk - 10" San Diego Buff Square Foot 450 $ - 608.28 Enhanced Crosswalk - 10" Brick Red, Stamped Square Foot 450 $ - 608.29 Colored Trail with Fibermesh - 5" Yosemite Brown Square Foot 400 $ - 608.30 Mow Strip - 4" x 12"Lineal Foot 150 $ - 608.31 Splash block - 4" Exposed Aggregate Square Foot 325 $ - 608.32 Splash block - 4" San Diego Buff Square Foot 350 $ - 608.33 Median Cover - 4" San Diego Buff Square Foot 400 $ - 608.34 Fiber mesh - Added to Any Item - Additional Charge Pounds / Cubic Yard 75 $ - 608.35 24 Hour High Early Concrete - Added to Any Item - Additional Charge Cubic Yard 25 $ - 608.36 Stamp Pattern - Added to Any Item, Additional Charge Square Foot 150 $ - 608.37 6" Concrete Bollard Each 5 $ - 608.38 8" Concrete Bollard Each 5 $ - 608.39 Flowable Fill Cubic Yard 25 $ - 608.40 Non-reinforced Concrete Wall - 8" Square Face Foot 400 $ - 608.41 Non-reinforced Concrete Footer - 8" Square Foot 200 $ - 608.42 Concrete Staining/Sealing Square Foot 150 $ - 608.43 Expansion Material Lineal Foot 250 $ - 608.44 Joint Sealant (Pavement)Lineal Foot 100 $ - 608.45 Irrigation Sleeve Lineal Foot 20 $ - 608.46 Dump Fee Ton 5 $ - 608.47 6" Concrete Median Barrier Curb, Placed (Detail FC703-Section B) (8" Bar paid under 608.48) Lineal Foot 300 $ - 608.48 6" Concrete Median Barrier Curb, Drilled (Detail FC703-Section C) Each 300 $ - 608.49 Add Domes to Existing Ramp - Remove and Replace Square Foot 500 $ - 608.50 Add Domes to Existing Ramp - Dry set Placement Square Foot 40 $ - 608.51 Colored Concrete Upcharge- Add to Any Item- Additional Charge Square Foot 100 $ - 608.52 Colloidal Silica Finishing Aid Square Foot 100 $ - 623.01 Irrigation Sleeve – Three (3”) inch PVC Schedule 40 Lineal Foot 20 $ - 623.02 Irrigation Sleeve – Four (4”) inch PVC Schedule 40 Lineal Foot 20 $ - 630.01 "NO PARKING" Sign With Stand Per Each Per Day 375 $ - 630.02 Vertical Panel Without Light Per Each Per Day 400 $ - 630.03 Channelizing Drum without Light Per Each Per Day 650 $ - 630.04 Type I/II Barricade Without Light Per Each Per Day 800 $ - 630.05 Type III Barricade Without Light Per Each Per Day 25 $ - 630.06 Size A Sign With Stand Per Each Per Day 350 $ - 630.07 Size B Sign With Stand Per Each Per Day 75 $ - 630.08 Size A Specialty Sign - Cost of Manufacturing Each 2 $ - 630.09 Size B Specialty Sign - Cost of Manufacturing Each 2 $ - 630.10 Cone With Reflective Strip Per Each Per Day 3500 $ - 630.11 Safety Fence Per Roll Per Day 20 $ - 630.12 Light Per Each Per Day 20 $ - 630.13 Advance Warning Flashing or Sequencing Arrow Panel Per Each Per Day 15 $ - 630.14 Variable Message Board Per Each Per Day 50 $ - 630.15 Traffic Control Supervisor Per Day 25 $ - 630.16 Traffic Control Supervisor Hour 450 $ - 630.17 Flagging Hour 650 $ - FA1 Laborer Hour 15 $ - FA2 Foreman Hour 15 $ - FA3 Finisher Hour 15 $ - FA4 Form Setter Hour 15 $ - FA5 Skid Steer and Operator Hour 75 $ - FA6 Mini Trackhoe and Operator Hour 15 $ - FA7 Dump Truck and Operator Hour 15 $ - FA8 Backhoe and Operator Hour 15 $ - TOTAL COST -$ *A unit price is optional for line item 403.05. ADDITIONAL SERVICES TOTAL COST IN WORDS: 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 16 of 34 B. EXPERIENCE & REFERENCES LIST PROJECT #1 Project Name: Project Type: Location: Contract Amount: $ Client: Contact Name: Title: Phone: Email: Start Date: Completion Date: Was the Project completed on time? Yes No If no, please describe: Was the Project completed within the original budget? Yes No If no, please describe: Additional information: 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 17 of 34 PROJECT #2 Project Name: Project Type: Location: Contract Amount: $ Client: Contact Name: Title: Phone: Email: Start Date: Completion Date: Was the Project completed on time? Yes No If no, please describe: Was the Project completed within the original budget? Yes No If no, please describe: Additional information: 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 18 of 34 PROJECT #3 Project Name: Project Type: Location: Contract Amount: $ Client: Contact Name: Title: Phone: Email: Start Date: Completion Date: Was the Project completed on time? Yes No If no, please describe: Was the Project completed within the original budget? Yes No If no, please describe: Additional information: PLEASE NOTE: THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUEST AND CONTACT ADDITIONAL REFERENCES. 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 19 of 34 C. SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS Please list all subcontractors and their corresponding Work items in the space below. If not applicable, please note “N/A”. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR 9921 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE BID SUBMITTAL FORM 9921 ITB Miscellaneous Concrete Page 20 of 34 D. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Contractor hereby acknowledges receipt of the City of Fort Collins Bid and acknowledges that it has read and agrees to be fully bound by all of the terms, conditions and other provisions set forth in 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete except as otherwise noted. Additionally, Contractor hereby makes the following representations to City: a. All of the statements and representations made in this proposal are true to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge and belief. b. Contractor commits that it is able to meet the terms provided in this proposal. c. Contractor warrants it possess all require licenses. d. This proposal is a firm and binding offer, for a period of 90 days from the date hereof. e. Contractor further agrees that the method of award is acceptable. f. Contractor also agrees to complete the proposed Notice of Award (NOA) with the City of Fort Collins within 10 days of notice of award. If NOA is not completed and signed within 10 days, City reserves the right to cancel and award to the next highest rated firm. g. Contractor acknowledges receipt of addenda. h. Contractor acknowledges no conflict of interest. i. Contractor acknowledges that the City is a governmental entity subject to the Colorado Open Records Act, C.R.S. §§ 24-72-200.1 et seq. (“CORA”). Any bid submitted hereunder is subject to public disclosure by the City pursuant to CORA and City ordinances. All submitted bids, Bid Forms, and the awarded contract will be considered public records subject to disclosure under CORA. By responding to this Bid, Contractor hereby waives any and all claims for damages against the City for the City’s good faith compliance with CORA. Legal Firm Name: Physical Address: Remit to Address: Phone: Name of Authorized Agent of Firm: Signature of Authorized Agent: Primary Contact for Project: Title: Email Address: Phone: Cell Phone: NOTE: ALL BID SUBMITTAL FORM PAGES MUST BE COMPLETED, SIGNED WHERE REQUIRED & RETURNED WITH YOUR BID PROPOSAL PACKAGE. Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 21 of 34 EXHIBIT F SAMPLE SERVICES AGREEMENT (FOR REFERENCE ONLY – DO NOT SIGN) SERVICES AGREEMENT WORK ORDER TYPE THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into the day and year set forth below, by and between THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO, a Municipal Corporation, hereinafter referred to as the "City" and , a(n) (ENTER STATE) Corporation, hereinafter referred to as "Service Provider". WITNESSETH: In consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations herein expressed, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows: 1. Services to be Performed. a. This Agreement shall constitute the basic agreement between the parties for services for 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete. The conditions set forth herein shall apply to all services performed by the Service Provider on behalf of the City and particularly described in Work Orders agreed upon in writing by the parties from time to time. Such Work Orders, a sample of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, consisting of one (1) page, and incorporated herein by this reference, shall include a description of the services to be performed, the location and time for performance, the amount of payment, any materials to be supplied by the City and any other special circumstances relating to the performance of services. No Work Order shall exceed $95,000.00. A general scope of services is attached hereto as Exhibit C, consisting of ( ) page(s), and incorporated herein by this reference. The only services authorized under this Agreement are those which are performed after receipt of such Work Order, except in emergency circumstances where oral work requests may be issued. Oral requests for emergency actions will be confirmed by issuance of a written Work Order within two (2) working days. Irrespective of references in Exhibit A to certain named third parties, Service Provider shall be solely responsible for performance of all duties hereunder. b. The City may, at any time during the term of a particular Work Order and without invalidating such Work Order, make changes to the scope of the particular services. Such changes shall be agreed upon in writing by the parties by Change Order, a sample of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, consisting of one (1) page and incorporated herein by this reference. Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 22 of 34 2. Changes in the Work. The City reserves the right to independently bid any services rather than issuing work to the Service Provider pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing within this Agreement shall obligate the City to have any particular service performed by the Service Provider. 3. Time of Commencement and Completion of Services. The services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement shall be initiated as specified by each written Work Order or oral emergency service request. Oral emergency service requests will be acted upon without waiting for a written Work Order. Time is of the essence. 4. Contract Period. This Agreement shall commence , 2024, and shall continue in full force and effect until , 2025, unless sooner terminated as herein provided. In addition, at the option of the City, the Agreement may be extended for additional one year periods not to exceed four (4) additional one year periods. Renewals and pricing changes shall be negotiated by and agreed to by both parties only at the time of renewal. Written notice of renewal shall be provided to the Service Provider and mailed no later than thirty (30) days prior to contract end. 5. Delay. If either party is prevented in whole or in part from performing its obligations by unforeseeable causes beyond its reasonable control and without its fault or negligence, then the party so prevented shall be excused from whatever performance is prevented by such cause. To the extent that the performance is actually prevented, the Service Provider must provide written notice to the City of such condition within ten (10) days from the onset of such condition. 6. Early Termination by City. Notwithstanding the time periods contained herein, the City may terminate this Agreement at any time without cause by providing written notice of termination to the Service Provider. Such notice shall be delivered at least ten (10) days prior to the termination date contained in said notice unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties. In the event of early termination by the City, the Service Provider shall be paid for services rendered to the date of termination, subject only to the satisfactory performance of the Service Provider's obligations under this Agreement. Service Provider shall submit a final invoice within ten (10) days of the effective date of termination. Undisputed invoices shall be paid Net 30 days of the date of the invoice. Such payment shall be the Service Provider's sole right and remedy for such termination. 7. Notices. All notices provided under this Agreement shall be effective immediately when emailed or three (3) business days from the date of the notice when mailed to the following addresses: Service Provider: City: Copy to: Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 23 of 34 Attn: Email Address City of Fort Collins Attn: Mike Knox PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 mknox@fcgov.com City of Fort Collins Attn: Purchasing Dept. PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 purchasing@fcgov.com 8. City Project Manager. The City's Project Manager will be shown on the specific Work Order and shall make, within the scope of his or her authority, all necessary and proper decisions with reference to the work requested. All requests concerning this Agreement shall be directed to the City Project Manager. The initial City Project Manager for this agreement is Mike Knox and can be reached at mknox@fcgov.com or 720-935-3994. The Project Manager is subject to change by the City. 9. Contract Sum. This is an open-end indefinite quantity Agreement with no fixed price. The actual amount of work to be performed will be stated on the individual Work Orders. The City makes no guarantee as to the number of Work Orders that may be issued or the actual amount of services which will in fact be requested. 10. Payments. The City agrees to pay and the Service Provider agrees to accept as full payment for all work done and all materials furnished and for all costs and expenses incurred in performance of the work the sums set forth for the hourly labor rate and material costs, with markups, stated within the Bid Schedule Proposal Form, attached hereto as Exhibit , consisting of ( ) page(s), and incorporated herein by this reference. Invoices shall be emailed to invoices@fcgov.com with a copy to the City Project Manager. The cost of the work completed shall be paid to the Service Provider following the submittal of a correct itemized invoice by the Service Provider. The City is exempt from sales and use tax. The City’s Certificate of Exemption license number is 09804502. A copy of the license is available upon written request. The City pays invoices on Net 30 days from the date of the invoice. 11. Appropriation. To the extent this Agreement or any provision in it constitutes a multiple fiscal year debt or financial obligation of the City, it shall be subject to annual appropriation by City Council as required in Article V, Section 8(b) of the City Charter, City Code Section 8-186, and Article X, Section 20 of the Colorado Constitution. The City shall have no obligation to continue this Agreement in any fiscal year for which no such supporting appropriation has been made. Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 24 of 34 12. Independent Contractor. It is agreed that in the performance of any services hereunder, the Service Provider is an independent contractor responsible to the City only as to the results to be obtained in the particular work assignment and to the extent that the work shall be done in accordance with the terms, plans and specifications furnished by the City. 13. Subcontractors. Service Provider may not subcontract any of the Work set forth in the subsequent Work Orders without the prior written consent of the City, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If any of the Work is subcontracted hereunder (with the consent of the City), then the following provisions shall apply: (a) the subcontractor must be a reputable, qualified firm with an established record of successful performance in its respective trade performing identical or substantially similar work, (b) the subcontractor will be required to comply with all applicable terms of this Agreement, (c) the subcontract will not create any contractual relationship between any such subcontractor and the City, nor will it obligate the City to pay or see to the payment of any subcontractor, and (d) the work of the subcontractor will be subject to inspection by the City to the same extent as the work of the Service Provider. 14. Personal Services. It is understood that the City enters into the Agreement based on the special abilities of the Service Provider and that this Agreement shall be considered as an agreement for personal services. Accordingly, the Service Provider shall neither assign any responsibilities nor delegate any duties arising under the Agreement without the prior written consent of the City. 15. Acceptance Not Waiver. The City's approval or acceptance of, or payment for any of the services shall not be construed to operate as a waiver of any rights under the Agreement or of any cause of action arising out of the performance of this Agreement. 16. Warranty. a. Service Provider warrants that all work performed hereunder shall be performed with the highest degree of competence and care in accordance with accepted standards for work of a similar nature. b. Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, all materials and equipment incorporated into any work shall be new and, where not specified, of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for their intended use, and all workmanship shall be acceptable to City. c. Service Provider warrants all equipment, materials, labor and other work, provided under this Agreement, except City-furnished materials, equipment and labor, against defects and nonconformances in design, materials and workmanship/workwomanship for a period beginning with the start of the work and ending twenty-four (24) months from and after final acceptance under the Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 25 of 34 Agreement, regardless whether the same were furnished or performed by Service Provider or by any of its subcontractors of any tier. Upon receipt of written notice from City of any such defect or nonconformances, the affected item or part thereof shall be redesigned, repaired or replaced by Service Provider in a manner and at a time acceptable to City. 17. Default. Each and every term and condition hereof shall be deemed to be a material element of this Agreement. In the event either party should fail or refuse to perform according to the terms of this Agreement, such party may be declared in default thereof. 18. Remedies. In the event a party has been declared in default, such defaulting party shall be allowed a period of ten (10) days within which to cure said default. In the event the default remains uncorrected, the party declaring default may elect to (a) terminate the Agreement and seek damages; (b) treat the Agreement as continuing and require specific performance; or (c) avail themselves of any other remedy at law or equity. If the non-defaulting party commences legal or equitable actions against the defaulting party, the defaulting party shall be liable to the non-defaulting party for the non-defaulting party's reasonable attorney fees and costs incurred because of the default. 19. Entire Agreement; Binding Effect; Order of Precedence; Authority to Execute. This Agreement, along with all Exhibits and other documents incorporated herein, shall constitute the entire Agreement of the parties regarding this transaction and shall be binding upon said parties, their officers, employees, agents and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the respective survivors, heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of said parties. Covenants or representations not contained in this Agreement shall not be binding on the parties. In the event of a conflict between terms of the Agreement and any exhibit or attachment, the terms of the Agreement shall prevail. Each person executing this Agreement affirms that they have the necessary authority to sign on behalf of their respective party and to bind such party to the terms of this Agreement. 20. Indemnity/Insurance. a. The Service Provider agrees to indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees against and from any and all actions, suits, claims, demands or liability of any character whatsoever, brought or asserted for injuries to or death of any person or persons, or damages to property arising out of, result from or occurring in connection with the performance of any service hereunder. b. The Service Provider shall take all necessary precautions in performing the work hereunder to prevent injury to persons and property. c. Without limiting any of the Service Provider's obligations hereunder, the Service Provider shall provide and maintain insurance coverage naming the City as an Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 26 of 34 additional insured under this Agreement of the type and with the limits specified within Exhibit , consisting of one (1) page, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. The Service Provider before commencing services hereunder shall deliver to the City's Purchasing Director, purchasing@fcgov.com or P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 one copy of a certificate evidencing the insurance coverage required from an insurance company acceptable to the City. 21. Law/Severability. This Agreement shall be governed in all respect by the laws of the State of Colorado. The Parties further agree that Larimer County District Court is the proper venue for all disputes. If the City subsequently agrees in writing that the matter may be heard in federal court, venue will be in Denver District Court. In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement. 22. Prohibition Against Unlawful Discrimination. The City of Fort Collins, in accordance with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252, 42 US.C. §§ 2000d to 2000d-4) and the Regulations, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full and fair opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in consideration for an award. The City strictly prohibits unlawful discrimination based on an individual’s gender (regardless of gender identity or gender expression), race, color, religion, creed, national origin, ancestry, age 40 years or older, marital status, disability, sexual orientation, genetic information, or other characteristics protected by law. For the purpose of this policy “sexual orientation” means a person’s actual or perceived orientation toward heterosexuality, homosexuality, and bisexuality. The City also strictly prohibits unlawful harassment in the workplace, including sexual harassment. Further, the City strictly prohibits unlawful retaliation against a person who engages in protected activity. Protected activity includes an employee complaining that he or she has been discriminated against in violation of the above policy or participating in an employment discrimination proceeding. The City requires its vendors to comply with the City’s policy for equal employment opportunity and to prohibit unlawful discrimination, harassment and retaliation. This requirement applies to all third-party vendors and their subcontractors at every tier. 23. Governmental Immunity Act. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted as a waiver, express or implied, of any of the notices, requirements, immunities, rights, benefits, protections, limitations of liability, and other provisions of the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act, C.R.S. § 24-10-101 et seq. and under any other applicable law. Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 27 of 34 24. Colorado Open Records Act. The City is subject to Sec. 24-72-201 et seq. of the Colorado Revised Statute (CORA). This Agreement is subject to public disclosure in whole pursuant to CORA. 25. Dust Control. The Service Provider shall abide by the City of Fort Collins “Dust Control and Prevention Manual,” which is available for public download at https://www. fcgov.com/airquality/pdf/dust-prevention-and-control-manual.pdf, and is incorporated herein by this reference. The City of Fort Collins has implemented this manual for all projects performed for the City of Fort Collins or located within the City of Fort Collins city limits. 26. Force Majeure. No Party hereto shall be considered in default in the performance of an obligation hereunder to the extent that performance of such obligation is delayed, hindered, or prevented by force majeure. Force majeure shall be any cause beyond the control of the defaulting Party which could not reasonably have been foreseen and guarded against. Force majeure includes, but is not limited to, acts of God, fires, riots, pandemics, incendiarism, interference by civil or military authorities, compliance with regulations or orders of military authorities, and acts of war (declared or undeclared), provided such cause could not have been reasonably foreseen and guarded against by the defaulting Party. Force majeure shall not include increases in labor, commodity, utility, material, supply, fuel, or energy costs, or compliance with regulations or orders of civil authorities. To the extent that the performance is actually prevented, the Consultant must provide written notice to the City of such condition within ten (10) days from the onset of such condition. 27. Special Provisions. Special provisions or conditions relating to the services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement are set forth in Exhibit - Confidentiality, consisting of one (1) page, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. [Signature Page Follows] Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 28 of 34 THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: Gerry Paul, Purchasing Director Date: ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: SERVICE PROVIDER By: Printed: Title: Date: Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 29 of 34 EXHIBIT A WORK ORDER FORM PURSUANT TO A MASTER AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND SERVICE PROVIDER WORK ORDER NUMBER: PROJECT TITLE: ORIGINAL BID/RFP NUMBER & NAME: MASTER AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE DATE: Original Contract Date WORK ORDER COMMENCEMENT DATE: WORK ORDER COMPLETION DATE: MAXIMUM FEE: (time and reimbursable direct costs): PROJECT DESCRIPTION/SCOPE OF SERVICES: Service Provider agrees to perform the services identified above and on the attached forms in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and in the Master Agreement between the parties. In the event of a conflict between or ambiguity in the terms of the Master Agreement and this Work Order (including the attached forms) the Master Agreement shall control. Pricing stated on this Work Order shall be consistent with the pricing in the Master Agreement or subsequent renewals as of the Work Order commencement date and will be held firm through completion of this Work Order. The attached forms consisting of ( ) page(s) are hereby accepted and incorporated herein, by this reference, and Notice to Proceed is hereby given after all parties have signed this document. SERVICE PROVIDER: Service Provider By: Date: Name: Title: ACCEPTANCE: Date: Mike Knox, Project Manager REVIEWED: Date: Adam Hill, Senior Buyer ACCEPTANCE: Date: Gerry Paul, Purchasing Director (if greater than $60,000) Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 30 of 34 EXHIBIT B CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: SERVICE PROVIDER: Service Provider's Name WORK ORDER NUMBER: PO NUMBER: DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for Change: Why is the change required? 2. Description of Change: Provide details of the changes to the Work 3. Change in Work Order Price: 4. Change in Work Order Time: ORIGINAL WORK ORDER PRICE $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER % TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGINAL WORK ORDER % ADJUSTED WORK ORDER COST $ .00 SERVICE PROVIDER: Service Provider By: Date: Name: Title: ACCEPTANCE: Date: Mike Knox, Project Manager REVIEWED: Date: Name, Buyer or Senior Buyer ACCEPTANCE: Date: Name, Title ACCEPTANCE: Date: Gerry Paul, Purchasing Director (if greater than $60,000) Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 31 of 34 EXHIBIT C GENERAL SCOPE OF SERVICES Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 32 of 34 EXHIBIT BID SCHEDULE/ COMPENSATION The following pricing shall remain fixed for the initial term of this Agreement. Any applicable price adjustments may only be negotiated and agreed to in writing at the time of renewal. Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 33 of 34 EXHIBIT INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Service Provider will provide, from insurance companies acceptable to the City, the insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before commencing work under this bid, the Service Provider shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of policies. In case of the breach of any provision of the Insurance Requirements, the City, at its option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Service Provider, such insurance as the City may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies which may be due or become due the Service Provider under this Agreement. Insurance certificates should show the certificate holder as follows: City of Fort Collins Purchasing Division PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 The City, its officers, agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on the Service Provider 's general liability and automobile liability insurance policies by marking the appropriate box or adding a statement to this effect on the certificate, for any claims arising out of work performed under this Agreement. Insurance coverages shall be as follows: A. Workers' Compensation & Employer's Liability. The Service Provider shall maintain during the life of this Agreement for all of the Service Provider's employees engaged in work performed under this agreement. Workers' Compensation & Employer’s Liability insurance shall conform with statutory limits of $100,000 per accident, $500,000 disease aggregate, and $100,000 disease each employee, or as required by Colorado law. B. General Liability. The Service Provider shall maintain during the life of this Agreement such General Liability as will provide coverage for damage claims of personal injury, including accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from the performance of work under this Agreement. Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis. The amount of insurance for General Liability, shall not be less than $1,000,000 combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage. C. Automobile Liability. The Service Provider shall maintain during the life of this Agreement such Automobile Liability insurance as will provide coverage for damage claims of personal injury, including accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from the performance of work under this Agreement. Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis. The amount of insurance for Automobile Liability, shall not be less than $1,000,000 combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage. In the event any work is performed by a subcontractor, the Service Provider shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the work performed under this Agreement by a subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance. Official Purchasing Document Last updated 3/13/23 Services Agreement – Work Order Type ITB 9921 Miscellaneous Concrete Page 34 of 34 EXHIBIT CONFIDENTIALITY IN CONNECTION WITH SERVICES provided to the City of Fort Collins (the “City”) pursuant to this Agreement (the “Agreement”), the Service Provider hereby acknowledges that it has been informed that the City has established policies and procedures with regard to the handling of confidential information and other sensitive materials. In consideration of access to certain information, data and material (hereinafter individually and collectively, regardless of nature, referred to as “information”) that are the property of and/or relate to the City or its employees, customers or suppliers, which access is related to the performance of services that the Service Provider has agreed to perform, the Service Provider hereby acknowledges and agrees as follows: That information that has or will come into its possession or knowledge in connection with the performance of services for the City may be confidential and/or proprietary. The Service Provider agrees to treat as confidential (a) all information that is owned by the City, or that relates to the business of the City, or that is used by the City in carrying on business, and (b) all information that is proprietary to a third party (including but not limited to customers and suppliers of the City). The Service Provider shall not disclose any such information to any person not having a legitimate need-to-know for purposes authorized by the City. Further, the Service Provider shall not use such information to obtain any economic or other benefit for itself, or any third party, except as specifically authorized by the City. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, the Service Provider understands that it shall have no obligation under this Agreement with respect to information and material that (a) becomes generally known to the public by publication or some means other than a breach of duty of this Agreement, or (b) is required by law, regulation or court order to be disclosed, provided that the request for such disclosure is proper and the disclosure does not exceed that which is required. In the event of any disclosure under (b) above, the Service Provider shall furnish a copy of this Agreement to anyone to whom it is required to make such disclosure and shall promptly advise the City in writing of each such disclosure. In the event that the Service Provider ceases to perform services for the City, or the City so requests for any reason, the Service Provider shall promptly return to the City any and all information described hereinabove, including all copies, notes and/or summaries (handwritten or mechanically produced) thereof, in its possession or control or as to which it otherwise has access. The Service Provider understands and agrees that the City’s remedies at law for a breach of the Service Provider’s obligations under this Confidentiality Agreement may be inadequate and that the City shall, in the event of any such breach, be entitled to seek equitable relief (including without limitation preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and specific performance) in addition to all other remedies provided hereunder or available at law. 9921 2024 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INDEX SECTION PAGE NUMBERS 01010 Summary of Work General Requirements 2-3 01040 Coordination General Requirements 4-5 01310 Construction Schedules General Requirements 6-7 01330 Survey Data General Requirements 8 01340 Shop Drawings General Requirements 9-11 01410 Testing General Requirements 12-13 01510 Temporary Utilities General Requirements 14 01560 Temporary Controls General Requirements 15-16 01700 Contract Closeout General Requirements 17 01800 Method of Measurement and Basis of Payment General Requirements 18 EXHIBIT A SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK General Requirements - Page 2 of 18 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK This work shall consist of the removal and/or installation of concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, crosspans, aprons, drive approaches, inlets, concrete pavement, and pedestrian access ramps and placement of temporary or permanent asphalt patching adjacent to new concrete on designated streets in the City of Fort Collins. In addition to asphalt patching adjacent to concrete repairs, permanent asphalt hand patching of City of Fort Collins Utility main breaks is also included. A. Protection and Restoration. 1. Replace to equal or better conditions all items removed and replaced or damaged during construction. Restore all areas disturbed to match surrounding surface conditions. Also see tree protection standards, Section 201 of the Colorado Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. B. Construction Hours 1. Construction hours, except for emergencies, shall be limited to 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Engineer. Equipment operation shall be in accordance with Section 1560. 2. Any work performed by the Contractor outside of the construction hours, whether or not authorized by the Engineer, shall entitle the Owner to deduct from compensation due to the Contractor sufficient funds to cover the Owner’s costs in providing field engineering and/or inspection services because of such work. The cost for field engineering and inspection shall be $50.00 per hour. 1.2 NOTICES TO PRIVATE OWNERS AND AUTHORITIES A. Notify private owners of adjacent property, utilities, irrigation canal, and affected governmental agencies when prosecution of the Work may affect them. B. Give notification 48 hours in advance to enable affected persons to provide for their needs when it is necessary to temporarily deny access or services. C. Contact utilities at least 48 hours prior to excavating near underground utilities. D. Contact all agencies at least 72 hours prior to start of construction. Notify all agencies of the proposed scope of work schedule and any items which would affect their daily operation. E. Darren Moritz/Tom Knostman will be the Program Manager/Project Engineer Darren Moritz 970-221-6618 Office 970-556-1495 cell Tom Knostman 970-221-6576 Office 970-679-7947 cell Mike Knox 720-935-3994 cell F. Names and telephone numbers of affected agencies and utilities in the area are listed below for Contractor's convenience. EXHIBIT A SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK General Requirements - Page 3 of 18 UTILITIES Water: City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6700, Meter Shop 221-6759 Storm Sewer: City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6700 Sanitary Sewer: City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6700 Electrical: City of Fort Collins, Colorado 221-6700 Gas: Xcel Energy Emergency 1-800-895-2999 Local Contact: Pat Kreager 970-566-4416 Telephone: UNCC / 1-800-922-1987 Local Contact: Debbie Kautz 970-689-0635 Traffic Operations: City of Ft. Collins, Colorado 221-6630 Cable Television: Comcast 493-7400 Emergency 800-934-6489 Utility Notification Center of Colorado (UNCC) - 811 1-800-922-1987 AGENCIES Safety: Larimer County Sheriff's Department: Non-Emergency: 970-416-1985 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 303-844-3061 or 303-844-5285 Denver Office Fire: Poudre Fire Authority Non-Emergency: 970-416-2891 Poudre Valley Hospital Non-Emergency: 970-484-1227 or 970-495-7000 Emergency: 911 Police: City of Fort Collins Police Department Non-Emergency: 970-221-6540 Emergency: 911 Postmaster: US Postal Service: 970-225-4111 or 970-472-4022 Transportation: Transfort: 970-221-6620 Traffic Engineering: 970-221-6630 END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01040 COORDINATION General Requirements - Page 4 of 18 1.1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Coordinate operations under contract in a manner which will facilitate progress of the Work. The Contractor shall also coordinate with the Landscape Contractor whose Work is separate from the General Contractor’s contract. B. Conform to the requirements of public utilities and concerned public agencies in respect to the timing and manner of performance of operations which affect the service of such utilities, agencies, or public safety. C. Coordinate operations under contract with utility work to allow for efficient completion of the Work. D. Coordinate all operations with the adjoining property owners, business owners, and surrounding neighborhoods to provide satisfactory access at all times and keep them informed at all times. E. The Contractor shall ensure that Subcontractors shall have visible company names on all vehicles that enter the work zone. 1.2 CONFERENCES A. A Pre-construction Conference will be held prior to the start of construction. 1. Contractor shall participate in the conference accompanied by all major Subcontractors, including the Traffic Control Supervisor assigned to the project. 2. Contractor shall designate/introduce Superintendent, and major Subcontractors’ supervisors assigned to project. 3. The Engineer shall invite all utility companies involved. 4. The Utilities will be asked to designate their coordination person, provide utility plans, and their anticipated schedules. 5. The Engineer shall introduce the Project Representatives. B. Additional project coordination conferences will be held prior to start of construction for coordination of the Work, refining project schedules, and utility coordination. C. Engineer may hold coordination conferences to be attended by all involved when Contractor's operations affects, or is affected by, the work of others. 1. Contractor shall participate in such conferences accompanied by Subcontractors as required by the Engineer. 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Contractor and Engineer shall schedule and hold progress meetings as needed. B. Attendance shall include: 1. Contractor and Superintendent. 2. Owner's Representatives. 3. Engineer and Project Representative. 4. Traffic Control Supervisor 5. Others as may be requested by Contractor, Engineer or Owner. EXHIBIT A SECTION 01040 COORDINATION General Requirements - Page 5 of 18 C. When needed, a minimum agenda shall include: 1. Review of work progress since last meeting. 2. Identification and discussion of problems affecting progress. 3. Review of any pending change orders. 4. Revision of Construction Schedule anticipated two weeks in advance. D. The Engineer and Contractor shall agree to work quantities after projects have been completed. The work quantities shall be signed by both parties. These quantity sheets, when signed, shall be final. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE General Requirements - Page 6 of 18 1.1 GENERAL A. When requested by the Owner, the contractor shall prepare a detailed schedule of all construction operations and procurement after review of tentative schedule. This schedule will show how the contractor intends to meet the milestones set forth. 1. No work is to begin at the site until Owner's acceptance of the Construction Progress Schedule and Report of delivery of equipment and materials. 1.2 FORMAT AND SUBMISSIONS A. Prepare construction and procure schedules in a graphic format suitable for displaying scheduled and actual progress. B. Submit two copies of each schedule to Owner for review. 1. Owner will return one copy to Contractor with revisions suggested or necessary for coordination of the Work with the needs of Owner or others. C. The schedule must show how the street, landscaping, and various utility work will be coordinated. 1.3 CONTENT A. Construction Progress Schedule. 1. Show complete work sequence of construction by activity and location for the upcoming two week period. 2. Show changes to traffic control. 3. Show project milestones. B. Report of delivery of equipment and materials. 1. Show delivery status of critical and major items of equipment and materials. 2. Provide a schedule which includes the critical path for Shop Drawings, tests, and other submittal requirements for equipment and materials; reference Section 01340. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Submit revised schedules and reports at weekly project coordination meetings when changes are foreseen, when requested by Owner or Engineer, and with each application for progress payment. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission. 1. Actual progress of each item to date. 2. Revised projections of progress and completion. C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Anticipated problems, recommended actions, and their effects on the schedule. 2. The effect of changes on schedules of others. EXHIBIT A SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES General Requirements - Page 7 of 18 1.5 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Owner's review is only for the purpose of checking conformity with the Contract Documents and assisting Contractor in coordinating the Work with the needs of the Project. B. It is not to be construed as relieving Contractor from any responsibility to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction as provided in the General Conditions. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS General Requirements - Page 8 of 18 1.1 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. When needed, the Owner shall provide the construction surveying for the street and landscaping improvements. City Survey Crews will perform the surveying required. B. The Contractor must submit a survey request form to the City Surveyor a minimum of 48 hours prior to requiring surveying. C. If the requested surveying cannot be accomplished in the time frame requested by the Contractor, the survey personnel shall notify the Contractor with the date on which the requested work will be completed. D. Should a sudden change in the Contractor's operations or schedule require the survey personnel to work overtime, the Contractor shall pay the additional overtime expense. E. The Contractor shall protect all survey monuments and construction stakes. If it is unavoidable to remove a survey monument or construction stakes, the Contractor is responsible for notifying the Surveyor and allowing enough time for the monuments or stakes to be relocated. The Contractor will be responsible for the cost of re-staking construction stakes and for the cost of re-establishing a destroyed monument. F. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to concrete removal when property line markers are inscribed in the surface of the existing concrete, typically designated by “+” or “x” markings. The Contractor shall NOT reinstall all existing property line markers in the surface of the new concrete. The Contractor may NOT offset the existing mark for reinstallation but shall notify the City Survey Crews and request the offset location prior to removal of the concrete. If markers are removed without offsetting and reinstalling, the Contractor shall be responsible for all costs, including survey costs, associated with relocating and reinstalling the markers. G. The Contractor shall be responsible for transferring the information from the construction stakes to any necessary forms and for constructing all pipelines, drainage ways, pavements, inlets, walls, and other structures in accordance with the information on the stakes and grade sheets supplied by the Owner. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS General Requirements - Page 9 of 18 1.1 GENERAL A. Submit Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals as required by the individual specification. 1. Engineer will not accept Shop Drawings or other submittals from anyone but Contractor. B. Schedule: Reference Section 01310, Construction Schedules. Submittals received by Engineer prior to the time set forth in the approved schedule will be reviewed at any time convenient to Engineer before the time required by the schedule. C. Any need for more than one re-submission, or any other delay in obtaining Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by failure of Engineer to return any scheduled submittal within 10 days after receipt in his office of all information required for review of the submittals or for any other reason which prevents Engineer's timely review. Failure of Contractor to coordinate submittals that must be reviewed together will not entitle Contractor to an extension of Contract Time or an increase in Contract Price. D. Resubmit for review a correct submittal if errors are discovered during manufacture or fabrication. E. Contractor shall not use materials or equipment for which Shop Drawings or samples are required until such submittals, stamped by Contractor and properly marked by Engineer, are at the site and available to workmen. F. Contractor shall not use Shop Drawings which do not bear Engineer's mark "NO EXCEPTION TAKEN" in the performance of the Work. Review status designations listed on Engineer's submittal review stamp are defined as follows: 1. NO EXCEPTION TAKEN: Signifies material or equipment represented by the submittal conforms with the design concept, complies with the information given in the Contract Documents and is acceptable for incorporation in the Work. Contractor is to proceed with fabrication or procurement of the items and with related work. Copies of the submittal are to be transmitted for final distribution. 2. REVISE AS NOTED: Signifies material or equipment represented by the submittal conforms with the design concept, complies with the information given in the Contract Documents and is acceptable for incorporation in the Work in accordance with Engineer's notations. Contractor is to proceed with the Work in accordance with Engineer's notations and is to submit a revised submittal responsive to notations marked on the returned submittal or written in the letter of transmittal. 3. REJECTED: Signifies material or equipment represented by the submittal does not conform to the design concept or comply with the information given in the Contract Documents and is not acceptable for use in the Work. Contractor is to submit submittals responsive to the Contract Documents. 4. FOR REFERENCE ONLY: Signifies submittals which are for supplementary information only; pamphlets, general information sheets; catalog cuts, standard sheets, bulletins and similar data, all of which are useful to Owner in design, operation, or maintenance, but which by their nature do not constitute a basis for determining that items represented thereby conform with the design concept or comply with the information given in the Contract Documents. Engineer reviews such submittals for general information but not for substance. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Include the following information as required to define each item proposed to be furnished. 1. Detailed installation drawings showing foundation details, and clearances required for construction. 2. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials. 3. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. EXHIBIT A SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS General Requirements - Page 10 of 18 4. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 5. Drawings, catalogs or parts thereof, manufacturer's specifications and data, instructions, performance characteristics and capacities, and other information specified or necessary: a. For Engineer to determine that the materials and equipment conform with the design concept and comply with the intent of the Contract Documents. b. For the proper erection, installation, and maintenance of the materials and equipment which Engineer will review for general information but not for substance. c. For Engineer to determine what supports, anchorages, structural details, connections and services are required for materials and equipment, and the effect on contiguous or related structures, materials and equipment. 6. Complete dimensions, clearances required, design criteria, materials of construction and the like to enable Engineer to review the information effectively. B. Manufacturer's standard drawings, schematics and diagrams: 1. Delete information not applicable to the Work. 2. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. C. Format. 1. Present in a clear and thorough manner. 2. Minimum sheet size: 8 ½" x 11". 3. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products and models. 4. Individually annotate standard drawings which are furnished, cross out items that do not apply, describe exactly which parts of the drawing apply to the equipment being furnished. 5. Individually annotate catalog sheets to identify applicable items. 6. Reproduction or copies of portions of Contract Documents: a. Not acceptable as complete fabrication or erection drawings. b. Acceptable when used as a drawing upon which to indicate information on erection or to identify detail drawings. 7. Clearly identify the following: a. Date of submission. b. Project title and number. c. Names of Contractor, Supplier and Manufacturer. d. Specification section number, specification article number for which items apply, intended use of item in the work, and equipment designation. e. Identify details by reference to sheet, detail, and schedule or room numbers shown in the Contract Documents. f. Deviations from Contract Documents. g. Revisions on re-submittals. h. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 1.3 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Minimum number required: 1. Shop Drawings. a. Three (3) copies minimum, two (2) copies which will be retained by Engineer. EXHIBIT A SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS General Requirements - Page 11 of 18 1.4 RE-SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make corrections or changes required by Engineer and resubmit until accepted. B. In writing call Engineer's attention to deviations that the submittal may have from the Contract Documents. C. In writing call specific attention to revisions other than those called for by Engineer on previous submissions. D. Shop Drawings. 1. Include additional drawings that may be required to show essential details of any changes proposed by Contractor along with required wiring and piping layouts. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01410 TESTING General Requirements - Page 12 of 18 1.1 GENERAL A. Provide such equipment and facilities as the Engineer may require for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. Do not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, if required, have been made and the materials or equipment are found to be acceptable. Any product which becomes unfit for use after approval shall not be incorporated into the work. B. All materials or equipment proposed to be used may be tested at any time during their preparation or use. Furnish the required samples without charge and give sufficient notice of the placing of orders to permit the testing. Products may be sampled either prior to shipment or after being received at the site of the work. C. Tests shall be made by an accredited testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Except as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials and the laboratory methods and testing equipment shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). D. Where additional or specified information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required, such information is included under the applicable sections of the Specifications. Any modification of or elaboration on these test procedures which may be included for specific materials under their respective sections in the Specifications shall take precedence over these procedures. 1.2 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Owner shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing for the following: 1. Soil tests, except those called for under Submittals thereof. 2. Tests not called for by the Specifications of materials delivered to the site but deemed necessary by Owner. 3. Concrete test, except those called for under Submittals thereof. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. In addition to those inspections and tests called for in the General Conditions, Contractor shall also be responsible for and shall pay all costs in connection with testing required for the following: 1. All performance and field testing specifically called for by the specifications. 2. All retesting for Work or materials found defective or unsatisfactory, including tests covered under 1.2 above. 3. All minimum call out charges or stand by time charges from the tester due to the Contractor's failure to pave, place, or fill on schedule for any reason except by action of the Engineer. B. Contractor shall notify the Engineer 48 hours prior to performing an operation that would require testing. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM A. General: The Contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and tests of all items of Work, including that of his subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the functional performance of this project. This control shall be established for all construction except where the Contract Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or engineers employed by the Owner. The Contractor’s control system shall specifically include all testing required by the various sections of these Specifications. B. Foreman: The Contractor shall employ a full time foreman to monitor and coordinate all facets of the Work. The foreman shall have adequate experience to perform the duties of foreman, shall be assigned solely to a project, and shall remain on site during construction activities. EXHIBIT A SECTION 01410 TESTING General Requirements - Page 13 of 18 C. Contractor's quality control system is the means by which he assures himself that his construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover all construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule. The Contractor shall have a competent person use a smart level during setup and placement of concrete to ensure slope compliance of sidewalks, drive approaches, or ramp installations to the guidance of the 2010 United States Access Board at the link below and as directed by the Engineer. The smart level is to be calibrated upon request with the Construction Inspectors’ level. https://www.access-board.gov/guidelines-and-standards/transportation/facilities/ada-standards- for-transportation-facilities D. Records: Maintain correct records on an appropriate form for all inspections and tests performed, instructions received from the Engineer and actions taken as a result of those instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been performed (including type and number of inspections or test, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.) proposed or directed remedial action and corrective action taken. Document inspections and tests as required by each section of the Specifications, and provide copies to Engineer weekly. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES General Requirements - Page 14 of 18 1.1 UTILITIES A. Furnish all utilities necessary for construction. B. Make arrangements with Owner as to the amount of water required and time when water will be needed. 1. Meters may be obtained through the Water Utility Meter Shop at 221-6759 2. Unnecessary waste of water will not be tolerated. C. Furnish necessary water trucks, pipes, hoses, nozzles, and tools and perform all necessary labor. 1.2 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Furnish temporary sanitary facilities at each site for the needs of construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. B. Properly maintain sanitary facilities of reasonable capacity throughout construction periods. C. Enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. D. Obscure facilities from public view to the greatest practical extent. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS General Requirements - Page 15 of 18 1.1 NOISE CONTROL A. The Contractor shall take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise when construction activities are being performed in populated areas. Refer to Revision of Section 108 for additional requirements. B. Construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound muffling devices, and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the Work. C. Cease operation of all machinery and vehicles between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. 1.2 DUST CONTROL A. The contractor shall abide by the City of Fort Collins “Dust Control and Prevention Manual” located herein the contract documents under Section 4000. The City of Fort Collins has implemented this manual for all projects performed for the City of Fort Collins or located within the City of Fort Collins City limits. B. The Contractor shall be respectful to pedestrians and bicyclists when sweeping road surfaces. The Contractor shall cease operation until the citizen(s) has cleared the area. C. Chemical dust suppressant shall not be injurious to existing or future vegetation. 1.3 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the pollution of drains and water courses by sanitary wastes, concrete, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction activities. 1. Retain all spent oils, hydraulic fluids, and other petroleum fluids in containers for proper disposal off the site. 2. Prevent sediment, debris, or other substances from entering sanitary sewers, storm drains and culverts. 1.4 EROSION CONTROL A. Take such measures as are necessary to prevent erosion of soil that might result from construction activities. 1. Measures in general will include: a. Control of runoff. b. Trapping of sediment. c. Minimizing area and duration of soil exposure. d. Approved temporary materials such as hay bales, sand bags, plastic sheets, riprap, or culverts to prevent the erosion of banks and beds of watercourses or drainage swales where runoff will be increased due to construction activities. B. Preserve natural vegetation to greatest extent possible. C. Locate temporary storage and route construction traffic so as to preserve vegetation and minimize erosion. D. Comply with the City of Fort Collins' Storm Drainage Erosion Control Manual. 1.5 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Maintain traffic control in accordance with the latest revisions of the “Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices” (MUTCD), the City of Fort Collins “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook,” and the “Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards.” In the event of a conflict between the MUTCD criteria and the City’s criteria, the City’s criteria shall govern. See Revision of Sections 104 and 630. EXHIBIT A SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY CONTROLS General Requirements - Page 16 of 18 1.6 PARKED VEHICLES A. See Revision of Section 104 for issues related to parked vehicles. 1.7 HAUL ROUTES The Engineer reserves the right to set haul routes in order to protect pavements, both new and old, from heavy loads. These pavements may include, but are not limited to, recently constructed pavements, recently overlaid pavements, and/or pavements whose condition would be significantly damaged by heavy loads. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT General Requirements - Page 17 of 18 1.1 CLEANING AND RESTORATION A. Return the premises and adjacent properties to conditions existing or better than existing at the time the work was begun. This will include providing labor, equipment and materials for cleaning, repairing, and replacing facilities damaged or soiled during construction. The Engineer will be the judge of the degree of restoration required. 1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on the job site, and make available to the Engineer upon request, one current marked-up set of the drawings which accurately indicate all approved variations in the completed work that differ from the design information shown on the drawings. Further, these drawings should reflect all underground obstacles encountered. B. These record drawings along with any survey records, photographs, and written descriptions of work as may be required by the Engineer shall be submitted prior to project acceptance. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE General Requirements - Page 18 of 18 1.1 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Owner shall not pay for defective work and repair or additional work required to bring the project to a point of acceptance. 1.2 BID PRICE A. The Total Bid Price covers all Work required by the Contract Documents. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid for the various items of Work. B. Prices shall include all costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment and tools, Dust Control and performing all labor and supervision to fully complete the Work. C. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums. D. Unit prices shall not be subject to re-negotiation. 1.3 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES A. All quantities stipulated in the Bid Form at unit prices are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and for the purpose of comparing the bids submitted to the Work. The basis of payment shall be the actual amount of materials furnished and Work done. B. Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amount of Work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amount therefor. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT A SECTION 02000 PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS Project Specifications- Page 1 of 59 The 2023 Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction and the standard revisions controls construction of this project. The following special provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications and take precedence over the Standard Specifications and plans. The Larimer County “Urban Area Street Standards” (hereafter referred to as the “LCUASS Standards "), latest revision, are made a part of this Contract by this reference. In those instances where the Standards specifications conflict with any of the provisions of other parts of the standards the governing order of precedence shall be as follows: 1.Contract Agreement 2.The latest version of the MGPEC Pavement Design Standards and Construction Specification Manual, Item 30 Portland Cement Concrete Materials ONLY 3.The Project Special Provisions written herein this document of the latest revision of CDOT’s “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, 2023. 4.The Standard Special Provisions of latest revision of CDOT’s “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, 2023. 5.CDOT’s “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, 2022. 6.CDOT M&S Standards, 2019. 7.The latest version of the Larimer County “Urban Area Street Standards” INDEX OF REVISIONS SECTION 102 Bidding Requirements and Conditions 104 Scope of Work 105 Control of Work 106 Control of Material 107 Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public 108 Prosecution and Progress DIVISION 201 Clearing and Grubbing 202 Removal of Structures and Obstructions 203 Excavation and Embankment 208 Erosion Control 210 Reset Structures Manholes, Water valves 212 Seeding, Fertilizer, Soil Conditioner, and Sodding 304 Aggregate Base Course 403 Hot Mix Asphalt 601 Structural Concrete 602 Reinforcing Steel 604 Manholes, Inlets, and Meter Vaults 608 & 609 Sidewalks and Bikeways / Curb and Gutter 626 Mobilization 630 Construction Zone Traffic Control EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 102 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS Project Specifications- Page 2 of 59 Section 102 – BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS - is hereby revised as follows: Section 102.02 Contents of Proposal Forms is hereby revised as follows: The Fort Collins Purchasing Department will publish bidding opportunities to prospective bidders on the Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System (RMEPS). The forms on this website will state the location and description of the contemplated construction and will show the estimate of the various quantities and types of work to be performed or materials to be furnished and will have a schedule of items for which unit bid prices are invited. The forms will also state the time in which the project must be completed, the amount of the proposal guaranty, the date, time, and place of the opening of proposals. A Prebid meeting will be held to answer any questions that a potential bidder might have. Based on the questions that develop, an addendum to the bid will be distributed to potential bidders using the Rocky Mountain E- Purchasing System (RMEPS). Any addendum that is distributed will need to be acknowledged by the bidder when final bid documents are submitted for this contract. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 104 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS Project Specifications- Page 3 of 59 Section 104 -SCOPE OF WORK - is hereby revised as follows: Subsection 104.04 –Maintaining Traffic - is revised to include the following. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to clear parking from the streets when such parking will interfere with the work. Prior to work that requires the street(s) to be closed to parking and/or traffic, the street(s) shall be posted for "NO PARKING". “NO PARKING” signs shall be placed at a minimum of 100-foot intervals. The placement of these signs shall take place at least 24 hours prior to the commencement of work and shall clearly show the type of work, and the day, date, and times that the message on the sign is in effect. (For example, if a street is to be repaired on Wednesday, July 2, the street shall be posted no later than Tuesday, July 1, by 7:00 a.m. with a sign that reads similar to "NO PARKING, WEDNESDAY, JULY 2, 7:00 A.M. TO 6:00 P.M., Concrete Repairs (see sample "NO PARKING" sign on page 4). “NO PARKING” signs shall remain in place until the location specific project area is opened and all clean-up operations are completed. No Parking signs shall only be placed, maintained and removed by a representative of the Contractor, the Traffic Control Supervisor, or Flagger. The contractor shall not have “NO PARKING” signs up and posted where work is not anticipated. Signs that have been posted where work will not commence as posted shall be turned away from traffic. All information on the "NO PARKING" signs, apart from the type of work, date, and time shall be in block letters permanently affixed to the sign. Any information added to a sign, such as dates, shall be clearly legible and written in block style letters in wide (5mm+ width) black, weather resistant ink. The “NO PARKING” signs shall be in effect for the duration of the specific project area. In the event the Contractor deems it necessary to remove a vehicle that has not adhered to the “NO PARKING” notification, the Contractor shall first make every reasonable effort to locate and contact the owner of the vehicle. Should the Contractor be unable to locate the owner of the vehicle, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer to arrange for towing. If the “NO PARKING’ sign has been in place for a minimum of 24 hours, the City will make every reasonable effort to remove the offending vehicle within four (4) hours of notification from the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for delays associated with the towing of illegally parked vehicles. The Contractor shall always have an approved Traffic Control Plan on site. Traffic control signage on the construction site shall be set up in accordance with the approved traffic control plan and in accordance with the specifications. Work performed by the Contractor without an approved traffic control plan or when “NO PARKING” signs have not been placed as required by the specifications shall not be paid. The Contractor shall also be subject to a pay deduction of up to $1,000.00 per occurrence calendar per day for traffic control not in compliance with referenced specifications or requirements contained herein. Issues subject to deductions may include but are not limited to: •Traffic Control Supervisor not on the project site at all times (unless pre-approved by the Engineer). •An approved traffic control plan not on site. •Traffic control device set up by flagging personnel unless assisting the Traffic Control Supervisor. •Traffic control signage not set up in accordance with the approved traffic control plans. •Inadequate or ineffective flagging personnel and/or flagging equipment. The Engineer shall issue a written warning to the Contractor, Subcontractor, and/or Traffic Control Supervisor documenting the type of violation. The Engineer shall determine the deduction amount based on the Engineers’ opinion of the infraction severity and the number of previous infractions. Upon issuance of a third violation, the Engineer may request the Subcontractor, Traffic Control Supervisor and/or flagging personnel be removed from the project. Removal from the project in which the violations were issued shall be in effect for the remainder of the contract. The contractor shall find replacement Traffic Control Subcontractor, TCS, and/or flagging personnel within two weeks of the third notice without an adjustment to contract price or working days or the Contract may be terminated and rebid. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 104 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS Project Specifications- Page 4 of 59 Prior to the end of each work shift the approved Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS), and the Engineer shall meet to discuss the placement of upcoming traffic control devices to include "NO PARKING" signs. The quantity of traffic control devices used that day and for the next day shall be agreed upon by the Contractor and the Engineer. Any necessary adjustments shall be made. The Contractor and Engineer shall also review and determine the proposed means of handling parking and traffic control for the upcoming work. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to minimize any inconvenience to the public because of their work. The Contractor shall always maintain access to all businesses within the project. The installation schedule shall be communicated to all businesses and residents affected by the work at least 48 hours prior to starting work. Any changes to the traffic control, as directed by the Engineer, including additional signs, barricades, and/or flaggers needed shall be immediately implemented. Traffic control shall be paid under Revision of Section 630, “Construction Zone Traffic Control” found herein. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 104 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS Project Specifications- Page 5 of 59 END OF SECTION NO PARKING Wed July 2 7:00 a.m.- 6:00 p.m. CONCRETE REPAIRS EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 105 CONTROL OF WORK Project Specifications- Page 6 of 59 Section 105 – CONTROL OF WORK - is hereby revised as follows: Subsection 105.01 - Authority of the Engineer - is revised to include the following: No phase of construction shall start until the Traffic Control Plan has been approved. Failure to have an approved Traffic Control Plan shall constitute cause for the Owner to stop work. During periods of Traffic Control non-compliance, the work will be stopped, and the Contractor may be assessed $1,000.00 per day, may forfeit payment of work and materials installed, and may lose contract working days as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation for delays associated with non- compliant periods. No construction shall commence until all utilities are located within the construction area per state law. The Contractor is responsible for identifying all utilities of concern and calling for appropriate locates. After contacting 811 to get locates, the contractor may be required to call for clarification and/or additional locates or may be required to contact a City of Fort Collins department associated with certain types of utilities. Due to the high demand of locate companies during the construction season, the City of Fort Collins recommends that the Contractor schedules a locate company at least one week in advance to minimize any possible delays. If the locate marks become expired, then the contractor shall get an extension and request that the markings are redone and freshened up. If the Contractor does not have locates on a project scheduled to start work that day, the work shall be “stopped”, and the Contractor shall be charged working days until that said marking is completed, and work has commenced. Subsection 105.02 - Plans, Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, Other Submittals, and Construction Drawings - is revised to include the following: The Contractor shall furnish the required submittals in TABLE 105-1 one week before the commencement of work. Three (3) copies shall be furnished to the Engineer, two (2) copies will be returned to the Contractor upon approval. Submittals shall not be measured and paid for separately but shall be considered incidental to the work. TABLE 105-1 SUMMARY OF CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS Section No. Description Approval Needed Reoccurring 105.10 Contractor Management Packet – Environmental Management System Yes No 107.02 Topsoil Soil Analysis or Soil Sample Submittal Yes Yes 108.03 Schedule of Work Yes Yes 203.05 Borrow Material Gradation Yes Yes 208.02 Erosion Control Devices Yes No 208.04 Storm Water Management Plan Yes Yes 208.06 Spill Kit: List of items included within kit Yes No 212.02 Sod/Seed Yes No 304.02 Aggregate Base Course/Recycled Concrete Soil Analysis Yes No 608.00 Concrete Mix Designs Yes Yes 608.00 Curing Compound Yes No 608.00 Finishing Aide Yes No 608.00 MSDS Sheets for Curing Compound and Finishing Aide Yes No 630.00 Traffic Control Plans Yes Yes 630.11 TCS Qualifications (reoccurs when TCS and flaggers change) Yes No EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 105 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS Project Specifications- Page 7 of 59 Subsection 105.09 - Coordination of Plans, Specifications, Supplemental Specifications, and Special Provisions - shall have the second paragraph removed and replaced as follows: In case of discrepancy the order of precedence is as follows: 1. Contract Agreement 2. The latest version of the MGPEC Pavement Design Standards and Construction Specification Manual, Item 30 Portland Cement Concrete Materials ONLY 3. The Project Special Provisions written herein this document of the latest revision of CDOT’s “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, 2023. 4. The Standard Special Provisions of latest revision of CDOT’s “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, 2023. 5. CDOT’s “Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction”, 2023. 6. CDOT M&S Standards, 2019. 7. The latest version of the Larimer County “Urban Area Street Standards” Subsection 105.10 – Cooperation by Contractor - shall be revised to remove the following sentence: “The Contractor will be supplied with a minimum of 6 sets of contract documents” Subsection 105.11 – Cooperation with Utilities - is revised to include the following: Concrete construction and reconstruction operations at intersections may involve the destruction and replacement of traffic signal loop detectors or pedestrian push buttons. New traffic related devices may be installed at intersections where they do not currently exist. The existing traffic signal loop detectors or pedestrian push buttons shall be removed by the Contractor at no additional cost. New and replacement loop detectors or pedestrian push buttons shall be installed by the City Traffic Division. The Contractor shall cooperate with the schedule of this work to ensure the timely installation of the traffic devices where applicable. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Division to ensure that their work required is in place before concrete placement operations begin. Subsection 105.12 – Cooperation Between Contractors - shall be removed and replaced with the following: The City, County, CDOT, and local utilities including but not limited to Xcel Energy, Comcast and CenturyLink may contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the Work of the project. When separate contracts are let within the limits of the project, each Contractor shall conduct the Work without interfering or hindering the progress or completion of the work performed by other Contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. City forces will perform the following work as required by this project: Permanent Signing Traffic Pedestals/Fiber Optic Lines Street Lights Traffic Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer for all traffic control activities. This shall include, but not be limited to, closure of any City Streets, closure of any partial intersection movements, lane reductions, and detours. City Traffic Control Contact: Tom Utech Phone: (970)221-6815 Email: tutech@fcgov.com The City will remove existing and install all pedestrian traffic signal equipment. City Traffic Signal Contact: Britney Sorensen EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 105 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS Project Specifications- Page 8 of 59 Phone: 970-222-5533 Email: bsorensen@fcgov.com The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer to schedule the traffic signal work/fiber optic line relocation in conjunction with other project activities considering time needed for order and delivery of materials. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Traffic Department in their removal and installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic are minimized. The City will remove and install all permanent signing. City Signing and Striping Contact: Rich Brewbaker Phone: 970-221-6792 Email: rbrewbaker@fcgov.com The Contractor is responsible for removal of pavement markings and installation and maintenance of temporary pavement markings necessary to control traffic during construction. Contractors shall remove the existing pavement markings and symbols with a water blast truck approved by the City Traffic Department. The installation and maintenance of temporary pavement markings shall be paid for in accordance with what is outlined in section 627. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer to schedule permanent signing and striping work in conjunction with other project activities. Full-compliance pavement markings in accordance with Section 627 shall be in place prior to opening the roadway to traffic. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Traffic Department in their removal and installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic are minimized. Street Light Coordination: City Light and Power Crews will remove and install all street lighting and associated electric utilities for the project. City Light and Power Contact: Luke Unruh Phone: (970) 416-2724 Email: lunruh@fcgov.com The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Light and Power Department in their removal and installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic are minimized. Refer to Utility specification for additional information. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with the Contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delay, or loss because of the presence and operations of Contractors working within the limits of the same or adjacent project. The Contractor is responsible to coordinate with private utilities. Any work to be performed by private utilities shall be identified in the Contractor’s schedule. Delays due to coordination issues will be the responsibility of the Contractor. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 105 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS Project Specifications- Page 9 of 59 Subsection 105.16 – Inspection and Testing of Work - is revised to include the following: The Contractor shall keep the Engineer (of the sponsoring division) informed of its future construction operations to facilitate scheduling of required inspection, measuring for pay quantities, and sampling. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance of starting any construction operation that will require inspection, measuring for pay quantities, or sampling. Failure by the Contractor to provide such notice will relieve the Engineer from any responsibility for additional costs or delays caused by such failure. Inspection of the work or materials shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligations to fulfill its contract or complete warranty elements as prescribed. Work and materials not meeting specifications shall be corrected and unsuitable work or materials may be rejected, notwithstanding that such work or materials have been previously inspected by the Engineer or that payment therefore has been included in the progress estimate. MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION Subsection 105.19 – Maintenance During Construction - is revised to include the following: The roadway area, including curb, gutter, and sidewalk, adjacent to and through the construction area shall be cleaned of debris generated by the Contractor at the earliest opportunity, but in no case shall the area not be cleaned after the completion of the day's work. Debris as determined greater than one (1”) inch and regardless of the source, shall be picked up and disposed of offsite at the Contractor’s expense. Smaller particulate debris shall be blown from the sidewalks, driveways, curb, and gutter into the street where it can be picked up by a sweeper without transmitting debris back on sidewalk areas. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the necessary manpower tool and equipment to have the roadway cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional costs. The Contractor shall utilize a combination of pick-up brooms, side brooms, and/or other equipment as needed to clean the streets. The requirement to sweep the street shall be suspended during the leaf fall period between September 12th and November 12th unless directed by the Engineer for areas with minimal leaf fall. All sweeping and clean up equipment shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of work. The Contractor shall maintain the streets during the construction process as prescribed above. All cost to maintain the work construction area and before the work is accepted, shall not be measured, and paid for separately but shall be included in corresponding unit price bid item. Subsection 105.22 – Dispute Resolution - is revised to include the following: The Colorado Department of Transportation will not participate in the resolution process for any claims filed by the Contractor. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 106 CONTROL OF WORK Project Specifications- Page 10 of 59 Section 106 – CONTROL OF MATERIAL - is hereby revised as follows: Subsection 106.03 – Samples, Tests, Cited Specification - is revised to include the following: The City of Fort Collins will be responsible for all expenses associated with Quality Assurance (QA) and Independent Assurance (IA) testing. The Contractor shall be responsible for all Quality Control (QC) testing costs. Quality Assurance test frequencies shall be one per day minimum or every sixth truck load or at the direction of the Engineer. Concrete placements made without minimum test frequencies indicated may not be accepted for payment. The contractor is responsible for coordinating testing and scheduling with the City’s Quality Assurance company. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 107 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC Project Specifications- Page 11 of 59 Section 107 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC - is hereby revised as follows: Subsection 107.06 – Safety, Health, and Sanitation Provisions - is revised to include the following: Personnel on the Street Maintenance Program (SMP) projects shall use protective equipment prescribed by Local, State, and Federal safety regulations to control or eliminate hazards or exposure to illness or injury. The Contractor and Subcontractors are responsible for providing and insuring the use of the required Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Only Personal Protective Equipment complying with the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) or American National Standards Institute (ANSI) regulations shall be used. The Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance of their employees and the Subcontractor’s employees. The Contractor’s safety representative shall make regular field inspections to audit and document compliance. The Contractor’s personnel shall be required to wear safety vests, hard hats, and steel/composite toed boots while on the construction site(s). An employee of the Contractor to include all Subcontractors who refuses to use the prescribed protective equipment designed for their protection, or willfully damages such equipment, constitutes cause for the Engineer to request removal of the employee from the site. Engineer may issue a stop work order for frequent safety violations or personnel not wearing required PPE. In addition to PPE, the Contractor and subcontractors shall also comply with all provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Act to ensure that employees are working in a safe environment. Protective rebar safety caps are required for all vertical reinforcement where impalement is possible including grade stakes and other metal stakes. Subsection 107.12 – Protection and Restoration of Property and Landscape – is to include the following: The fact that any underground facility (sprinkler systems, utility services, etc.) is not shown on the plans, details, or construction documents shall not relieve the Contractor of its responsibilities to protect the underground utility as provided for in the Contract. Any pruning of vegetation shall require the written permission of the property owner and/or the Engineer. When the landscape removal area adjacent to the concrete repair is six (6”) inches or less in width, the Contractor shall repair any subsurface utilities including irrigation systems, clean the area of all construction debris (i.e. concrete, road base, etc.) to a minimum depth of four (4”) inches, prepare all edges to a clean and vertical place and compact imported topsoil,(until firm, but not over compacted) utilizing an approved hand operated roller or other method acceptable to the Engineer. When the disturbed area is greater than six (6”) inches in width and greater than 12 inches in length adjacent to the concrete repair, the Engineer may require the Contractor to clean and prepare the area along the entire length of the repair location as stated above to a minimum one foot (1’) wide, place sod on the prepared surface, water the new sod once thoroughly, and notify the property owner in writing of the nature of the work that has taken place. The Contractor shall also notify the property owner that the sod will be watered only once by the Contractor and provide the property owner with the recommended watering schedule suggested by the sod supplier. The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize the need for sod placement. If the existing asphalt along the concrete toe is in good condition and salvageable during concrete removal, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall preserve the existing asphalt. Minimizing the landscape removal areas behind the sidewalk, curb and gutter shall continue to be the primary goal. The pay item for “Asphalt Pavement Preservation” is intended to compensate the Contractor for additional removal time, backfill, sprinkler repair, and sodding that shall be required while preserving the existing asphalt and minimizing the removal area behind the repair. “Asphalt Pavement Preservation” shall provide compensation for this type of repair and shall be measured and paid in addition to the concrete pay item for the type of repair (i.e., Driveover Curb, Gutter and 6” Sidewalk – Remove & Replace). Revision of Section 608 and 609 defines the measurement and payment for these removals. The placement of backfill and topsoil for concrete repair locations shall be completed within two EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 107 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC Project Specifications- Page 12 of 59 (2) working days of the placement of the concrete. Excavated soils from the repair locations may be stockpiled on site and used as backfill for areas behind the new concrete installation and below the top four (4”) inches of the surface. Imported Topsoil shall consist of loose friable river bottom or farmland loam, reasonably free of manmade materials subsoil, refuse, stumps, roots, rocks, brush, weeds, noxious weed seeds, heavy clay, hard clods, trash, toxic substances, or other material which would be detrimental to the proper development of vegetative growth. Imported topsoil shall have 100% passing the 1/4" screen and shall contain a combination of sand, clay, and friable loam. The Contractor shall submit a soil analysis or sample for approval by the Engineer. The topsoil shall be in a relatively dry state but shall contain sufficient moisture to allow compaction and shall be placed during dry weather. The topsoil shall be fine graded to eliminate rough and low areas and ensure positive drainage. The existing levels, profiles, and contours shall be maintained. If the area to be repaired is only damaged on the surface, the Contractor shall remove the damaged areas of sod to a depth that will allow new sod to be placed, place new sod, water once and notify the property owner in writing of the nature of the work that has taken place. The Contractor shall also notify the property owner of the fact that the sod will be watered only once by the Contractor and provide the property owner with the recommended watering schedule suggested by the sod supplier. The minimum overall width of the area to be sodded shall be one (1’) foot. For concrete repair locations, the placement of sod shall be completed by the end of the first working day of the week following the placement of the concrete. Sprinkler systems - Sprinkler systems designated for relocation shall be capped off at the limits of construction and protected from damage by the Contractor. Sprinkler heads shall be salvaged and stockpiled on each property for use when reconstructing the sprinkler systems. Sprinkler systems damaged outside of the construction limits because of construction operations shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense within three (3) working days from the date of damage. All landscaping that is damaged due to construction operations shall be replaced by the Contractor at its expense unless a written waiver is obtained from the property owner and submitted to the Engineer. Re-sodded lawns shall be watered once by the Contractor. All costs for protecting and restoring landscaping and lawns shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor in connection with the various items of the Work and no measurement or payment shall be made separately for the protection and restoration of landscaping and lawns. All restoration of landscaping and lawns damaged by construction operations, other than concrete repair, shall take place within three (3) working days from the date of damage. In areas where the Engineer directs new work or the reconstruction area requires grade adjustments greater than four (4”) inches, the placement of topsoil, sod, and sprinkler relocation will be provided by the City under separate contract. All labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and work involved in protecting or repairing underground facilities shall be considered incidental to the Work and shall not be measured and paid for separately. Subsection 107.18 is hereby removed and revised to include the following: For this project, all insurance certificates shall name the City of Fort Collins as an additionally insured party. For this project, insurance coverage shall meet the requirements and limits per CDOT Standard Specifications and Revision of Section 107.15 Responsibility for Damage Claims, Insurance Types and Coverage Limits. In case of a conflict between the City’s General Contract Conditions and CDOT Standard Specifications, the more stringent of the two shall apply. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 107 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC Project Specifications- Page 13 of 59 Subsection 107.25 – Water Quality Control (c) – is revised to include the following: All work associated with preparing, securing and concurring with the required permits (refer to Revision of Subsection 107.02) will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 108 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Project Specifications- Page 14 of 59 Section 108 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS - is hereby revised as follows: SCHEDULE Subsection 108.08 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS - is revised to include the following: Working hours on residential and collector streets shall be 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, or as approved by the Engineer. Working hours on arterial streets shall be restricted to 8:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., or as approved by the Engineer. Working hours within CDOT right-of-way (S.H. 287 College Ave. and Hwy 14 Mulberry St.) shall be restricted to 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. The above time restrictions shall apply to the days’ preparatory work, equipment maintenance, and clean up unless approved by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 201 CLEARING AND GRUBBING Project Specifications- Page 15 of 59 Section 201 – CLEARING AND GRUBBING - is hereby revised as follows: CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 201.02 is revised to include the following: Branches of trees and shrubs shall be trimmed to 14 feet above the road and 8 feet above the sidewalk. When tree roots are encountered during construction operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to root removal. The Engineer and the City Forester's representative shall then make a determination regarding removal. When it is apparent that the tree roots have heaved the asphalt section, the Contractor shall remove the section(s) of asphalt as early as possible to allow time for inspection and to schedule root grinding operations, under separate contract. Root grinding will be scheduled as soon as possible to minimize delays in construction. Delays to planned work due to root grinding shall not be considered for additional traffic control payment or traditional days added to the total contract working days but shall be anticipated in the Contractor’s schedule. Where it is anticipated that tree roots may be encountered, great care shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent any damage to the roots with tools or equipment. Damage to roots during concrete removal shall be trimmed and cut with a sharpened, sanitized saw, cut orthogonally to its longitudinal axis as closely as practical, to leave the freshly cut root surface in a clean and smooth condition. Axes or other blunt objects shall not be used to cut tree roots. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 201.04 is revised to include the following: All costs for removing tree roots shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor in connection with the various items of the Work and no measurement or payment shall be made separately for the removal and trimming of tree roots. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Project Specifications- Page 16 of 59 Section 202 - REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 202.01 is revised to include the following: This work consists of sawing and cutting to facilitate controlled breaking and removal of concrete, asphalt, and flagstone to a neat line. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 202.02 is revised to include the following: Sawing of concrete and asphalt shall be done to a true line having a vertical face, unless otherwise specified. The depth of the saw cut in concrete and asphalt shall be of sufficient depth to ensure a vertical, smooth face, free from breakage, or as directed by the Engineer. Cuts in asphalt or concrete pavement shall be made such that each edge shall be parallel or at right angles to the direction of traffic. Dust created by sawing shall be mitigated by wet sawing or other means approved by the Engineer. Residue from sawing shall be removed by the Contractor at the earliest opportunity. Residue will not be allowed to run through the gutter flow line for more than fifty (50’) feet. The Contractor shall prevent tracking of residue onto the roadway or walkway and shall prevent discharge into the storm drainage system. The Contractor shall use a storm water protection device or other means of controlling run off residue as approved by the Engineer. See Section 208 “Erosion Control and Inlet Protection” contained herein. Subsection 202.03 is revised to include the following: Flagstone and pavers shall be salvaged to the maximum extent feasible. All flagstones and pavers that are not reset, as directed by the Engineer, shall become the property of the City of Fort Collins and shall be hauled by the Contractor and delivered to the City’s site located at 1500 Hoffman Mill Road. This item will not be measured or paid for separately but shall be considered incidental to the related removal item No. 202.16 – Remove Flagstone METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 202.11 shall include the following: Sawing shall be measured by the lineal foot. This item shall only be measured and paid where the Engineer directs sawing not already being paid under another item. Sawing related to the items described in Revision of Section 604 - Inlets and Culverts, and Section 608 & 609 Sidewalks, Curb & Gutter, Drive Approaches, Aprons, Crosspans, Pedestrian Access Ramps, Flatwork, and Concrete Pavement, shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, and shall not be measured and paid for separately. Erosion control measures used during sawing are considered incidental to sawing operations and shall not be measured and paid for separately. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 202 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Project Specifications- Page 17 of 59 BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 202.12 is revised to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 202.01 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (0” < 4”) Lineal Foot 202.02 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (4” < 6”) Lineal Foot 202.03 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (6” < 8”) Lineal Foot 202.04 Sawcut Concrete/Asphalt (8” <= 10”) Lineal Foot 202.05 Sawcut – Additional 1” Depth Lineal Foot 202.06 Remove Concrete Sidewalk Square Foot 202.07 Remove Concrete Curb & Gutter Lineal Foot 202.08 Remove Monolithic Curb, Gutter & Sidewalk Square Foot 202.09 Remove Concrete Driveway/Apron/Crosspan Square Foot 202.10 Remove Concrete Pavement - 10” Square Foot 202.11 Remove Concrete Pavement - Additional 1” Depth Square Foot 202.12 Remove Asphalt – 6” Square Foot 202.13 Remove Asphalt - Additional 1” Depth Square Foot 202.14 Remove Inlet Each 202.15 Remove and Haul Driveway Fillet Each 202.16 Remove Flagstone Square Foot The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in Sawcutting as specified in these specifications, as shown on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 203 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Project Specifications- Page 18 of 59 Section 203 – EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 203.01 shall be removed and replaced with the following: This work shall consist of removing and disposing of the existing pavement, base or other soil material, preparing the subgrade for the subsequent course, and placing borrow in accordance with the specifications and in reasonably close conformity with the lines, grades, and typical cross sections shown on the plans or as designated by the Engineer. All excavation will be classified, “General Excavation” as hereafter described. The Contractor shall dispose of all excavated material off-site in an environmentally responsible manner. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 203.05 – Excavation - shall be removed and replaced with the following: General Excavation shall consist of the excavation of all materials of whatever character required for the work not being removed under some other item. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the subgrade/base course until subsequent courses have been placed. The excavation will be accomplished in the following manner: General Excavation: The areas to be removed will be marked on the surface with paint by the Engineer. A straight vertical cut shall be made through the pavement, if necessary, to provide a square or rectangular opening, such that each edge will be parallel or at right angles to the direction of traffic. Wheel cutting, ripping, and tearing of asphalt using construction equipment such as a grader (blade) shall not be allowed. If the subgrade material is determined unstable by the Engineer, it shall be removed to the limits and depths designated. Where excavation to the finished grade section (including General Excavation and Patching) results in a subgrade of unsuitable soil, the Contractor shall remove the unsuitable materials and backfill to the finished grade section with approved material as directed by the Engineer. After the material has been removed to the depth specified by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare the subgrade by compacting with a sheepsfoot roller, rubber-tired roller, and/or other compaction equipment as approved by the Engineer. The subgrade preparation shall not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the contract unit price for General Excavation. Borrow: Borrow shall be placed as directed by the Engineer. The minimum amount of borrow shall be one load (approximately ten (10) ton). The cost for moisture conditioning and compaction shall be included in the contract unit price for Borrow. Borrow material shall meet the grading requirement for Class 1 (Pit Run), Class 5 (Road Base) Aggregate Base Course or Class 6 (Crushed Concrete). Class 1 Aggregate Base Course need not be crushed and can be of the pit run variety provided it falls within the gradation requirements as shown in the Standard Specifications. The material required for the specific location shall be directed by the Engineer. Load slips shall be consecutively numbered for each day and submitted to the Engineer daily. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 203 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT Project Specifications- Page 19 of 59 Subsection 203.13 is revised to include the following: The Contractor and the Engineer shall field measure and agree upon the excavated quantity before any further work continues. Should the Contractor fail to request the Engineer to measure any work and perform other work that would prevent the Engineer from measuring pay quantities, the Contractor shall not be compensated for materials not measured by the Engineer. Borrow shall be paid by the ton at the proper moisture. The haul and water necessary to bring mixture to optimum moisture content will not be measured or paid for separately but shall be included in the contract unit price for Borrow. Aggregate Base Course that is placed because of excavation of unsuitable subgrade shall be paid for at the unit price for Borrow. The accepted quantities of Excavation will be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard, complete-in-place. Subgrade preparation, moisture conditioning, compaction, haul, and disposal will not be measured and paid for separately. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 203.14 and 207.05 shall include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 203.01 Excavation – General Less Than 50 CY Cubic Yard 203.02 Excavation – General Over 50 CY Cubic Yard 203.03 Excavation – Walls Only Cubic Yard 203.04 Excavation – New Inlet Each 203.05 Borrow - Less Than 100 Ton Ton 203.06 Borrow – Over 100 Ton Ton 207.01 Imported Topsoil Cubic Yard The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in Excavation and Borrow including haul, stockpiling, placing material, watering or drying soil, compaction, proof rolling, finish grading, complete-in-place, and disposal of unusable materials as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 208 EROSION CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 20 of 59 Section 208 -EROSION CONTROL - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 208.01 shall be revised as follows: This work shall consist of constructing, installing, maintaining, and removing when required, erosion control measures during the life of the Contract and at a minimum at all inlets to prevent or minimize erosion, sedimentation, and pollution of any waterways. Work shall be in accordance with the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition), The City of Fort Collins Urban Drainage and Flood Control District Urban Drainage Criteria Manual, and the City of Fort Collins Environmental Standard Operating Procedures contained herein, Section 04000. Any loss of time or materials related to erosion and erosion control shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Any damage to surrounding properties or facilities (either onsite or offsite) related to erosion caused by construction of this project will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. MATERIALS Subsection 208.02 shall be revised to include the following: The Contractor shall submit the type of material to be used for erosion control measures prior to beginning the work. See Details Section 03000 contained herein. Contractor shall submit the type of material to be used for erosion control measures prior to beginning the work. 1. Inlet protection shall include sufficient length to protect the perimeter of the inlet opening. 2. Erosion control devices around inlets near a load site shall be required. 3. Erosion control devices on the downstream side of an aggregate stockpile or truck washout area shall be required as directed by the Engineer. Recycled Rubberized Inlet Protection shall meet the following requirements: 1. Infill material: Shredded recycled rubber 2. Weight: approximately 10 lbs. per linear foot 3. Diameter: Approximately 9 inches 4. Geotextile fabric: Made of a durable fabric with a typical weight of 6-10 oz/yd. CDOT Gravel Bag Inlet Filter shall meet the following requirements or approved Equal: 1. Infill material: CDOT #67 washed rock or approve equal 2. Weight: approximately 20 lbs. per linear foot 3. Diameter: Approximately 5 inches 4. Geotextile fabric: CDOT Class 1 Erosion Control Fabric, typical weight of 6-8 oz/yd. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 208 EROSION CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 21 of 59 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 208.03 is revised to include as follows: All erosion control measures must be installed prior to starting work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all roadways near the project are kept clean of construction debris and sediment. The Contractor shall continuously maintain all erosion and sediment control features so that they function properly during site construction. All inlet protection devices shall be inspected, and repairs made after each runoff event. Sediments shall be removed when one half the design depths have been filled. Sediments shall also be removed immediately from the traveled way of roads and disposed of properly. Subsection 208.04 – Best Management Practices for Stormwater - is revised to include the following: The Erosion Control Supervisor (ECS) is responsible for paperwork including completion of the Storm Water Management Plan (SWMP) in the submittal process, 14- calendar day inspections, and post storm inspection shall be conducted within 24 hours following a storm event. On the 14-day inspection the ECS should use the maintenance log in Appendix B of the SWMP. If a storm occurs the post storm is equivalent to a 14-day inspection, and the next inspection would occur 14 days after the last storm. ECS should make daily inspections of erosion control features on the job to ensure compliance and correct the control features when needed. A daily inspection is not required the day of a 14-calendar day inspection. 14-day inspections will be paid upon submission and engineer determines that the Contractor has been compliant with SWMP best practices. Subsection 208.06 - Materials Handling and Spill Prevention - is revised to include the following: Appropriate Spill Kits shall be on site with each piece of equipment at all times during installation of the Work and during equipment maintenance and fueling (see Section 04000 ESOP). The Contractor shall submit a description of the items contained in each Spill Kit for approval by the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 208.11 is revised to include the following: Payment for Wattles (rock bags and recycled rubber bags) shall be made by the lineal foot for inlet protection at each location as required and accepted by the Engineer. The length shall be sufficient to protect the opening and sides of the inlet grate. A maximum of four (4’) lineal feet additional to the opening width shall be paid. Excessive lengths shall not be paid. When a protection device is installed at a new location, whether the protection device is new or has been relocated, an additional lineal foot payment will be made for the protection of the location. Devices that become non-functional during construction shall not be paid for. A protection device shall be installed at load sites and on the downstream side of stockpiles, base piles, and truck washout areas, or as directed by the Engineer and shall not be measured and paid for separately. Excavation required for removal of accumulated sediment from traps, basins, and other clean out excavation of accumulated sediment, and the proper disposal of sediment, shall be considered incidental to the work and not be measured and paid separately. All construction material that enters an inlet due to the Work shall be removed from the inlet interior and removed from the site to an approved disposal location. This work shall not be measured and paid for separately. Street sweeping will not be measured or paid for separately but shall be incidental to the work. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 208 EROSION CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 22 of 59 Erosion control measures used during saw cutting are considered incidental to all saw cutting operations and shall not be paid for separately. “SWMP Maintenance Log- 14-day inspection” shall be measured on a per event basis or once every 14-days without rain fall. An event shall be considered more than a 0.1 inch of precipitation. The Contractor shall have the Erosion Control Supervisor inspect all active projects under the contract after each significant rainfall event for BMP failure or missing BMPs or excessive sediment release. The inspection shall include preparing a log with pictures of the deficiencies and failures of the BMPs to contain sediment and actions taken to mitigate/clean up the problems and modifications to the proposed BMPs to address the deficiencies. Payment shall be made for each event verified through the inspection log at the Engineer’s discretion. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 208.12 shall be amended to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 208.01 Stormwater Protection – CDOT Gravel Bag (Rock Sock) Lineal Foot 208.02 Stormwater Protection - Recycled Rubber Filled Wattle Lineal Foot 208.03 Stormwater Protection – CDOT Gravel Bag Inlet Filter Each 208.04 SWMP Maintenance Log- 14 Day Inspection Each The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in installing, maintaining, removing, and relocating when required, erosion control measures, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 210 RESET STRUCTURES Project Specifications- Page 23 of 59 Section 210 – RESET STRUCTURES - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 210.01 shall be amended to include the following: This work shall consist of adjusting manholes and valve boxes and removing and resetting or adjusting flagstone, brick pavers, and related materials. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 210.02 shall be amended to include the following: As directed by the Engineer, existing flagstone and pavers shall be reset on compacted base. The elevation of the flagstone and pavers shall match as closely as possible the surface treatment of the surrounding area. All flagstones and pavers shall be carefully removed, stored, reinstalled, or adjusted in a manner that will avoid loss or damage. Flagstone and pavers shall be salvaged to the maximum extent feasible. All flagstone and pavers not reinstalled shall become the property of the City of Fort Collins and shall be hauled by the contractor and delivered to the City’s site located at 1500 Hoffman Mill Road. This item shall not be measured or paid for separately, but shall be considered incidental to the related removal item. Cutting pavers, when necessary, shall be accomplished with a double-bladed splitter or a masonry saw. The saw shall be a “wet saw” type to inhibit dust when cutting the pavers. Pavers shall be cut such that tight spaced joints are maintained. The Contractor shall spread the bedding sand evenly in the area defined and shall screed the sand to an appropriate embedment depth as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Sufficient sand should be placed to stay ahead of laid pavers. The Contractors shall use a plate vibrator to embed the pavers into the sand. The size and type of plate vibrator shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, or as directed by the Engineer. All pavers that are damaged during embedment shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Joint spacing between paver units shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, or as approved by the Engineer. Joints shall be filled completely with joint sand. Excess sand shall be removed by sweeping. Adjusting structures shall apply, but not be limited to, manhole rings and covers, inlet gratings and frames, water valve boxes, water meters, gate posts, and other structures and facilities. Construction operations shall consist of raising, lowering, moving, or removing masonry or concrete; adding brickwork, masonry, or concrete; and resetting grates, frames, or rings and covers to fit the new construction. Structures in the traveled roadway shall be adjusted to a tolerance of 1/8 to ½ inch below the surface of the roadway. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 210.12 shall be amended to include the following: The unit price for Resetting Brick Pavers and Resetting Flagstone shall be paid by the square foot of re-set area. Material for leveling, moisture conditioning, and labor for installation and compaction shall not be paid separately. The quantity to be measured where items are reset or adjusted on an “each” basis shall be the actual number of those items restored for service at new location, completed and accepted. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 208 EROSION CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 24 of 59 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made under: Pay Item Unit 210.01 Reset Flagstone Square Foot 210.02 Reset Brick Pavers Square Foot 210.03 Adjust Manhole Each 210.04 Adjust Valve Box Each The above prices and payment shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in Reset Structures, complete-in-place, including compaction and materials, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications, and as direction by the City Representative. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 212 SEEDING, FERTILIZER, SOIL CONDITIONER, AND SODDING Project Specifications- Page 25 of 59 Section 212 - SEEDING, FERTILIZER, SOIL CONDITIONER, AND SODDING - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 212.01 is revised to include the following: This work shall consist of soil preparation and furnishing and placing topsoil and blue grass sod in accordance with these specifications, accepted horticulture practice, and in reasonably close conformity with the existing topography of the location. This work shall not include locations of concrete repair in which grade changes and additional work is directed by the Engineer. See Section 107 "Safety and Protection and Restoration of Property" found herein. MATERIALS Subsection 212.02 – Seed, Soil Conditioners, Fertilizers, and Sod - is revised to include the following: Topsoil: Topsoil shall conform to the requirements of CDOT 207. Sod: Bluegrass sod shall be nursery grown, 99% Kentucky Blue Grass and 99% weed free. Other sod type may be used only if approved in writing by the Engineer. The 1% allowable weeds shall not include any undesirable perennial or annual grasses or plants. Soil thickness of sod cuts shall not be less than 3/4 inch nor more than one inch. Sod shall be cut in uniform strips with minimum dimensions of 12 inches in width and 48 inches in length. The Contractor shall submit a sample of the sod he proposes to furnish and the sample shall serve as a standard. Any sod furnished, whether in place or not, that is not up to the standard of the sample may be rejected. Sod that has been cut for more than 24 hours shall not be used. Each load of sod shall be accompanied by a certificate from the grower stating the type of sod, and the date and time of cutting. Seeding: The use of seed may be approved by the Engineer and shall be a Dry Land Mixture of Perennial Rye and Bluegrass CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 212.05 – Sodding - is revised to include the following: Soil Preparation: The area shall be cleaned with a minimum depth of four (4) inches (where topsoil does not exist) and a minimum width of one (1) foot, all irregularities in the ground surface shall be removed, and all edges clean and vertical. Sticks, stones, debris, and other similar material more than ½ inch in diameter shall be removed. Any objectionable depressions or other variances from a smooth grade shall be corrected. Topsoil Placement: Topsoil shall be placed and compacted with a minimum depth of four (4) inches. The amount of compaction required shall be as directed by the Engineer. Sod Placement: The minimum width for sod shall be one (1) foot. The area to be sodded shall be smooth. The sod shall be laid by staggering joints with all edges touching. On any slopes, the sod shall run approximately parallel to the slope contours. The Contractor shall water the sod once and notify the property owner in writing of the nature of the work that has taken place, that the sod has been only watered once, and provide the recommended watering schedule for new sod placement as recommended by the sod supplier. Sod placement/replacement required due to Contractor negligence shall follow the requirements of this section but shall not be measured and paid for under the terms of this contract. Seeding: Instances may arise when seeding is an appropriate option to sod installation or more appropriate for the location. In such instances, and as approved by the Engineer, the Contractor may install seed. Backfill, soil preparation, and topsoil placement shall be required as specified above. After installation of four (4) inches of topsoil, the Contractor shall rake the surface of the topsoil perpendicular to the concrete installation and EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 212 SEEDING, FERTILIZER AND SODDING Project Specifications- Page 26 of 59 install seed at a rate equivalent to one (1) pound per one thousand (1,000) square feet. The area shall then be re-rake parallel to the concrete installation to till the seed. Raking depth shall not exceed one half (1/2) inch. The area shall be carefully watered, insuring the seed has not been flushed from the surface or puddled in an area. The Contractor shall notify the property owner in writing of the nature of the work that has taken place, that the seed has been watered once, and provide the manufacturers’ recommendations for the watering schedule. The notice to the owner shall include, at a minimum, the following: “The seeded area shall be maintained in a moist condition during the germination period. The seed shall be watered a minimum of two (2) times per day or as needed to keep the area moist for a duration of approximately two (2) weeks. Windy or hot conditions may require additional watering and may extend the watering period.” BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 212.08 is revised to include the following: No measurement or payment shall be made for re-sodding or seeding lawns damaged by the Contractor adjacent to the new concrete when the grade of the existing lawn reasonably matches the grade of the new concrete. Re- sodding and seeding in this instance shall be considered incidental to the work being performed. Seeding and Sod shall only be paid when requested by the Engineer for specific situations, shall be paid by the square foot at the contract unit price, and shall include full compensation for items noted below. In areas where the Engineer directs new work or the reconstruction area requires grade adjustments of 4 inches or greater the placement of topsoil, sod, and sprinkler relocation will be provided by the City under separate contract. Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 212.01 Sod Square Foot 212.02 Landscape/Irrigation Labor Hour The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in the placement of seeding and sodding, including haul, stockpiling, placing material, repairing sprinklers, watering or drying soil, compaction, finish grading, complete-in-place, and as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 304 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Project Specifications- Page 27 of 59 Section 304 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 304.01 is revised to include the following: This work shall consist of furnishing and placing one or more courses of aggregate base or recycled concrete on a prepared subgrade. MATERIALS Subsection 304.02 - Aggregate - is revised to include the following: The Aggregate Base Course shall meet the grading requirements for Class 5. Recycled concrete (Class 6) may be substituted for Aggregate Base Course as authorized by the Engineer. Any Class 6 that is used shall meet the grading requirements of Class 5 Aggregate Base. Recycled asphalt shall not be used as subgrade beneath concrete sidewalk, curb, and gutter. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 304.04 – Placing - is revised to include the following: The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the subgrade/base course until subsequent courses have been placed. Load slips shall be consecutively numbered for each day and submitted daily to the Engineer. Borrow or Aggregate Base Course that is placed as a result of excavation of unsuitable subgrade shall be paid for at the unit price for Borrow under Revision of Section 203, Excavation and Embankment. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 304.07 is revised to include the following: The accepted quantities for Aggregate Base Course shall be measured and paid for at the contract unit price per ton at the proper moisture. Haul and water necessary to bring mixture to optimum moisture content including compaction efforts shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the contract unit price for Aggregate Base Course. Aggregate Base Course shall be paid at 100% of the daily total amount as determined by the daily load slips submitted to and as accepted by the Engineer at the end of each day. The intended use of Aggregate Base Course is to bring the subgrade of the concrete repair area to finished grade. Aggregate Base Course contaminated from failure to protect open excavations shall not be paid. Borrow or Aggregate Base Course that is placed as a result of excavation of unsuitable subgrade shall be paid for at the unit price for Borrow under Revision of Section 203, Excavation and Embankment. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 304 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Project Specifications- Page 28 of 59 BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 304.08 is revised to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 304.01 Aggregate Base Course/Recycled Concrete Base ≤ 5 Tons Ton 304.02 Aggregate Base Course/Recycled Concrete Base > 5 Tons Ton 304.03 Recycled Asphalt Base Ton The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all work involved in the placement of Aggregate Base Course including haul and water, stockpiling, placing material, watering or drying soil, compaction, proof rolling, finish grading, complete-in-place, and disposal of unusable materials as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 403 HOT MIX ASPHALT Project Specifications- Page 29 of 59 Section 403 - HOT MIX ASPHALT - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 403.01 is revised to include the following: This work shall consist of the placement of hot mix asphalt as a temporary or permanent repair, as directed by the engineer, to provide vehicle or pedestrian access. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 403.03 is revised to include the following: ASPHALT PAVEMENT PRESERVATION “Asphalt Pavement Preservation” shall be measured and paid for by the lineal foot along concrete gutter, drainage pans and aprons that were replaced with the project The Engineer shall assess the asphalt condition and determine the required removal. This item shall only be paid when the concrete removal can be accomplished without damage requiring permanent patching to the existing asphalt along the concrete toe base on the Engineers judgment. This item is provided as an incentive to preserve the existing asphalt and provide compensation for additional costs that may be associated with the removal and restoration of the landscaping. TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT PATCHING As determined by the Engineer, damage to adjoining asphalt pavement due to concrete repairs shall be patched back temporarily or permanent. In the event that temporary patching is required around concrete repairs, the Contractor shall remove no more than six (6) inches in width of asphalt pavement. The pavement areas shall be temporarily patched with Hot Mix Asphalt grading ‘S’, ‘SX’, or as approved by the Engineer. Temporary asphalt patching shall be placed at the typical depth of two (2) inches. The depth of patching may be increased to a maximum depth of six (6) inches as directed by the Engineer. In the event that permanent patching is required, the Contractor shall sawcut, to the entire asphalt pavement depth, 30 inches out from the concrete repairs and the entire length of the concrete repair, accept where this would place the cutline in the wheel path. The permanent asphalt sawcut shall be rectangular in shape. The entire asphalt layer to subgrade shall be carefully removed from the sawcut area as not to disturb the surrounding asphalt pavement. Subgrade shall be compacted as necessary to achieve a solid base layer, and inspected by the Engineer for soundness, before placing asphalt. With the base layer compacted and the exposed edges of the patch properly tacked, the asphalt patch shall be built up in compacted layers not to exceed 4 inches in depth, with the final, loose layer placed with sufficient material to compact down to the existing level only after multiple passes with the proper compacting equipment, to form a flush and level patch with minimal displacement across the length of the patch. The finished layer of the permanent patch shall be compacted to match the grade of the existing surrounding asphalt and adjoining concrete pavement. Line item 403.05 Permanent Utility Asphalt Patching is intended for asphalt patching following City of Fort Collins Utility water main breaks in City rights of way or utility easements in private parking lots. Patching will generally be areas under 15’x15’ or 225 SF not requiring an asphalt paver. Work orders issued for Utility patching may or may not also include other concrete line items. Guidelines for Permanent Asphalt Curb Patching Depths Collector/Residential • Straightaways- existing pavement depth or 6 inches whichever is greater (or as specified by engineer/inspector): • Crosspans and aprons- existing pavement depth or 8 inches whichever is greater (or as specified by engineer/inspector): Arterial • Straightaways (outside of wheel path) in bike lanes- existing pavement depth or 8 inches, whichever is greater (or as specified by engineer/inspector) EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 403 HOT MIX ASPHALT Project Specifications- Page 30 of 59 • Straightaways (within wheel path) without bike lanes, crosspans or aprons- existing pavement depth or 10 inches whichever is greater (or as specified by engineer/inspector) Private backside patching • Existing pavement depth or 4 inches With temporary patches, prior to opening newly installed concrete to pedestrian or vehicular traffic, the contractor shall ensure that any changes in elevation to the adjacent surfaces have been remedied by the use of hot mix asphalt placed in a 12:1 wedge, or as directed by the Engineer. The asphalt used for this operation shall be measured and paid for under item 403.02 “Temporary Patching” until such time as the permanent repair can be made. Prior to installation of two (2”) inches of temporary asphalt patching the Contractor shall use a bond breaking material (i.e., curing compound, form oil, etc.), as approved by the Engineer. The bond breaking material shall be applied to the face of the new concrete adjacent to the temporary patch installation. Temporary asphalt depths greater than two (2”) inches shall have a paper bond breaking material or other bond breaking method approved by the Engineer to mitigate damage to the new concrete during permanent patching. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 403.04 is revised to include the following: The accepted quantities for all types of Patching will be measured and paid for at the contract unit price per ton. Pavement cutting, excavation, subgrade preparation, haul, disposal, bond breaking, or tack material, installation, and bituminous material will not be measured or paid for separately but shall be included in the contract unit price for Temporary or Permanent Patching. Load slips shall be consecutively numbered for each day and shall include the batch time, asphalt grading, and weight of asphalt. Waste asphalt not installed (greater than what’s needed to get a quality patch) shall be noted and deducted on the load slip and not paid. In addition to load slips, a daily linear foot measurement of permanent and temporary asphalt completed should be documented and submitted to the City to verify and to calculate yields. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 403.05 is revised to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 403.01 Asphalt Surface Preservation Lineal Foot 403.02 Temporary Patching with Hot Mix Asphalt Ton 403.03 Permanent Asphalt Patching Ton 403.04 Temporary Patching with Cold Mix Asphalt Ton 403.05 Permanent Utility Asphalt Patching Ton The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in Temporary Patching, including pavement cutting, excavation, haul, disposal, surface preparation, and bituminous materials, complete-in-place, as shown on these plans, as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 403 HOT MIX ASPHALT Project Specifications- Page 31 of 59 END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 601 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE Project Specifications- Page 32 of 59 Section 601 – STRUCTURAL CONCRETE - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 601.14 – Finishing Hardened Concrete Surfaces - is revised to include the following: This work shall consist of preparing, rolling, spraying retarder, and exposing the sanded concrete surface sand including all materials, labor, tools and incidentals to obtain an exposed sand finish. The unit cost shall include the additional work and materials only for exposing the sand finish and shall be paid in addition to the unit cost for the item installed (i.e., Flatwork 4”, Flatwork 6”, etc.). Concrete shall meet the requirements specified in Revision of Section 608 and 609 contained herein. Material deviations from Revision of Section 608 and 609 shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer. CHI 027 Surface Treatment or approved equivalent shall be applied to the concrete surface to create the texture. The Engineer shall specify the depth of penetration of the retarder. Slabs may be sealed in accordance with the manufacture’s recommendations. The Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years’ experience exposing the sand finish for cast-in-place concrete. The Contractor shall submit a list of prior installation locations for review and evaluation for quality and installation expertise to the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit samples showing finish, color, and sealer including a color chart, product data, and equipment data. The slab thickness, jointing, reinforcement (if any), and expansion joint locations shall be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place one (1) on-site test section determined by the Engineer to determine surface consistency. All concrete work shall be performed by a skilled Craftsman with a minimum of two (2) years’ experience in exposing the sand finish. A minimum of one qualified Craftsman is required at each finishing operation requiring exposed sand finish. The subgrade shall be prepared and forms installed as specified herein. After concrete placement, the Contractor shall screed the concrete to the finished grade. Exposed sand finish surfaces shall be prepared using a double drum roller tamps prior to floating. The roller shall provide uniformity during rolling including the surface areas in the corners of the slab. Deviations from this process must be approved 48 hours prior to scheduled placement of fresh concrete. The retarder shall be applied per the manufacturer’s recommendations using an approved sprayer to achieve a uniform and consistent application rate. Area(s) adjacent to the new installation shall be protected from damage as required by the Engineer. At the appropriate time, the concrete paste shall be washed from the surface with a power washer or other means as approved by the Engineer. The overall texture shall be free from texture deficiencies such as deep or shallow surface inconsistencies. Care shall be taken to contain the cement paste when washed from the concrete surface. Wattles or containment pits shall be required to ensure that no residue runs through the gutter or enters inlets. The method of containment shall be approved by the Engineer. The paste residue shall be removed from the site and properly disposed. After the initial curing period the surface of the slab shall be sealed. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 601 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE Project Specifications- Page 33 of 59 METHOD OF MEASURMENT Subsection 601.19 shall be amended to include the following: Concrete placement shall be in accordance with Revision of Section 608 and 609. Concrete materials, placement, forming, subgrade preparation, including equipment, tools, and labor to install concrete shall not be included under “Exposed Sand Finish – Up Charge” and shall be paid at the contract unit price for the corresponding type of installation (i.e., Flatwork 4”, Flatwork 6”, etc.) “Exposed Sand Finish – Up Charge” shall be measured and paid by the square foot at the contract unit price for the accepted quantities and shall include labor, materials, and equipment for retarder application, tamp rolling, exposing the sand finish, storm water protection, and cleanup. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 601.20 shall be amended to include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Unit 601.01 Exposed Sand Finish – Up Charge Square Foot The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all additional work involved in “Exposed Sand Finish – Up Charge” as specified in these specifications, as shown on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 602 REINFORCING STEEL Project Specifications- Page 34 of 59 Section 602 – REINFORCING STEEL - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION 602.01 This work consists of furnishing and placing reinforcing steel in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the plans. MATERIALS 602.02 Reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric that will be furnished either uncoated or epoxy coated shall meet the requirements of subsection 709.01. The coating material shall be a light colored powdered epoxy resin which will highlight rusting of untreated bar areas. Reinforcing steel that requires welding shall conform to ASTM A 706. Welding shall be done in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4. All accessories, including reinforcing steel supports, ties, and splicers used in conjunction with epoxy coated reinforcing steel, shall be plastic or epoxy coated. Reinforcing steel not identified on the plans as epoxy coated may be supplied as epoxy coated, at the Contractor's option, at no additional cost to the Department. Length of lap splices for epoxy coated reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, unless otherwise specified. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 602.03 Bar List. Two copies of a list of all reinforcing steel and bending diagrams shall be furnished to the Engineer at the site of the work at least one week before the placing of reinforcing steel is begun. Such lists will not be reviewed for accuracy. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the lists and for furnishing and placing all reinforcing steel in accordance with the details shown on the plans. Bar lists and bending diagrams which are included on the plans, do not have to be furnished by the Contractor. When bar lists and bending diagrams are included on the plans, they are intended for estimating approximate quantities. The Contractor shall verify the quantity, size and shape of the bar reinforcement against those shown on the plans and make all necessary corrections before ordering. 602.04 Protection of Materials. Reinforcing steel and its epoxy coating shall be protected at all times from damage. When placed in the work, the reinforcing steel shall be free from dirt, loose mill scale, paint, oil, loose rust, or other foreign substance. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT 602.07 The weight of reinforcing steel for payment will not be measured but shall be the quantities designated in the Contract; except, measurements will be made for revisions requested by the Engineer, or for an error of plus or minus 2 percent of the total weight shown on the plans for each structure. Prospective bidders shall verify the weight of reinforcing steel before submitting a proposal. Adjustment will not be made in the weight shown on the plans, other than for approved design changes or for an error as stipulated above, even though the actual weight may deviate from the plan weight. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 602 REINFORCING STEEL Project Specifications- Page 35 of 59 The accepted quantities of reinforcing steel will be paid for at the contract unit price per pound, measured weight shall include the weight of the Dowel Basket Assembly. No allowance will be made for other supports, clips, wire or other material used for fastening reinforcement in place. Bar Size Weight per Linear Foot in Pounds Bar Size Weight per Linear Foot in Pounds ¼ inch 0.167 No. 8 2.670 No. 3 0.376 No. 9 3.400 No. 4 0.668 No. 10 4.303 No. 5 1.043 No. 11 5.313 No. 6 1.502 No. 14 7.650 No. 7 2.044 No. 18 13.600 BASIS OF PAYMENT 602.08 The accepted quantities of reinforcing steel will be paid for at the contract unit price per pound. No allowance will be made for supports, clips, wire or other material used for fastening reinforcement in place. Pay Item Unit 602.01 Reinforcing Steel and dowel Basket Assembly Pound 602.02 Reinforcing Steel – Epoxy Coated and dowel Basket Assembly Pound EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 604 INLETS AND CULVERTS Project Specifications- Page 36 of 59 Section 604 - INLETS AND CULVERTS - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 604.01 shall be amended to include the following: This work shall consist of the installation of, or removal and replacement of inlets, inlet decks, and sidewalk culverts in accordance with these specifications, and in reasonably close conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 604.04 - Manholes, Inlets, and Meter Vaults - is revised to include the following: Type R Inlets shall be installed per CDOT M&S Standards, latest revision, standard plan number MS-604-12. Care shall be taken during removals to salvage hardware material to the maximum extent feasible (i.e., frames, grates, adjustable bonnets, angle iron faces, steel rods, etc.). Salvable material shall be reinstalled in the structure or remain the property of the City of Fort Collins and shall be stockpiled by the Contractor at specified locations within the project limits. The Contractor shall safeguard salvable materials and shall be responsible for the expense of repairing or replacing damaged or missing material until it is re-incorporated into the work or is loaded onto City equipment by the Contractor. All reinforcing steel encountered during removal shall be replaced with new steel of the grade and size as shown on the details found herein and shall not be measured and paid for separately. When concrete is to be removed and replaced around an existing grate without disturbing the deck or basin, this shall not constitute “Reconstruct Inlet Deck”. These locations shall be measured and paid for separately under the items described in Revision of Sections 608 and 609. Expansion joint material shall be installed every 500' in long runs and between the new structure and existing concrete slabs, where called for, and around fire hydrants, poles, inlets, sidewalk culverts, mid-block ramps, radius points at intersections, and other fixed objects (i.e., slabs or curbs). Expansion joint material shall be full depth, installed vertically, and in accordance with the CDOT M&S Standards for Concrete Pavement Joints, MS-412-1. The joint shall be edged with a suitable edging tool and sealed in accordance with CDOT Section 412.18, sealing joints. A ¼" minimum expansion gap shall be maintained between the metal top plate of a sidewalk chase and the concrete flatwork surface on both sides to allow for expansion. Failure to leave expansion room will require replacement of the entire system if not discovered before the concrete shatters, or sawcutting of an expansion gap of sufficient width if prior to failure. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 604.06 is revised to include the following: Items defined with “Remove & Replace”, for each inlet type and concrete sidewalk culvert, shall be measured and paid per each under the corresponding type of inlet, shall include two, three and one-half foot (3.5) transitions measured from inside face of box on each side, and shall include furnishing new hardware material (i.e., bonnet, frame, grate, etc.). “Material Only” items for the corresponding structures shall not be paid in addition to items designated “Remove & Replace”. Items defined with “Reconstruct”, for each inlet type shall be measured and paid per each under the corresponding type of inlet, shall include two three and one-half foot (3.5) transitions measured from inside of face of box on each side, and shall include salvaged hardware material (i.e., bonnet, frame, grate, etc.) When only the throat (gutter area only, excluding the hood/deck) of the inlet is marked for repair, the installation shall be measured and paid by the square foot under Revision of Section 608 and 609, “Crosspan 8” – Remove & Replace”. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 604 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CULVERTS Project Specifications- Page 37 of 59 “Material Only” items shall be paid per each only when existing material for the structure cannot be salvaged, does not meet current specifications, cannot be provided by the City, or as requested by the Engineer. “Material Only” shall be paid in addition to the “Reconstruct Inlet Deck” or “Metal Sidewalk Culvert - Salvaged Material” items for the corresponding structure as directed by the Engineer. “Material Only” shall not be paid when damage to the existing hardware material was due to construction operations or carelessness during removal and shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractors expense. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately when issues prevent salvage of the existing material. “Metal Sidewalk Culvert - Salvaged Material” shall be measured and paid per each and shall include reinstallation of salvaged hardware material (i.e., frame, grate, etc.). The Contractor shall provide new brass or galvanized screws for the plate reinstallation. “Metal Sidewalk Culvert – Salvaged Material” shall be constructed per the standard details contained herein for Attached Vertical and Drive-Over Curb and Gutter (details D-10, D-11) with the following modifications: Concrete for the floor beneath the metal plate shall be three (3) feet wide centered beneath the plate. The subgrade beneath the concrete floor shall be compacted, firm, and non-yielding and have a transition slope length of one (1) foot beyond the floor on each side (see details D -10 and D-11, sections B-B) and shall be sloped to match the bottom of the grade for the adjacent or proposed concrete sidewalk. Expansion material shall be installed full depth and set vertically at the top of the subgrade slope on each side of the chase. The typical structure length, measured parallel with the sidewalk, shall be five (5) feet with fifteen (15) inches on each side from the edge of the plate to the expansion material. ‘Metal Sidewalk Culvert’ shall not include adjacent sidewalk beyond the five (5) feet structure dimension.” The installation of the plate shall typically be aligned flush with the back of the existing sidewalk and shall be offset from the vertical plane of the flow line by a minimum of three (3) inches. Dimension variances of existing plates and offset from the flowline shall be field fit to match existing conditions and shall be modified as directed by the Engineer. In no case shall the plate extend flush with the vertical plane of the flow line or be less than four (4) feet when measured perpendicular to the sidewalk. Hollywood style curb and gutter, an exception to standard installations, shall be installed as directed by the Engineer and measured and paid as agreed between Contractor and Engineer utilizing existing pricing to the maximum extent possible. “Metal Sidewalk Culvert – Material Only” shall be measured and paid per each based on 11.25 square feet (standard plate size) and shall be paid only when existing material cannot be salvaged, does not meet criteria, cannot be provided by the City, or as requested by the Engineer. “Material Only” shall be paid in addition to the “Metal Sidewalk Culvert - Salvaged Plate”. The standard dimensions shall be two feet six inches (2.5’ measured parallel with sidewalk) by four feet six inches (4.5’ measured perpendicular to sidewalk), or 11.25 square feet. Actual dimensions may vary and shall be verified. “Metal Sidewalk Culvert - Additional 5/8” Plate” shall be measured and paid by the square foot, shall include the 5/8” thick plate and frame as designated in the drawings contained herein, and shall be the basis to increase or decrease payment when variances from the typical structure sizes are required. The cost per square foot shall be used to add or deduct from payment under “Additional Square Foot Plate”. Payment shall be made in addition to “Metal Sidewalk Culvert – Material Only”. “Concrete Sidewalk Culvert” shall be constructed per the standard detail contained herein (D-12) with the following modifications: The #5 bars shown in Detail D-12, section C-C, shall be extended to the end of the transitions on both sides of the culvert and shall have three (3) inches of clearance from the expansion material installed at each end of EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 604 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CULVERTS Project Specifications- Page 38 of 59 the culvert. Expansion material shall be full depth and set vertically on each side of the culvert. When only the throat (gutter area only, excluding the hood/deck)) of an Inlet, Sidewalk Chase, or Concrete Sidewalk Culvert” is marked for repair, the installation shall be measured and paid by the square foot under Revision of Section 608 and 609, “Crosspan 8” – Remove & Replace”. The thickness of the expansion material shall be one half (1/2) inch or one (1) inch as directed by the Engineer. Expansion shall be measured and paid as “Expansion” by the lineal foot under Revision of Section 608 and 609, “Expansion”. Sawcutting for items contained in this section shall be incidental to the work and shall not be measured and paid for separately. Erosion control measures used during sawcutting are considered incidental to all sawcutting operations and shall not be measured and paid for separately. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 604.07 is revised to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 604.01 Install New Area Inlet- 4' Opening Each 604.02 Area Inlet – Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 604.03 Reconstruct Area Inlet Deck – Remove & Replace Each 604.04 Reconstruct Area Inlet Deck - Additional Foot Opening – Remove & Replace Lineal Foot 604.05 Reconstruct Catch Basin Deck – Remove & Replace Each 604.06 Reconstruct Catch Basin Deck – Additional Foot Opening - Remove & Replace Lineal Foot 604.07 Install New Curb Inlet – 4’ Opening Each 604.08 Curb Inlet – 4’ Opening – Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 604.09 Reconstruct Curb Inlet Deck – Remove & Replace Each 604.10 Reconstruct Curb Inlet Deck – Additional Foot Opening – Remove & Replace Lineal Foot 604.11 Install New Type R Inlet – 5’ Opening Each 604.12 Type R Inlet – 5’ Opening - Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 604.13 Reconstruct Type R Inlet Deck – Remove & Replace Each 604.14 Reconstruct Type R Inlet Deck- Additional Foot Opening – Remove & Replace Lineal Foot 604.15 Install New Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet (includes new Frame, Grate, & Adjustable Curb Bonnet) Each 604.16 Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet - Additional Foot Depth Lineal Foot 604.17 Reconstruct Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet Deck – Remove & Replace Each EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 604 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CULVERTS Project Specifications- Page 39 of 59 EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 604 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CULVERTS Project Specifications- Page 40 of 59 604.18 Reconstruct Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet Deck - Additional Foot Opening Remove & Replace Lineal Foot 604.19 Modified Type 13 Curb Inlet – Material Only (Frame, grate and adjustable Curb Bonnet - East Jordan Iron Works 7030 or equivalent) Each 604.20 Concrete Sidewalk Culvert – 4’ Opening – Remove & Replace Each 604.21 Metal Sidewalk Culvert – 2’ Opening – Remove & Replace Each 604.22 Metal Sidewalk Culvert – 2’ Opening – Material Only Each 604.23 Additional Square Foot 5/8” Plate Square Foot The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all work involved in Inlets and Culverts, including demolition, disposal, reinforcement, and materials, complete-in-place, as specified in these specifications, as shown on the plans, and as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 41 of 59 Sections 608 and 609 - SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS and CURB AND GUTTER - are to be deleted and replaced with the latest revision of the Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards, except as noted herein: DESCRIPTION This work consists of the construction of concrete sidewalks, curb and gutter, drive approaches, aprons, crosspans, pedestrian access ramps, and concrete pavement in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established by the Engineer. MATERIALS The mix designs for all types of concrete to be utilized shall be determined by the Contractor, submitted to the Engineer two weeks prior to beginning work, and approved a minimum of one week prior to the beginning of construction. Concrete for sidewalks, curb/gutter, bikeways, pavements, and inlets shall conform to the specification detailed in Item 30 of the Municipal Government Engineers Council at the link attached below. NO epoxy coating will be required of the steel dowel and tie bars as specified in Section 30.2.G. https://mgpec.org/mgpec-specifications.html The Contractor shall furnish a load slip containing the information required by AASHTO M157, Section 13, Subsection 13.1 and 13.2, with each batch of concrete. In addition, the type of concrete (mix code) shall be shown on each load slip and a copy of the batch weights shall accompany each concrete ticket. Concrete delivered without a load slip containing complete information as specified will be subject to rejection. Curing materials shall be white pigmented liquid linseed oil based or paraffin based curing compound, and shall conform to ASTM Specification C 309-81 Type II, Class B. The application rate for curing compound shall be a minimum of 150 sq. ft./gal. The curing compound shall be applied immediately upon completion of the finishing in a uniform pattern resulting in complete coverage of the exposed concrete area. Curing compound shall also be sprayed on the concrete surfaces after removal of the forms (back of curb and toe face of gutter). CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS “Remove and Haul Fillet” shall be defined as concrete or asphalt installed in the flow line of the gutter and shall be paid per each. Care shall be taken during removal of fillets to protect the existing concrete sidewalk and gutter from damage. Any damage to the existing concrete shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractors expense. Monolithic hybrids of curb, gutter, sidewalk and high-back vertical curb and gutter will be replaced using the same configuration as it was originally installed, unless a flaw in its engineering should become apparent. In these cases, the design may be modified by the Engineer. The finished exposed surface and edging of the concrete shall have a broomed finish. Smooth surfaces around the perimeter of the adjoining concrete shall not be matched unless directed by the Engineer. All newly installed concrete shall be date stamped by the Contractor. If the installation is larger than one concrete section, only one stamp per area of installation shall be required. The stamp shall include the Contractor’s name and year of installation. The concrete shall be stamped at the appropriate curing time so the Contractor’s name and year of installation are clearly legible. Typically, the stamp shall be installed at the back edge of the sidewalk, on the right-hand side when viewing the installation from the street, or as directed by the Engineer. The maximum spacing for transverse joints in crosspans, concrete pavement, and sidewalk shall be ten (10) feet or as directed by the Engineer. All concrete control joints shall be tooled to one quarter (1/4) of the concrete thickness or as directed by the Engineer. All construction joints for crosspans and/or aprons adjacent to new or existing concrete shall be constructed in accordance with the detail for "Concrete Construction Joints" contained herein. This item will not be measured EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 42 of 59 or paid for separately under the terms of this contract. Forms shall be installed at the full depth of the concrete placement. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the subgrade and/or base course until the concrete is placed. The Contractor shall protect the concrete against moisture loss, rapid temperature change, rain, flowing water, mechanical injury, pedestrian and vehicular traffic, and Contractor's equipment for a minimum of 36 hours after the placement of curing compound for 48-hour high early concrete. Asphalt patching against fresh concrete shall not be permitted during the time frames for protection of the concrete. The Contractor shall not sprinkle water on the surface of the newly placed concrete to assist with finishing. The use of a finishing aide may be approved on a limited case by case basis only when the material to be used has been submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to use in the field. Concrete blankets shall be used when the ambient temperature is expected to fall to 32ºF or below within 36 hours after placement and shall remain in place for a minimum period of 36 hours for 48-hour high early concrete. This item will not be measured or paid for separately under the terms of the contract. The debris immediately adjacent to a concrete repair location shall be completely cleaned up on the workday following the placement of the concrete. If required, the concrete shall be protected as stated above. Any damage caused during the cleanup process shall be the Contractor's responsibility. In locations where concrete pavement is replaced, the new pavement shall have a minimum thickness of eight (8) inches. Existing pavement shall be saw cut to obtain a straight and neat edge for paving and shall be deep enough to cut through the entire pavement thickness. The subgrade plane shall not vary more than one half (1/2) inch in ten (10) feet. All concrete pavement joints shall be sealed with an approved concrete joint filler material, in accordance with the detail for “Concrete Pavement Joints” contained herein or as directed by the Engineer. The cost for joint sealing shall be included in the contract unit price for “Concrete Pavement 8”- Remove & Replace.” The top of the new pavement shall be even with the existing concrete pavement and the newly installed concrete shall be consolidated with a mechanical vibrator. All construction joints shall be tied and doweled except for expansion joints, joints along existing curb and gutter, and contraction joints, in accordance with the CDOT 412.1 detail for “Concrete Pavement Joints” contained herein. All retro-fit, remove and replace, new paving panels shall be connected to the adjacent existing pavement with 18-inch deformed #5 epoxy coated tie bars drilled into the existing pavement as shown Section 3000, Detail M-412-1 of this document. Tie bar installation, materials and labor will be incidental to the work being performed. As directed by the engineer, traverse paving joints between contiguous panels shall have smooth, load transfer dowels per section DC on detail M-412-1. The holes may be drilled so the rebar fits snuggly or installed using an approved concrete adhesive. Dowel bars for adjacent panels shall be coated entirely with a bond breaking material approved by the Engineer. Load transfer dowels will be paid for under section 602 of this document (bid line items 602.01 or 602.02). When a batch of concrete delivered to the site does not conform to the minimum specified air content, an air entraining admixture shall not be allowed to be added on site. Restoration of landscape shall be in accordance with Revision of Section 107, “Safety and Protection and Restoration of Property and Landscape" found herein. The time frame for restoration shall be within two (2) working days from the time the concrete was placed for backfill with topsoil and by no later than the end of the first working day of the following week for sod replacement. Concrete washout/truck washout areas shall be contained in such a manner that no visual evidence of cement or aggregate spoils remain on the site. In addition, direct washout to curb and gutter flow lines or inlet structures is prohibited. Washout may be accomplished by use of an identified off-site location or a designated spoil/base pile (see Section 208 Erosion Control and Inlet Protection), and shall include the placement of a Stormwater Protection Device on the downstream side of the washout area. Methods shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 43 of 59 Flagstone sidewalk, brick pavers and trolley roadbed bricks shall be salvaged to the maximum extent feasible. All flagstones, pavers, and bricks shall become the property of the City of Fort Collins. Flagstones shall be hauled by the Contractor and delivered to the City’s site located at 1500 Hoffman Mill Road. Loading, unloading, and hauling shall not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in “Remove Concrete”. In areas where the Engineer directs the re-setting of flagstone, the existing flagstone shall be salvaged and reset on a compacted base. The elevation of the flagstone shall match as closely as possible the surface treatment of the surrounding area. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Sawcutting related to the items in this section shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and shall not be measured or paid for separately. Erosion control measures used during sawcutting shall be considered incidental and shall not be measured or paid for separately. “Remove Concrete” shall include removal and disposal or salvage of existing asphalt, concrete, or flagstone. This item shall be paid where the Engineer directs removal only, and removal is not already being paid under another item. “Apron 8” shall be paid by the square foot and, when installed on a radius, shall include the area of 8-inch Pavement from the back of the curb to the apron legs (A and C) and from point of curvature to point of curvature. The area of an Apron shall be calculated as follows (see diagram below): EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 44 of 59 ((A*C) - (π (A-B) (C-D)/4)) Truncated Domes “Vertical Curb, Gutter, and 6” Sidewalk” shall be measured by the lineal foot and shall include 4 feet of sidewalk from back of the curb to the back of sidewalk, if over this width of sidewalk shall be paid under flat work four or six inch. See detail FC1602 in Section 3000 of this Document. “Pedestrian Access Ramp” shall be measured by the square foot and shall include the area between the back of the curb and both points of curvature, if on the radius, or the top of transition if mid-block. “Pedestrian Access Ramp Highback Curb” shall be measured by the square foot. The width shall be measured from the back of the curb to the top of the transition at the back of the ramp, and the length shall be measured at the midpoint from PT to PC. All Pedestrian Access Ramps shall use details contained herein as guidance. All ramps will be field designed to meet ADA requirements and city objectives. Form work shall be approved by the executing engineering representative before concrete placement. “Add Domes to Existing Ramp” shall be measured by the square foot (SF). The length and width shall be measured as per the area removed from the existing ramp, as directed by the City Engineer. This area of new concrete shall have a minimum thickness of six (6) inches, and shall have 18-inch #5 dowel bars at 12 inches on center, or as directed by the Engineer. The Truncated Dome Panels shall be paid for under line item 608.17 “Add Truncated Domes to Existing Ramp – Dry Set Placement” is intended for use on existing ramps that will not be reconstructed and do not currently have truncated dome panels. This item shall be measured and paid for by the square foot (SF) of truncated panels used and is intended to cover all costs associated with the installation of the dome panels per the manufactures instructions. The City of Fort Collins will supply the dome panels in either a two-foot by two-foot (2’ x 2’) or a two-foot by four-foot (2’ x 4’) variety. The work included in this installation may include: cleaning the existing surface, applying adhesive, impact drill, and installing hardware, and any other specific instructions per the manufactures specifications. The truncated dome panels shall be provided by the City of Fort Collins from the following providers: • TufTile – www.tuftile.com • Armor-Tile - www.armor-tile.com • An approved equal with similar installation processes as outlined above Please view the websites listed above for specific manufacturing instructions and further information regarding the supplied products. “Truncated Dome Panels” shall be paid by the square foot, placed in all pedestrian access ramps, and shall be paid in addition to “Pedestrian Access Ramp”, “Pedestrian Access Ramp Highback Curb”, or “Add Domes to A C B D EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 45 of 59 Existing Ramps”. This item shall include all labor, materials, and surface preparation to supply and place the panels at pedestrian access ramps. Truncated dome panels shall be cast iron, 2-foot by 2-foot, East Jordan DURALAST Item # 00700571 or equal, and shall meet all American with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. The type of truncated dome panels to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to installation. Dome panels shall be placed at the same time as the initial ramp placement. There shall be no voids beneath the bottom of the dome panels and the concrete. “Colored Concrete San Diego Buff – Upcharge” shall include the additional cost for the color additive only and shall be measured and paid by the square foot in addition to the corresponding item installed (i.e., Flatwork 6”, Splashblock 4”). “Stamped Concrete – Upcharge” shall include the additional cost for Stamping the Concrete Pattern onto the concrete only and shall be measured and paid by the square foot in addition to the corresponding item installed (i.e., Flatwork 6”, Splashblock 4”). “Alley Approach 8” shall be measured by the square foot from the lip of the gutter (if the gutter has been removed) to the back of the sidewalk and the width shall be measured at the midpoint. “Expansion” shall be measured and paid by the lineal foot. The thickness shall be one half (1/2) inch to three quarter (3/4) inch, and be installed every 500' in long runs and between new structure slabs, existing concrete slabs, and around fire hydrants, poles, inlets, sidewalk under-drains, mid-block ramps, radius points at intersections, and other fixed objects (i.e. ends of sidewalk slabs and curbs), as directed by the Engineer. Expansion joint material shall be full depth, set vertically, and installed in accordance with the CDOT M&S Standards for Concrete Pavement Joints. The joint shall be edged with a suitable edging tool. “Exposed Aggregate – Up Charge” shall include only the additional cost for exposing the aggregate including labor, water, other incidentals, and clean up related to exposing the surface aggregate and shall be measured and paid by the square foot in addition to the corresponding item installed. (i.e., Flatwork 6”, Splashblock 4”). “Reset Flagstone” shall be measured and paid by the square foot of re-set area in addition to “Remove Concrete”. Material for leveling, moisture conditioning, and labor for installation and compaction shall not be paid separately. “Haul & Dispose Concrete with Wire/Rebar” shall be paid for separately by the ton only when the Hoffman Mill site does not accept concrete containing wire and/or rebar. Weight slips shall be required for each load transported to any locations other than Hoffman Mill. “Exposed Sand Finish – Up Charge” shall be measured and paid by the square foot for the accepted quantities and shall include retarder material and application, tamp rolling, and exposing the sand finish, including retarding, sealer, equipment, labor, storm water protection, and cleanup. “6” Wide Concrete Placed Barrier Curb, Doweled”. The concrete median curb will be secured to the existing concrete pavement by using a #5 deformed steel bar, drilled five (5”) inches into the existing pavement, or as directed by the Engineer. Dowel bars shall be a minimum of eight (8”) inches in length and shall sit three (3”) inches above the top of the existing pavement. Dowel spacing shall be two (2’) to six (6’) feet, as directed by the Engineer. The newly placed curb width shall match the existing curb section and the lines of the face of curb. See detail FC703-Section B in Section 3000 of this Document. Dowel bars installation will be paid separately. “6” Wide Concrete Re-Set in Place Barrier Curb Doweled”. The eight (8”) inch #5 deformed steel bar, Drilled and epoxied into the existing curb and pavement, shall be paid per item No. 608.48 (Each). This work includes drilling a #5 deformed dowel bar a minimum of eight (8”) inch in length thru the existing curb and into the existing pavement, a minimum of four (4”) inches, leaving the top of the dowel two (2”) inches from the top of curb. The two (2”) inch gap between the top of the curb and the bar will be filled with an approved two-part epoxy sealer. Bars will be set two (2’) to six (6’) foot on center, as directed by the Engineer, and there shall be a minimum of two (2) dowels installed per section of curb. Pay items followed by “Remove & Replace” shall include all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and all work involved in the removal and installation, complete-in-place, including saw cutting, hauling, disposal, EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 46 of 59 etc. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 47 of 59 BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 608.06 shall be amended to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 608.01 Drive over Curb, Gutter and 6" Sidewalk Lineal Foot 608.02 Drive over Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 608.03 Vertical Curb, Gutter and 6" Sidewalk Lineal Foot 608.04 Vertical Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 608.05 Out Fall Curb and Gutter Lineal Foot 608.06 Hollywood Curb, Gutter and 6” Sidewalk Lineal Foot 608.07 Hollywood Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 608.08 High back Curb and Gutter - No Sidewalk Lineal Foot 608.09 Barrier Curb – 6” x 18” Lineal Foot 608.12 Mountable Curb – 12” x 18” Lineal Foot 608.15 Pedestrian Access Ramp Square Foot 608.16 Pedestrian Access Ramp, High back Curb Square Foot 608.17 Truncated Dome Panel Square Foot 608.18 Apron - 8” Square Foot 608.19 Cross pan – 8” Square Foot 608.20 Valley Pan – 6” Square Foot 608.21 Flatwork - 4" Square Foot 608.22 Flatwork - 6" Square Foot 608.23 Replace Flatwork - 1" Additional Depth Square Foot 608.24 Concrete Pavement - 8” (Joints Sealed) Square Foot 608.25 Alley Approach - 8” Square Foot 608.26 Enhanced Crosswalk – 10” Tile Red Square Foot 608.27 Enhanced Crosswalk – 10” San Diego Buff Square Foot 608.28 Enhanced Crosswalk – 10” Brick Red, Stamped Square Foot EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 608 & 609 SIDEWALK AND BIKEWAYS & CURB AND GUTTER Project Specifications- Page 48 of 59 608.29 Colored Trail with Fiber mesh – 5” Yosemite Brown Square Foot 608.30 Mow Strip – 4” x 12” Lineal Foot 608.31 Splash block – 4” Exposed Aggregate Square Foot 608.32 Splash block – 4” San Diego Buff Square Foot 608.33 Median Cover – 4” San Diego Buff Square Foot 608.34 Fiber mesh – Added to Any Item - Additional Charge Pounds/Cubic Yard 608.35 24 Hour High Early Concrete Added to Any Item - Additional Charge Cubic Yard 608.36 Stamp Pattern – Added to Any Item - Additional Charge Square Foot 608.37 6” Concrete Bollard Each 608.38 8” Concrete Bollard Each 608.39 Flowable Fill Cubic Yard 608.40 Non-reinforced Concrete Wall – 8” Square Face Foot 608.41 Non-reinforced Concrete Footer – 8” Square Foot 608.42 Concrete Staining/Sealing Square Foot 608.43 Expansion Material Lineal Foot 608.44 Joint Sealant (Pavement) Lineal Foot 608.45 Irrigation Sleeve Lineal Foot 608.46 Dump Fee Ton 608.47 6" Concrete Median Barrier Curb, Placed (Detail FC703 – Section B) Lineal Foot (8” Bar paid under 608.48) 608.48 6" Concrete Median Barrier Curb, Drilled (Detail FC703 – Section C) Each 608.49 Add Domes to Existing Ramp – Remove and Replace Square Foot 608.50 Add Domes to Existing Ramp – Dry set Placement Square Foot 608.51 Colored Concrete Upcharge- Add to Any Item- Additional Charge Square Foot 608.52 Colloidal Silica Finishing Aid Square Foot The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals. Removal and replacement shall be paid for separately as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the City Representative. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Project Specifications- Page 49 of 59 Section 623 – IRRIGATION SYSTEM - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 623.01 - is revised to include the following: This work shall consist of furnishing and installing irrigation/conduit sleeves beneath new concrete, or for sleeves placed in concrete for the installation of road signs, as directed by the Engineer. MATERIALS Subsection 623.02 - is revised to include the following: The irrigation sleeve shall be three (3”) inch or four (4”) inch diameter PVC pipe, schedule 40. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 623.14 - is revised to include the following: The irrigation sleeves shall be installed to a minimum depth of four (4”) inches below finished subgrade. Backfill over pipe shall be compacted prior to concrete placement. A survey stake shall be installed at the ends of each sleeve and painted blue. The stake shall be installed at a height that will not create a pedestrian or maintenance hazard as approved by the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 623.32 - is revised to include the following: “Irrigation Sleeve” shall be paid for by the lineal foot complete-in-place. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 623.33 - is revised to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay item Unit 623.01 Irrigation Sleeve – Three (3”) inch PVC Schedule 40 Lineal Foot 623.02 Irrigation Sleeve – Four (4”) inch PVC Schedule 40 Lineal Foot The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in installing the three (3”) and four (4) inch irrigation sleeve, including excavation, installation, compaction of backfill, haul and disposal, as shown on the plans, as specified in these specifications, and as directed by the Engineer. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 50 of 59 Section 630 – CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL - is hereby revised as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 630.01 shall be amended to include the following: This work shall consist of furnishing, installing, moving, maintaining, and removing temporary construction traffic control devices, including but not limited to signs, advance warning arrow panels, variable message boards, barricades, channelizing devices, and delineators as required by the latest revisions of the City of Fort Collins “Work Area Traffic Control Handbook,” the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" (MUTCD), the Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards (LCUASS), and the Colorado Department of Transportation Road and Bridge Standard Specifications (CDOT). City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Policies and Procedures Handbook is located online: www.fcgov.com/traffic/watc In the event of a conflict between the MUTCD criteria and the City's criteria, the City of Fort Collins criteria shall govern. MATERIALS Subsection 630.02 – Signs and Barricades - is revised to include the following: All traffic control devices shall meet or exceed the required minimum standards set forth in the City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook and the MUTCD. Traffic control devices shall be clean and in good operating condition when delivered and shall be maintained daily. All traffic control devices shall be clearly marked and free of crossed out information or any other form of defacement that detracts from the purpose for which they are intended (i.e., crossed out information, information written in long hand, etc.) Sign blanks with sign faces on both sides must have the back-sign face covered when in use to avoid confusion to motorists and bicyclists traveling in the opposite direction and residents potentially affected by information the sign may present. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 630.10 – Transportation Management Plan - is revised to include the following: CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring safe passage through the work zone for vehicles, pedestrians, and bicycles. The City of Fort Collins shall not be responsible for any loss or damage to equipment due to theft or vandalism or for any damages to public or private property caused by the Contractor’s construction activities. Private or public property which is damaged by the Contractors’ installation, equipment, or employees will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor may be required to use Variable Message Boards to advise road users about upcoming work on Arterial and Collector streets as required by Traffic Operations through the approved traffic control plan. When required, the Engineer will issue direction for the number of boards, general locations for placement, and message verbiage. The typical quantity of Variable Message Boards shall be: Six (6) on Arterial streets, four (4) on Collector streets, none on Residential streets, but may be modified as directed by the Engineer. Variable Message Boards shall be placed a minimum of 5 working days prior to the project start date. If full closures on Arterial and Collector streets are authorized, Variable Message Boards shall remain in place until completion of the project. Lane closures on Arterial and Collector streets shall require message boards to remain in place for two days after starting work. Fully automated Variable Message Boards shall be installed and operate continuously during the EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 51 of 59 afore mentioned durations on Arterial and Collector streets. Two-way traffic shall be always maintained unless approved by the Engineer. Lane width shall be maintained at a minimum of ten (10) feet between traffic control devices. The Contractor will provide 24-hour minimum notice to the City of Fort Collins Traffic Department when project operations will be near a signalized intersection. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - GENERAL Hand drawn plans shall NOT be accepted. Notification of residents and businesses shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, Contractor Representative, Traffic Control Supervisor or the Traffic Control Supervisor Representative and shall consist of distributing letters indicating the nature of the work to be completed, any special instructions to the residents (i.e. limits on lawn watering during concrete placement, etc.), dates and times of the work, and parking and access restrictions that will apply. Sample notifications shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to starting the project. Notification letters or door hangers shall include a local phone number which residents with questions may use to contact the Contractor and a link to the City of Fort Collins Street Department web site where citizens may find additional information and project updates at “www.fcgov.com/streets”. Only approved notifications shall be distributed a minimum of 48 hours prior to the commencement of each phase of the Work. Traffic Control Plans shall be submitted for approval prior to commencement of all work. Traffic control conditions vary significantly in the field and the Contractor is responsible for submitting traffic control plans for each work location. Minimum traffic control requirements for Arterial, Collector, and Residential streets are contained herein. Plans shall be specific to the project area showing street names, existing signing and striping conditions at intersections and the location for proposed devices. Devices temporarily not in use shall be removed from the area. Moving shall include devices removed from the project and later returned to use. Devices may be temporarily placed and/or stored in the city right-of-way in such a manner that minimizes the hazards to pedestrians, bicyclists, and vehicles, as approved by the Engineer. Traffic control devices shall be removed from the site immediately upon completion of the work for any street(s). In the event there is a safety issue, the Engineer may issue a “Stop Work Order” until the issue(s) is corrected. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for delays associated with the “Stop Work Order”. Approved traffic control plans shall be always available on site for review and inspection. See Revision of Section 104. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN - PROJECT Traffic control plans shall be submitted for all work locations prior to commencement of any work. Plans shall be submitted along with the City of Fort Collins Traffic Approval Forms. Traffic control plans shall be prepared by a Traffic Control Supervisor certified by the American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) or a Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor certified by the Colorado Contractor's Association (CCA). Hand drawn plans shall NOT be accepted. Typical Traffic Control Plans for work within the right-of-way shall be submitted for approval to the Engineer as follows: Typical submittals for scheduled residential work shall be submitted by 8:00 a.m. two (2) working days prior to commencement of the work. Typical submittals for residential work scheduled on Monday and Tuesday shall be submitted the previous Thursday by 8:00 a.m. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 52 of 59 Submittals for full closures on residential streets shall be submitted five (5) working days prior to the commencement of work. Submittals for full closures on Arterial and Collector streets shall be submitted ten (10) working days prior to the commencement of work. All plans shall be delivered to the City of Fort Collins Traffic Operations Department electronically according to the City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Policies and Procedures Handbook. No phase of the construction shall start until the Traffic Control Plan has been approved. Failure to have an approved Traffic Control Plan shall constitute cause for the City to stop work. See Revision of Sections 104 and 105. A Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted for each Arterial and each Collector Street scheduled for work. Each residential area shall have one typical Traffic Control Plan submitted for the area. When changes to the Area Traffic Control Plan(s) are required, a re-submittal for the area shall be provided for approval. For required closures in a residential (i.e., closure for a cross pan repair) a separate submittal from the Area Traffic Control Plan shall be provided. The Traffic Control Plan shall include, as a minimum, the following: 1. A traffic control “Approval Form” submittal with each traffic control plan. The “Approval Form” shall be legibly written and filled out completely. 2. A detailed diagram which shows the location of all sign placements, including advance construction signs (if not previously approved) and speed limit signs; method, length and time duration for lane closures, and location of flag persons. 3. A tabulation of all traffic control devices shown on the detailed diagram including, but not limited to: construction signs; vertical panels; vertical panels with lights; Type I, Type II, and Type III barricades; cones; drum channelizing devices; advance warning flashing or sequencing arrow panels. Certain traffic control devices may be used for more than one operation or phase. However, all devices required for any phase must be detailed and tabulated for each phase. 4. Number of flaggers to be used and flagger locations. Flagger locations shall be located where approaching motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians have sufficient distance to safely stop at the specified point. 5. Parking and access restrictions to be in effect. 6. Detailed pedestrian and bicycle movement. 7. All applicable notes (i.e., sign spacing, taper length and posted speed limit, pedestrian routes, etc.) Approval of the proposed method of handling traffic does not relieve the Contractor of liability specifically assigned under this contract. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 53 of 59 FIGURE 630-1 TYPICAL ARTERIAL TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ARTERIAL STREETS - Shall include flagging personnel required for the road classification, control of cross traffic, and as required for the Contractor’s daily work activities in addition to the minimum signage required by the specifications. Flagging shall be paid separately under “Flagging”. Approved Variable Message Boards shall be required for Arterial streets, shall be shown on the drawing, and shall be paid for separately under “Variable Message Board”. Advance Warning Arrow Boards may be requested by the Engineer and shall be paid for separately under “Advance Warning Arrow Board”. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 54 of 59 FIGURE 630-2 TYPICAL COLLECTOR TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN COLLECTOR STREETS - Shall include flagging personnel required for the road classification, control of cross traffic, and as required for the Contractor’s daily work activities in addition to the minimum signage required by the specifications. Flagging shall be paid separately under “Flagging”. Approved Variable Message Boards may be required for collector streets and shall be shown on the plans and paid for separately under “Variable Message Board”. Advance Warning Arrow Boards may be requested by the Engineer and shall be paid for separately under “Advance Warning Arrow Board”. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 55 of 59 FIGURE 630-3 TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN RESIDENTIAL STREETS - Shall include flagging personnel required for the road classification, control of cross traffic, and as required for the Contractor’s daily work activities in addition to the minimum signage required by the specifications. Flagging shall be paid separately under “Flagging”. Variable Message Boards are typically not required for residential streets. TRAFFIC CONTROL MANAGEMENT Subsection 630.11 shall be amended to include the following: The Contractor shall designate an individual, other than the Superintendent, to be the Traffic Control Supervisor. Traffic Control Management shall be performed by a Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). The TCS(s) shall possess a current American Traffic Safety Services Association (ATSSA) certification as a Worksite Traffic Control Supervisor or a current Colorado Contractor's Association (CCA) certification as a Traffic Control Supervisor. Proof of certification for all personnel assigned to the project(s) shall be provided to the City Traffic Department and the Engineer. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall have approved traffic control plans for the work site and current copies of EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 56 of 59 the City of Fort Collins' "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook", and Part VI of the MUTCD, pertaining to traffic control for street and highway construction, available on site always. The TCS shall have a minimum of one year experience as a certified TCS. Qualifications shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval a minimum of five (5) working days prior to commencement of the work. The TCS shall be required to be on site at all times during construction. It is the intent of the specifications that the TCS be the same throughout the year. The TCS shall be equipped with a cellular phone. Traffic Control Management shall be maintained on a 24 hour per day basis. The Contractor shall make arrangements so that the Traffic Control Supervisor or their approved representative will be available on every working day, “on call” at all times, and available upon request of the Engineer during non-working hours. A 24 hour telephone number shall be provided to the Engineer. Outside of construction hours, the response time from the Engineers’ contact shall be 30 minutes or less and correction of the issue(s) shall be one (1) hour or less. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any traffic control individual does not perform their duties at or to the minimum industry standard, the Contractor will be required to replace that individual. TCS duties shall include, but are not limited to: 1. Supervise and direct project flaggers. 2. Prepare, revise, and submit Traffic Control Plans as required. 3. Coordinate all traffic control related operations, including those of the Subcontractor and supplier. 4. Coordinate project activities with appropriate police and fire control agencies, Transfort, school districts and other affected agencies and parties prior to construction. 5. Notify residents and businesses at least 48 hours prior to construction. a. Notifications may be accomplished by a representative of the TCS such as a flagger and shall be hand typed and hand delivered to all businesses and residents. 6. Inspect traffic control devices on a calendar day basis for the duration of the project to ensure devices are functioning properly and are clean and legible.,and Vertical Panels are placed properly to direct traffic in the right direction 7. Oversee all requirements covered by the plans and specifications which contribute to the convenience, safety, and orderly movement of traffic. 8. Breaking flaggers for short periods of no more than fifteen (15) minutes over a sixty (60) minute period. 9. Set up and removal of traffic control device. 10. Maintain a project traffic control diary which shall become part of the City's project records. This diary/log shall be submitted to the Engineer daily and shall include the following information as a minimum a. Date. b. The time of traffic control inspections. c. Project description and location. d. Traffic Control Supervisor’s name. e. Types and quantities of traffic control devices used per approved MHT. f. List of flaggers used, including start time, stop time and number of flagging hour breaks. g. Traffic control problems (traffic accidents; damaged, missing or dirty devices, etc.) and corrective action taken. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 630.17 is revised to include the following: Quantities to be measured for construction traffic control devices shall be the number of units of the various sizes and descriptions listed below: Construction Traffic Signs: Size A Signs - 0.01 to 9.00 Square Feet Size B Signs - 9.01 to 16.00 Square Feet EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 57 of 59 "NO PARKING" Sign with Stand shall be measured and paid per each per day and shall not be included in the item for Size A Signs. "NO PARKING" Sign with Stand shall consist of a metal sign attached to a device (stand) such as a Vertical Panel or Type I Barricade. The sign material and stand shall be approved by the Engineer. The sign material and stand shall not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the Contract Unit Price for "NO PARKING" Sign with Stand. The cost for "NO PARKING" Sign with Stand shall include delivery, rental, setup, modification, maintenance, and pickup. “NO PARKING” signs must remain in place until the street is open to traffic. The “NO PARKING” signs shall be in effect for one or two days only. The sign shall be securely fastened so it can be readable at all times. Traffic channelizing devices consisting of vertical panels, cones, Type I, II and III barricades, or drum channelizing devices shall be measured and paid per each per day. Barricade warning lights shall be measured and paid per each per day in addition to the device on which they are mounted when approved by the Engineer. Advance Warning Flashing or Sequencing Arrow Panels and Variable Message Boards shall be measured and paid per each per day. The cost for setting up equipment, modifying equipment, maintaining equipment, and picking up equipment, including "NO PARKING" Sign with Stand, during authorized days shall not be paid for separately when the Contractor is not performing work at the location. Flagging shall be measured and paid per hour. The quantity to be measured for flagging will be the total number of hours that flagging is actually used as authorized. Hours of flagging in excess of those authorized shall be at the Contractor's expense. Flagger breaks shall be included in the Contract Unit Price for Flagging. The method for covering flagger breaks shall be approved by the Engineer. Flagging outside of the construction work hours shall not be paid for under the terms of this contract unless authorized in writing by the Engineer. Flagger stand-by time shall not be paid for under the terms of this contract. The flaggers shall be provided with Stop/Slow paddles, electronic communication devices when required, and personal protective equipment. These devices will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. The Traffic Control Supervisor shall be measured and paid per day or per hour as follows: Traffic Control Supervisor hourly rate shall be measured and paid when work is for an authorized day and work hours are less than ten (10) hours in one day. Traffic Control Supervisor daily rate shall be measured and paid when the Traffic Control Supervisor has a total of ten (10) hours or more in an authorized day. The number of Traffic Control Supervisors shall be approved by the Engineer prior to each day’s work. An authorized day shall be any day, or portion there as authorized by the Engineer, that construction operation would require a Traffic Control Supervisor. On call and project inspections on all other days will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. The Traffic Control Supervisors (TCS) shall only be paid for days the Contractor is working or as directed by the Engineer. On weekends and other days, the Contractor is not working, the TCS shall perform job site checks to ensure the condition of the job site is acceptable. Time spent maintaining signs on the weekends, holidays, bad weather days, and other days the Contractor does not work shall not be measured and paid for separately. Time spent setting up equipment, modifying equipment, maintaining equipment, and picking up equipment shall be included in the unit price. EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 58 of 59 The cost of batteries, electricity and/or fuel for all lighting or warning devices will not be paid for separately but will be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Work. Sandbags and Cones used to delineate sign locations shall not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. The Contractor may provide larger construction traffic signs than those typically used in accordance with the MUTCD, if approved; however, payment will be made for the typical panel size. The City shall not be responsible for any losses or damage due to theft or vandalism. Specialty signs shall include the initial cost of manufacturing only. The use of the Specialty Sign shall be measured and paid for under the appropriate line item for Size A or Size B signs. This item shall apply to new signs only. Once manufactured, they may be used throughout the project and shall be paid under Size A or Size B at the daily rate. Upon completion of the work, the Specialty Signs shall be returned to the Contractor. In locations where traffic control is set up and the work is not performed due to Contractor caused delays, the traffic control shall not be paid for under the terms of this contract. The cost for advance warning "NO PARKING" signs for periods in excess of 24 hours prior to the advancement of work, including those instances when said signs have been changed or otherwise updated to reflect current schedules, will not be paid for under the terms of this contract unless authorized by the Engineer. The Owner may deduct from compensation due the Contractor $10.00 per day for all traffic control devices which are not removed from the site immediately upon completion of the work or as directed by the Engineer. “The City of Fort Collins Master Street Plan Map” depicting the street classifications (Arterial, Collector, and Residential) can be found at the following link: https://www.fcgov.com/fcmoves/msp BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 630.18 is revised to include the following: Payment shall be made under: Pay Item Unit 630.01 "NO PARKING" Sign with Stand Per Each Per Day 630.02 Vertical Panel without Light Per Each Per Day 630.03 Channelizing Drum without Light Per Each Per Day 630.04 Type I/II Barricade without Light Per Each Per Day 630.05 Type III Barricade without Light Per Each Per Day 630.06 Size A Sign with Stand Per Each Per Day 630.07 Size B Sign with Stand Per Each Per Day 630.08 Size A Specialty Sign - Cost of Manufacturing Each 630.09 Size B Specialty Sign - Cost of Manufacturing Each 630.10 Cone with Reflective Strip Per Each Per Day 630.11 Safety Fence Per Roll EXHIBIT B REVISION OF SECTION 630 CONSTRUCTION ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Project Specifications- Page 59 of 59 630.12 Light Per Each Per Day 630.13 Advance Warning Flashing or Sequencing Arrow Panel Per Each Per Day 630.14 Variable Message Board Per Each Per Day 630.15 Traffic Control Supervisor Per Day 630.16 Traffic Control Supervisor Hour 630.17 Flagging Hour The above prices and payments shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, work area traffic control plan fees (including applicable daily lane rental fees) and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved in setup/removal/modification, notifications and delivery for Construction Zone Traffic Control as directed by the Engineer. SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR WORK ON ARTERIALS AND COLLECTORS NOTE: cross street traffic shall be maintained at all times unless authorized by the engineer in writing. NOTE: full closures on arterial and collector streets shall be allowed under extreme circumstances and only upon approval of the engineer. plans shall be approved a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the commencement of work and/or the time required to adequately notify the public through the media. NOTE: construction or repair work will not be permitted at or in the vicinity of a signalized intersection or any arterial and collector streets that have major traffic volumes between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 8:30 a.m or 3:30 p.m to 6:30 p.m. (except in the case of an emergency). Exceptions may be made for construction or repair work on arterial and collector streets between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6: p.m., Monday through Friday excluding holidays, when all equipment, labor, traffic control devices, and construction are not in the vicinity of an intersection. the engineer shall authorize such work and specify the required distance from the intersection. NOTE: time restrictions on S.H. 287 and HWY 14 (College Avenue and Mulberry Street east of Lemay Avenue) shall typically be restricted from 9:00 a.m to 3:00 p.m. NOTE: construction hours, except for emergencies shall be limited to 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday excluding holidays, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the engineer. Special conditions for work on residential streets NOTE: full closures on all residential streets shall be allowed as shown on the traffic control plans. END OF SECTION EXHIBIT B MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 1 ITEM 30 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE MATERIALS 30.1 DESCRIPTION 3 30.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Aggregate 3 1. Alkali-Silica Reactivity 3 2. Fine Aggregate 4 3. Coarse Aggregate 5 4. Combined Aggregate Blends 6 B. Cement 7 C. Supplementary Cementitious Materials 7 1. Fly Ash 7 2. Slag Cement 8 D. Admixtures 8 E. Water 8 F. Fibers 8 G. Reinforcing Steel 8 1. Tie Bars for Pavement 9 2. Dowel Bars for Pavement 9 H. Curing Materials 9 I. Joint Sealant, Backer Rod & Expansion Joint Materials 9 J. Miscellaneous Additional Products 9 30.3 CONCRETE MIXTURE PROPORTIONING 10 A. Mixture Requirements 10 B. Mix Design Submittal 12 C. Field Acceptance 13 1. Fresh Properties 13 2. Strength 13 D. Testing 13 30.4 SELF-CONTAINED MOBILE MIXER 15 30.5 RAPID STRENGTH HYDRAULIC CEMENT CONCRETE 15 A. Materials 15 B. Mix Design Submittal 15 C. Mixing 15 D. Placing 16 1. Pre-Pour Meeting 16 2. On-site Testing 16 3. Temperature 16 4. Curing 16 5. Hot Weather Limitations 16 6. Cold Weather Limitations 16 7. Finishing 16 8. Opening to Traffic 16 EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 2 30.6 MATURITY (TIME-TEMPERATURE) METHOD AND ESTIMATING CONCRETE STRENGTH 17 A. Terminology 17 B. Laboratory Curve Development 17 C. Field Measurement 19 D. Determination of In-Place Strength 19 E. Factors Requiring a New Curve 19 30.7 REFERENCES 21 EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 3 ITEM 30 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE MATERIALS 30.1 DESCRIPTION The concrete shall be composed of fine and coarse aggregates, Portland/hydraulic cement, supplementary cementitious materials, admixtures, and water. Hydraulic cement should be used for rapid strength mix designs. The ingredients are specified in Sections 30.2A through 30.2F. Reference documents ACI 301 and ACI 318. 30.2 MATERIALS All materials used in concrete shall be the same materials used in the concrete represented by the field test records or trial batch mixtures. Materials substitution shall be approved by the AGENCY. A. Aggregate Aggregate is defined as granular material, such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, and iron blast- furnace slag, used with a cementing medium to form hydraulic-cement concrete or mortar as per ASTM C125. Other materials that are significantly detrimental to the concrete mix should be excluded from the aggregate or aggregate blend utilized. Recycled Concrete Aggregates (RCA) may also be used as aggregate. When RCA is to be utilized, at any percentage, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a plan for approval by the AGENCY that addresses RCA material handling best practices and how higher absorption rates will be accommodated. 1. Alkali-Silica Reactivity Aggregates containing certain ingredients can react with the cement in concrete causing expansion of the concrete. The following tests shall be performed to help produce concrete resistant to alkali-silica reaction. Individual aggregates shall be tested and considered innocuous if it complies with the following:  ASTM C1260 14-day expansion less than or equal to 0.10%, or  ASTM C1293 1-year expansion less than or equal to 0.040% For aggregates that do not meet these criteria, mitigation measures shall be demonstrated in accordance with the below to meet the minimum requirements:  ASTM C1567 14-day expansion less than or equal to 0.10%*, or  ASTM C1293 2-year expansion less than or equal to 0.040%* *Tested with submitted concrete mix design cement, supplementary cementitious materials, and aggregate(s) Individual aggregate proportions or the aggregate blends which shall be used in the mix design shall be tested. Alternative mitigation measures will be considered case by case (see Table 30.2A-3). EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 4 2. Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall meet the requirements in ASTM C33, except as follows. The gradation shall meet the requirements in Table 30.2A-1. Table 30.2A-1 Fine Aggregate Gradation Sieve Percent Passing, % 3/8 inch 100 No. 4 95 – 100 No. 8 80 – 100 No. 16 50 – 85 No. 30 25 – 60 No. 50 5 – 30 No. 100 0 – 10 No. 200 0 – 3* *Manufactured sand that consists of over 50% crushed particles limits No. 200 to a maximum of 5%. Sulfate soundness loss by weight (ASTM C88) shall not exceed 10% (Sodium Sulfate) or 15% (Magnesium Sulfate). The maximum deleterious substances and organic impurities shall not exceed the limits listed in ASTM C33 (Table 30.2A-2). Table 30.2A-2 Fine Aggregate Deleterious Substances and Organic Impurities Material ASTM Limit Material finer than 200 mesh sieve C117 3% by weight Shale Petrographic analyses 1% by weight Coal and lignite C123 0. 5% by weight Clay lumps and friable particles C142 3% by weight Organic Impurities C40 Plate 3 The sum of the percentages of the above deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 5 3. Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate gradation shall meet the requirements in ASTM C33 (Table 30.2A-3). Table 30.2A-3 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Sieve Size No. 8 (3/4” Nominal) % Passing No. 67 (3/4” Nominal) % Passing No. 57 (1” Nominal) % Passing No. 467 (Combined Grading) % Passing 2 inch -- -- 100 1-1/2 inch -- 100 95 to 100 1 inch 100 95 to 100 -- ¾ inch 90 to 100 -- 35 to 70 ½ inch 100 -- 25 to 60 -- 3/8 inch 85 to 100 20 to 55 -- 10 to 30 No. 4 10 to 30 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 5 No. 8 0 to 10 0 to 5 0 to 5 -- No. 16 0 to 5 -- -- -- Note: Grading No. 57 or 67 shall be used when the concrete section thickness is six (6)-inches or less, unless otherwise specified. Wear shall not exceed 50% as tested in accordance with ASTM C131/C535 (based on nominal maximum aggregate size). Sulfate soundness loss by weight (ASTM C88) shall not exceed 12% (Sodium Sulfate), or 18% (Magnesium Sulfate). The maximum percentage of deleterious substances shall not exceed the limits in ASTM C33 (Table 30.2A-4). Table 30.2A-4 Coarse Aggregate Deleterious Substances Material ASTM Limit Material finer than 200 mesh sieve C117 1% by weight Lightweight fragments (specific gravity < 2.4) C123 3% by weight Coal and lignite (specific gravity < 2.4) C123 0.5% by weight Clay lumps and friable particles C142 3% by weight Non-aggregate material such as wood, sealant, and backer-rod are considered deleterious substances. The sum of the percentages of the above deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 6 4. Combined Aggregate Blends Combined aggregate blends will be allowed. Individual aggregates that do not meet the gradations in Table 30.2A-3 may be blended to achieve the gradations in Table 30.2A-3. Intermediate aggregates may also be added to improve fresh and hardened properties of concrete. Optimized gradations may be used by following a Shilstone, KU Mix, Tarantula Curve or similar method. When Shilstone is used, the combined aggregate gradation usually falls within Zone II of Figure 30.2A-1 but is not required to be within this Zone. Coarseness factor and workability factor shall be computed as follows: The workability factor should be adjusted based on the total cementitious content (cement plus any supplementary cementitious materials) prior to plotting using the following equation: Figure 30.2A-1 Shilstone Coarseness Factor Chart EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 7 When the Tarantula Curve is used, the combined aggregate gradation usually falls between the lines of Figure 30.2A-2. Figure 30.2A-2 Tarantula Curve B. Cement Portland/hydraulic cement shall conform to the following specifications: Table 30.2B-1 Cement Types Description Specification Type Portland Cement1 ASTM C150 I, II, or V 2 Blended Hydraulic Cement ASTM C595 IL(MS), IL(HS), IP, IP(MS), IP(HS) or IT Hydraulic Cement3 ASTM C1157 GU, MS, HS, shall be limited to a maximum of 15% limestone 1 ASTM C150 Type III may be allowed for fast track applications. 2 ASTM C150 Type II cement meeting the optional limits in accordance with ASTM C452 may be substituted for ASTM C150 Type V cement. ASTM C452 documentation shall be valid for two (2) years. 3 ASTM C1157 Type HE may be allowed for fast track applications. C. Supplementary Cementitious Materials 1. Fly Ash Fly ash or natural pozzolans shall conform to ASTM C618, for Class C, F, N, or AASHTO M321 for High Reactivity Pozzolans. Class C fly ash may only be used for EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 8 Class 0 sulfate resistance and if the calcium oxychloride is determined to be less than 15g CaOXY/100g cementitious paste in accordance with AASHTO T 365. 2. Slag Cement Slag cement shall conform to ASTM C989, Grade 100 or Grade 120. D. Admixtures Air-entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM C260. Chemical admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494, according to the following types: Type A – Water-reducing Type B – Retarding Type C – Accelerating Type D – Water-reducing and retarding Type E – Water-reducing and accelerating Type F – Water-reducing, high range admixtures Type G – Water-reducing, high range, and retarding Type S – Specific performance Calcium chloride shall not be used for exterior concrete. Written approval by the AGENCY shall be obtained prior to the use of any Type S admixtures. Application of admixtures shall be per manufacturer's recommendations. Corrosion inhibiting admixtures shall meet ASTM C1582. Pigments for integrally coloring concrete shall meet ASTM C979. E. Water Water shall be potable or qualified by conforming to ASTM C1602. F. Fibers Fibers shall be allowed and must conform to ASTM C1116: Type I Steel fiber-reinforced concrete or shotcrete. Contains stainless steel, alloy steel, or carbon steel fibers. Type II Glass fiber-reinforced concrete. Contains alkali-resistant glass fibers. Type III Synthetic fiber-reinforced concrete. Contains virgin homopolymer polypropylene fibers or other synthetic fibers. Type IV Natural fiber-reinforced concrete that contains cellulose fibers. G. Reinforcing Steel All steel shall meet the requirements as noted or as shown in the project plans. Mesh reinforcement shall meet ASTM A1064 for plain and deformed welded wire. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 9 1. Tie Bars for Pavement Tie bars shall be ASTM A615 Grade 60 deformed steel bars and conform to the requirements of ASTM A775, except that ends need not be patched and frames are not required to be epoxy coated. Tie bars fabricated with ASTM A615 Grade 40 steel may be used for construction requiring bent bars. 2. Dowel Bars for Pavement Dowel bars shall be ASTM A615 Grade 60 plain steel bars conforming to ASTM A775, except that ends and frames need not be epoxy coated. Dowel bars shall be free from burring or other deformation restricting slippage in the concrete. The dowels shall be coated with a bond-breaker recommended by the manufacturer. H. Curing Materials Curing materials shall conform to one of the following: Table 30.2H-1 Curing Materials Material Specification Liquid membrane-forming curing compounds ASTM C309, Type 2, Class A, or Class B Liquid membrane-forming compounds having special properties for curing and sealing concrete ASTM C1315, Type I or II, Class A White polyethylene film ASTM C171 White burlap-polyethylene sheeting ASTM C171 Waterproof paper ASTM C171 I. Joint Sealant, Backer Rod & Expansion Joint Materials The joint sealant for all sawed longitudinal and transverse joints shall be a silicone joint sealant meeting ASTM D5893. ASTM C1193 provides guidance for use of joint sealants. Blocking medium shall be an expanded closed cell polyethylene foam backer rod or non-plastic rope that is compatible with the joint sealant material and meets ASTM C1330, Type C or ASTM D5249. Polyethylene expansion joint materials shall be flexible, low density, expanded extruded polyethylene plank formed by the expansion of polyethylene base resin, extruded as a multicellular, closed cell, homogeneous foamed polyethylene. Laminations shall not be permitted. The joint material shall conform to ASTM D1751, ASTM D1752, or ASTM D8139. J. Miscellaneous Additional Products Use of additional products and or special ingredients may be approved by the AGENCY on a project specific basis. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 10 30.3 CONCRETE MIXTURE PROPORTIONING The following criteria is for general use exterior flatwork and concrete pavement, both of which may be exposed to deicing chemicals, as detailed in the application types in Table 30.3A-1. A. Mixture Requirements Jobsite, placement size, and exposure conditions may require modifications to these general criteria. Table 30.3A-1 Mix Design Criteria EXTERIOR ‐ General, Deicer Resistant PAVING ‐ Deicer Resistant MI X S E L E C T I O N BY U S E Designation EXT‐DR P‐DR Acceptable CDOT Mix Substitution Class D, B, S35 P Typical Application Type Flatwork, sidewalk, curb and gutter, curb ramps, bridge structure and decks, other structures Concrete pavement, bus pullouts, curb and alley cuts or pans Typical Cure Environment Year‐Round Year‐Round ST R E N G T H R E Q U I R E - M E N T S Minimum Design Compressive Strength (f’c)* at 28 Days 4,500 psi 4,500 psi Minimum Lab Mix Design Compressive Strength at 28 Days 5,200 psi 5,200 psi Minimum Design Flexural Strength at 28 Days Not Required 650 psi Minimum Opening Compressive Strength 2,000 psi (before construction traffic) 2,500 psi (before normal traffic) All opening strengths must be verified with maturity methods. Alternative mitigation measures will be reviewed individually EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 11 EXTERIOR ‐ General, Deicer Resistant PAVING ‐ Deicer Resistant MI X C O M P O N E N T S Allowable Cement Types Refer to Table 30.6 Allowable Supplementary Cementitious Materials ASTM C618 Class F Fly Ash, Class C Fly Ash, or other approved pozzolans (20-30% replacement of cement) ASTM C989 Slag Cement, Grade 100 or 120 (20-50% replacement of cement) Supplementary cementitious materials are required to mitigate deicer impacts. Class C fly ash may only be used for Class 0 sulfate resistance and if the calcium oxychloride is determined to be less than 15g CaOXY/100g cementitious paste in accordance with AASHTO T 365. Minimum Cementitious Material Content (cement + supplementary cementitious materials) 520 lbs./cy (flatwork) 565 lbs./cy (structures; inlets, buried sewer box culverts, vaults) 520 lbs./cy Maximum Water-to-Cementitious Material (W/CM) Ratio [water/(cement + supplementary cementitious materials)] 0.45 0.44 Sulfate Resistance Subject to the limits in CDOT 601.04 Sulfate Resistance Unrestrained Shrinkage at 28 days Not Required Maximum .050% using CP-L 4103 Surface Resistivity at 28 days Not Required Minimum 12 kΩ-cm using AASHTO T 358 AI R C O N T E N T Air content during placement 5-8% 4-8% EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 12 EXTERIOR ‐ General, Deicer Resistant PAVING ‐ Deicer Resistant SL U M P Lab Mix Design Slump Range Slump requirements will vary based on application (hand vs. machine placement or other) Slump acceptance is based on approved supplier mix design and set limits TE M P E R A T U R E Fresh Concrete Temperature (for placement) Between 50°F and 95°F In-Place Concrete Temperature (during curing) A minimum of 50°F for at least 48 hours, or until it reaches 2,000 psi compressive strength Use curing blankets as needed and verify using temperature monitoring devices, such as a min-max thermometer or maturity logger *f’c = Minimum Specified Compressive Strength The concrete mixture shall include a supplementary cementitious material to mitigate winter deicer impacts, and the type(s) of supplementary cementitious materials allowed are dependent on sulfate contents in the subgrade soils. The supplier should have available a range of mixtures that will work with various placing temperatures, slumps, climates, and need to adhere to required setting and opening time to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. B. Mix Design Submittal Mix Design submittals will follow ACI 318 and include the following items at a minimum:  Certified material test reports for aggregate, including all tests required; reporting each test, test method, test result, and other requirement specified (criteria).  Aggregate gradations and analysis.  Reactivity test results.  Coarse aggregate quality test results, including deleterious materials.  Fine aggregate quality test results, including deleterious materials.  Mill certificates for cement and supplementary cementitious materials.  Certified test results or certifications for all admixtures.  Specified strength, slump, air content and maximum water-cementitious materials (w/cm) ratio.  Unrestrained shrinkage and surface resistivity results (when required).  Recommended proportions, weights/volumes for proposed mixture and trial water- cementitious materials (w/cm) ratio, including actual slump and air content. Include material supplier and location of materials (pit name, cement plant, etc.). EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 13  Compressive (and flexural when required) strength summaries and plots, including all individual beam and cylinder break results. Maturity Method data and curves showing the basis of criteria for allowing the opening of traffic on pavement.  Submit a new design mix based on the above requirements when a significant change occurs in the mix proportions, source or type of cement, fly ash, or aggregate, or failure of field tests to meet specifications.  The limits to possible field added weights for air, water, slump, other materials shall be clearly shown on individual dispatch tickets during production. The mix design shall be reviewed and stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado. Alternatively, a mix design on the current CDOT Approved Products List (APL), may be submitted for use. Review of the design mix by the AGENCY does not constitute acceptance of the concrete delivered. C. Field Acceptance 1. Fresh Properties Concrete may be placed when slump, air content and water to cementitious materials ratio are determined to be in accordance with the AGENCY approved mix design parameters. Use Table 30.3A-1, and maximum water added dictated by the supplier in the mix design or delivery batch ticket when the AGENCY has no parameters. Concrete may be placed when batch tolerances are in accordance with ASTM C94, including the onsite addition of water and admixtures, and discharge time limits. 2. Strength The strength level of standard or field cured concrete mixture specimen shall be acceptable if:  The arithmetic average of any three consecutive strength tests equals or exceeds the Minimum Specified Compressive Strength, f’c, and,  No strength test falls below f’c by more than 500 psi if f’c is 5,000 psi or less; or by more than 0.10f’c if f’c exceeds 5,000 psi. If either of these requirements are not satisfied, steps shall be taken to increase the average of subsequent strength results. Evaluation of strength test results, and investigation of low strength-test results shall be in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. When 28-day strength test results are below the minimum specified strength, 56- day cylinders can be evaluated to verify minimum specified strength. Otherwise, if concrete is determined to not meet required compressive strength, in-place coring can be performed for material evaluation up to 65 days after placement. If the average of three core specimens achieve at least 85% of f’c, the concrete placement is considered acceptable. Core specimens must be obtained following ASTM C42. D. Testing Testing of Concrete shall be performed in accordance with Table 30.3D-1 EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 14 . TABLE 30.3D-1 Contractor’s QC SCHEDULE FOR MINIMUM MATERIALS SAMPLING AND TESTING Test Type Test Standard Minimum Frequency (General Use) Minimum Frequency (Pavement) Strength ASTM C31 ASTM C39 One set* per 100 cubic yards (minimum of one set per day) One set* per 500 CY (minimum of one set per day) Air Content ASTM C231 One test per each first three trucks, then one for every five trucks** and with each set of strength samples One test per each first three trucks, then one for every 500 CY** and with each set of strength samples Slump ASTM C143 One test per each first three trucks, then one for every five trucks** and with each set of strength samples One test per each first three trucks, then one for every 500 CY** and with each set of strength samples Temperature ASTM C1064 One test with every air and slump test One test with every air and slump test Unit Weight ASTM C138 One per air content test One per air content test Thickness ASTM C174 -- One core per 1,500 LF per lane or utilize MIT Scan T3 or equivalent Joint Sealant Pull Test ASTM C1521 CDOT CP-67 -- One per 1,000 linear feet of joints +QA testing may be less frequent than that required for QC testing. *One set consists of at least 5 cylinders, with a minimum of 3 cylinders tested at 28 days. One cylinder may be tested at 7 days and one held for compressive strength testing at 56 days, in case compressive strength tests do not meet requirements at 28 days. **If out of specification, test each truck until within specification Testing shall be performed by ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician Grade I certified technicians. The AGENCY shall determine who is responsible for performing QA testing, and the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for QC testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain onsite facilities that will allow for the initial curing of test specimens to meet the requirements of ASTM C31. The AGENCY, CONTRACTOR, TESTING LABORATORY, AND CONCRETE SUPPLIER shall meet to discuss the adequacy and location of the on-site initial curing facilities location. Test results will be distributed by the TESTING LABORATORY to the AGENCY, CONTRACTOR, CONCRETE SUPPLIER, and any other appropriate representatives after specified project break dates of compressive strength specimen. Laboratories performing tests shall be accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting organization. The laboratory will meet the requirements of ASTM C1077 and E329 for Aggregates and Concrete. Temporary field laboratories shall meet the same requirements, but the principal laboratory shall be accredited. Testing shall be performed by individuals certified in the testing conducted or under the direct observation of certified individuals while in training and in pursuit of certification (within 3 months). Results of tests determined to have not been performed in accordance with applicable ASTM standards or criteria stated here shall not be used in the determination of acceptance. (Note: Records of technician certifications, and equipment calibrations and verifications shall be maintained and made available for review.) EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 15 30.4 SELF-CONTAINED MOBILE MIXER If self-contained mobile mixers are utilized, proportioning and mixing equipment must be of the self- contained mobile, continuous mixing type in accordance with ASTM C685 and will meet the following:  The mixer must be self-propelled and capable of carrying sufficient unmixed dry, bulk cementitious materials, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, admixtures, and water to produce on the site at least 6 cubic yards of concrete. The mixer shall have one bin for each size aggregate.  The mixer must be capable of positive measurement of cementitious materials being introduced into the mix. A recording meter visible at all times and equipped with a ticket printout shall indicate the quantity of total concrete mix.  The mixer must provide positive control of the flow of water into the mixing chamber. Water flow shall be indicated by a flow meter and be readily adjustable to provide for minor variations in the aggregate moisture.  The mixer must be capable of calibration to automatically proportion and blend all components of indicated composition on a continuous or intermittent basis as required by the finishing operation and shall discharge mixed material through a conventional chute directly in front of the finishing machine.  The CONTRACTOR must perform calibration tests according to the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations at the beginning of each project and when there is a change in the mix design proportions or source of materials. The Engineer may require a calibration test or yield check when a change in the characteristics of the mixture is observed. The tolerances in proportioning the various materials shall be according to ASTM C685. 30.5 RAPID STRENGTH HYDRAULIC CEMENT CONCRETE Typically, concrete repairs can be completed with accelerated mixes. This mix is for use when lane closures are limited to 8 hours or less or when concrete is required to achieve a compressive strength of 2,500psi in 6 hours or less. When these criteria are required, specify Rapid Strength Concrete instead of accelerated mixes. A. Materials Rapid Strength Concrete shall meet the requirements of Item 30 Section 30.2 with the following exceptions:  ASTM C1600 rapid hardening hydraulic cement shall be used  Supplementary Cementitious Materials are not required  Set-retarding admixtures such as citric acid or those meeting the requirements of AASHTO M194 may be used. Citric acid for use in Rapid Strength Concrete shall be provided in liquid form with 49-52% solids. B. Mix Design Submittal Rapid Strength Concrete requirements shall meet the requirements of Item 30 Section 30.3B with the exception that when a self-contained mobile mixer (volumetric mixer truck) is used, the mix design shall be performed with the volumetric mixer truck. C. Mixing Mixing shall meet the requirements of Item 30 Section 30.4 with the following addition: EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 16  If a self-contained mobile mixer is used and ice is used to cool the mix water, it must be melted before entering the mixer. D. Placing Placement of Rapid Strength Concrete shall meet the requirements of Item 32 with the following additional requirements: 1. Pre-Pour Meeting A pre-pour meeting with the CONTRACTOR, sub-contractor, material supplier and AGENCY personnel must be held before placement to discuss: concrete curing, protection, washout bin staging, handling of cylinders, placement of maturity probes, hot weather placement, cold weather placement, and opening to traffic. 2. On-site Testing Compressive strength specimens shall be cast and initially cured at the placement location for a minimum 4 hours before being moved. Specimens shall be moved prior to opening to traffic. 3. Temperature Temperature testing shall take place immediately after discharge from the chute. 4. Curing Curing compound must be applied immediately following finishing operations. Manufacturer recommended application rates should be followed with a minimum rate of 200 SF/Gal. 5. Hot Weather Limitations A plan must be submitted for approval prior to any placement when air temperature is expected to exceed 80°F. Procedures for maintaining and monitoring of temperatures of water, aggregates and admixtures during mixing, placement and curing of concrete must be detailed as well as procedures to be implemented upon abrupt changes in weather conditions. Placing concrete during hot weather shall be limited by the temperature of the concrete at the time of placement. 6. Cold Weather Limitations When the ambient temperature is forecast to drop below 40°F during placement and up to 24 hours after placement, a plan must be submitted for approval by the AGENCY prior to placement. Concrete must not be placed on frozen subgrade. Procedures for maintaining and monitoring of temperatures of water, aggregates and admixtures during mixing, placement and curing of concrete must be detailed as well as procedures to be implemented upon abrupt changes in weather conditions. 7. Finishing During finishing of rapid strength concrete, water and finishing aids shall not be added or worked into the surface. The texture of the concrete should match the adjacent pavement. Otherwise, finishing and smoothness should meet the requirements stated in Items 31 and 32. 8. Opening to Traffic Pavement may be opened to traffic once a compressive strength of 2000 psi has been achieved. Compressive strength shall be determined using the maturity method. The EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 17 maturity meter shall be placed no more than 10 feet from the end of the final placement of the shift. 30.6 MATURITY (TIME-TEMPERATURE) METHOD AND ESTIMATING CONCRETE STRENGTH The Maturity Method may be used to make reliable estimates of the in-place strength of concrete, particularly when early opening is desired or required by the AGENCY. This is a two-step procedure:  First, a relationship must be established between the maturity values and the concrete strength as measured by destructive methods in a laboratory in order to determine the Maturity Index. The development of the maturity curve shall be done prior to beginning construction and shall use the approved materials and mix design for the project.  The second step is the instrumentation of the concrete to be measured. Maturity loggers are installed in the concrete and measured at predetermined intervals. By comparing those maturity readings to the laboratory curve, the in-place strength can be estimated. The CONTRACTOR and the AGENCY shall jointly develop a plan for performing the maturity testing. A. Terminology Datum Temperature “The datum temperature is a selected temperature value at which it is assumed that no reactions occur to contribute to strength.” (TIP 15) Maturity Logger A device required to monitor and record the concrete temperature as a function of time and compute the Maturity Index. Maturity Method “A technique for estimating concrete strength that is based on the assumption that samples of a given concrete mixture attain equal strengths if they attain equal values of the maturity index.” (ASTM C1074) Strength-Maturity Relationship “An empirical relationship between concrete strength and maturity index that is obtained by testing specimens whose temperature history up to the time of test has been records.” (ASTM C1074) In this document the Strength-Maturity Relationship is referred to as the Maturity Curve. Temperature-Time Factor “The maturity index computed as the area between the concrete temperature and the datum temperature from the plot of measured concrete temperature versus time, expressed in units of degree-days or degree hours.” (ASTM C125) In this document the Temperature-Time Factor is referred to as the Maturity Index. B. Laboratory Curve Development Maturity curves should be developed in a laboratory with the same concrete mix design that will be used on the project. It is acceptable to use concrete produced at the ready mix plant, and delivered to the laboratory, for development of the maturity curve. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 18 Determine test cylinder size according to ASTM C192. Prepare a minimum of 15 cylinders for testing in addition to cylinders that will contain the maturity loggers. The maturity logger should be placed in the center of the cylinder with the lead exposed. Use two maturity loggers, in separate cylinders, for curve development. Activate the maturity loggers, input datum temperature, and record the logger activation time immediately after molding is complete. Moist cure cylinders in a water bath, or a moist room, following the requirements of ASTM C511. For conditions when maximum accuracy of strength estimation is desired the appropriate datum temperature can be determined experimentally. For convenience, 0 degrees Celsius is an industry standard datum temperature selection in the absence of verification testing. For high early applications, the recommended cylinder curing environment is described in ASTM C1758. Several field and laboratory observations have indicated that concrete mixtures with rapid strength development generate increased early age heat that cannot be replicated through standard curing. Standard curing of this type of concrete slows the hydration reaction and restricts the early age heat which would otherwise occur. This restriction in early age heat and strength development may yield an inaccurate maturity curve. In all cases, cure cylinders for maturity curve development in a manner that closely mimics the expected jobsite curing conditions. Determine measurement ages based on the type of cylinder curing environment that will be utilized. Take a minimum of three measurements prior to reaching the target strength for the project, and two afterwards. Record the averages of the maturity values, temperatures and at least two compressive strengths at each measurement age. If the range of compressive strength of the two specimens exceeds 10% of their average compressive strength, test another cylinder and compute the average of the three tests. If a low test result is due to an obviously defective specimen, discard the low test result. Input the recorded data into the maturity software system that is being utilized. Provide a report that summarizes the following data from the trial:  Batch date  Batch time  Logger activation time  Datum temperature  Mix Code  Concrete slump, air content, unit weight, temperature and water to cementitious ratio at the time of testing  Minimum and maximum temperatures recorded  At each test age list averages of the maturity values, temperature and compressive strengths  What size cylinder or beam that was used as a specimen type  The time-temperature factor for the target compressive strength  The appropriate equation from ASTM C1074 Section 6 used  Plotted maturity curve with the maturity value on the X axis and the strength listed on the Y axis EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 19 If specified, a flexural strength maturity relationship is permitted. Use the same procedures found in Section 30.6B above to develop the flexural maturity curve. Development of a new maturity curve due to material source, or proportion changes, in a concrete mix may be waived by use of the verification procedure found in Section 30.6D. C. Field Measurement The AGENCY is responsible for the maturity determination of in-place concrete such as designating the location and quantity of maturity sensors and verifying the required maturity index for the project. Prior to concrete placement, install maturity loggers at locations in the structure that are critical in terms of exposure conditions and structural requirements. Sensors should be surrounded by concrete and not be in direct contact with metallic embedments or other features that are partially exposed to the environment. For pavements, insert the maturity loggers into the concrete until the probe is at approximately the slab mid-depth, and at least two feet from the edge. Consult the AGENCY for smaller sections of pavement where this is not possible. D. Determination of In-Place Strength The field placement will likely reach the target maturity index faster than the cylinder specimens did during the development of the maturity curve. This is more accentuated when using high early concrete. A plan should be developed for each pour as to when maturity readings in the field will begin based on the anticipated rate of strength gain of the concrete placement. Consult with the Ready-Mix supplier to understand this in more detail. When the strength at a location is to be estimated, read the maturity index from the logger. Verification of the strength maturity relationship is performed when safety critical elements are identified by the AGENCY. Cast at least three field-molded cylinders. A maturity logger will be placed in the center mass of one cylinder. Activate the maturity logger immediately after molding is complete. Subject these cylinders to the same curing method used during maturity curve development. When the logger reads 90-100% of the target maturity index, transport all cylinders, including the one with the logger, to the testing location. Prior to testing any cylinders, record the temperature, maturity index and elapsed time of the embedded logger. Test at least two cylinders to determine the average compressive strength. If the average compressive strength of the cylinders is more than 10% below the strength indicated by the maturity curve at that time, a new strength maturity relationship should be developed. If the average compressive strength of the cylinders is more than 10% over the strength indicated by the maturity curve at that time, it is not necessary to develop a new curve unless more accuracy is deemed necessary by the AGENCY. E. Factors Requiring a New Curve Changes in material sources, proportions, and mixing equipment all affect the maturity value of a given concrete mixture. If the w/c ratio of the production concrete exceeds the w/c ratio of the concrete used to develop the strength-maturity curve by more than 0.02, a new curve shall be developed. Therefore, development of a new maturity curve is generally required for any change to a concrete mix. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 20 Development of a new maturity curve due to material source or proportion changes in a concrete mix may be waived by use of the validation procedure. If the average strength is greater than the original maturity curve at the TTF the validation beams were tested, a new curve shall not be required. A new curve shall be required if the average strength is less than the original curve at the TTF the validation beams were tested. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 21 30.7 REFERENCES The following standards and procedures are noted for reference as needed: Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance AASHTO M321 Standard Specification for High-Reactivity Pozzolans for Use in Hydraulic- Cement Concrete, Mortar, and Grout This specification covers high-reactivity pozzolans for use as a mineral admixture in Portland cement concrete and mortar to fill small voids and/or where pozzolanic action is desired. High-reactivity pozzolans are microsilica products with a particle size typically one to two orders of magnitude smaller than portland cement. These materials are usually supplied in undensified or densified dry form. If the material is supplied in a densified form, the tests should be performed on the as-collected undensified material before being processed into densified form. AASHTO T104 Standard Method of Test for Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate This method covers the procedure to be followed in testing aggregates to determine their resistance to disintegration by saturated solutions of sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate. This is accomplished by repeated immersion in saturated solutions of sodium or magnesium sulfate followed by oven drying to partially or completely dehydrate the salt precipitated in permeable pore spaces. The internal expansive force, derived from the rehydration of the salt upon reimmersion, simulates the expansion of water on freezing. This test method furnishes information helpful in judging the soundness of aggregates subject to weathering action, particularly when adequate information is not available from service records of the material exposed to actual weathering conditions. Attention is called to the fact that test results by the use of the two salts differ considerably and care must be exercised in fixing proper limits in any specifications that may include requirements for these tests. AASHTO T358 Standard Method of Test for Surface Resistivity Indication of Concrete’s Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration This test method covers the determination of the electrical resistivity of water- saturated concrete to provide a rapid indication of its resistance to the penetration of chloride ions. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete This is a Reference Specification that the Architect/Engineer can apply to any construction project involving structural concrete by citing it in the Project Specifications. A mandatory requirements checklist and an optional requirements checklist are provided to assist the Architect/Engineer in supplementing the provisions of this Specification as required or needed by designating or specifying individual project requirements. ACI 308 Guide to External Curing of Concrete This guide reviews and describes practices, procedures, materials, and monitoring methods for the external curing of concrete and provides guidance for specifying curing procedures. Current curing techniques are presented and commonly accepted methods, procedures, and materials are described. Methods are given for curing structures and buildings, pavements and other slabs-on-ground, and for mass concrete. Curing methods for several specific categories of cement-based products are discussed in this document. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 22 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary The “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete” (“Code”) provides minimum requirements for the materials, design, and detailing of structural concrete buildings and, where applicable, nonbuilding structures. This Code addresses structural systems, members, and connections, including cast-in- place, precast, plain, non-prestressed, prestressed, and composite construction. Among the subjects covered are: design and construction for strength, serviceability, and durability; load combinations, load factors, and strength reduction factors; structural analysis methods; deflection limits; mechanical and adhesive anchoring to concrete; development and splicing of reinforcement; construction document information; field inspection and testing; and methods to evaluate the strength of existing structures. ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement This specification covers deformed and plain carbon-steel bars for concrete reinforcements in cut lengths and coils. Materials considered under this specification are available in Grades 40 [280], 60 [420] and 75 [520]. ASTM A706 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Low- Alloy Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement This specification covers deformed and plain low-alloy steel bars in cut lengths or coils for concrete reinforcement intended for applications. Restrictive mechanical properties and chemical composition are required for compatibility with controlled tensile property applications or to enhance weldability. ASTM A775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Reinforcing Bars This specification covers deformed and plain steel reinforcing bars with protective epoxy coating applied by the electrostatic spray method. The surface of the steel reinforcing bars to be coated shall be cleaned by abrasive blast cleaning to near-white metal. The number and frequency of tests for coating thickness, continuity, flexibility and adhesion are specified. If the specimen for coating thickness or flexibility fails to meet the specified requirements, two retests on random samples shall be conducted for each failed test. ASTM A1064 Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete This specification covers carbon-steel wire and welded wire reinforcement produced from hot-rolled rod to be used for the reinforcement of concrete. The steel wire is cold-worked, drawn or rolled, plain (non-deformed, as-drawn or galvanized), or deformed. Welded wire reinforcement is made from plain or deformed wire, or a combination of plain and deformed wire. ASTM A1078 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Dowels for Concrete Pavement This specification covers plain steel dowel bars with protective fusion-bonded epoxy coating for use in concrete pavements. ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field This practice provides standardized requirements for making, curing, protecting, and transporting concrete test specimens under field conditions. ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates This specification defines the requirements for grading and quality of fine and coarse aggregate for use in concrete. Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a combination thereof. Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed stone, air-cooled blast furnace slag, or crushed hydraulic-cement concrete, or a combination thereof. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens This test method covers determination of compressive strength of cylindrical concrete specimens such as molded cylinders and drilled cores. It is limited to concrete having a density in excess of 800 kg/m3 [50 lb/ft3]. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 23 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance ASTM C42 Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete This test method provides standardized procedures for obtaining and testing specimens to determine the compressive, splitting tensile, and flexural strength of in-place concrete. Generally, test specimens are obtained when doubt exists about the in-place concrete quality due either to low strength test results during construction or signs of distress in the structure. Another use of this method is to provide strength information on older structures. ASTM C78 Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading) This test method is used to determine the flexural strength of specimens prepared and cured in accordance with Test Methods C42/C42M or Practices C31/C31M or C192/C192M. Results are calculated and reported as the modulus of rupture. For the same specimen size, the strength determined will vary if there are differences in specimen preparation, curing procedure, moisture condition at time of testing, and whether the beam was molded or sawed to size. ASTM C88 Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate This test method provides a procedure for making a preliminary estimate of the soundness of aggregates for use in concrete and other purposes. The values obtained may be compared with specifications, for example Specification C33, that are designed to indicate the suitability of aggregate proposed for use. Since the precision of this test method is poor (Section 12), it may not be suitable for outright rejection of aggregates without confirmation from other tests more closely related to the specific service intended. ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete This specification covers ready-mixed concrete manufactured and delivered to a purchaser in freshly mixed and unhardened state as hereinafter specified. Requirements for quality of concrete shall be either as hereinafter specified or as specified by the purchase. ASTM C117 Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75-μm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing Material finer than the 75-μm (No. 200) sieve can be separated from larger particles much more efficiently and completely by wet sieving than through the use of dry sieving. Therefore, when accurate determinations of material finer than 75 μm in fine or coarse aggregate are desired, this test method is used on the sample prior to dry sieving in accordance with Test Method C136. ASTM C125 Standard Terminology Relating to Concrete and Concrete Aggregates This standard is a compilation of definitions of terms as they are used in standards under the jurisdiction of Committee C09. ASTM C131 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine This test has been widely used as an indicator of the relative quality or competence of various sources of aggregate having similar mineral compositions. The results do not automatically permit valid comparisons to be made between sources distinctly different in origin, composition, or structure. ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete This test method covers determination of the density of freshly mixed concrete and gives formulas for calculating the unit weight, yield or relative yield, cement content, and air content of the concrete. Yield is defined as the volume of concrete produced from a mixture of known quantities of the component materials. ASTM C143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic- Cement Concrete This test method is intended to provide the user with a procedure to determine slump of plastic hydraulic-cement concretes. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 24 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement This specification covers eight types of portland cement: type I, type IA, type II, type IIA, type III, type IIIA, type IV, and type V. The cement covered by this specification shall only contain the following ingredients: portland cement clinker; water or calcium sulfate, or both; limestone; processing additions; and air-entraining addition for air-entraining portland cement. ASTM C174 Standard Test Method for Measuring Thickness of Concrete Elements Using Drilled Concrete Cores This test method is used to determine the compliance of concrete construction with design specifications and is commonly used in determining the thickness of pavements and other slab construction. This test method requires that at least one end of the core be a finished or formed surface. ASTM C192 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory This practice provides standardized requirements for preparation of materials, mixing concrete, and making and curing concrete test specimens under laboratory conditions. ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method This test method covers the determination of the air content of freshly mixed concrete. The test determines the air content of freshly mixed concrete exclusive of any air that may exist inside voids within aggregate particles. For this reason, it is applicable to concrete made with relatively dense aggregate particles and requires determination of the aggregate correction factor (see 6.1 and 9.1). ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete This specification covers materials proposed for use as air-entraining admixtures to be added to concrete mixtures in the field. The air-entraining admixture shall conform to the requirements such as initial and final time of setting, compressive strength, flexural strength, and length change (maximum shrinkage). ASTM C272 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Sandwich Constructions Absorbed water affects the characteristic properties of sandwich core materials, such as electrical properties (for example, dielectric constant, loss tangent, and electrical resistance) and mechanical properties (for example, strength and modulus). The mass of absorbed water may also affect the behavior of sandwich structures. It should be noted that in a sandwich panel the presence of facings bonded on two sides of the core may affect the amount of water absorbed by the core. ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete This specification covers liquid membrane-forming compounds suitable for application to concrete surfaces to reduce the loss of water during the early- hardening period. White-pigmented membrane-forming compounds serve the additional purpose of reducing the temperature rise in concrete exposed to radiation from the sun. The membrane-forming compounds covered by this specification are suitable for use as curing media for fresh concrete, and may also be used for further curing of concrete after removal of forms or after initial moist curing. ASTM C452 Standard Test Method for Potential Expansion of Portland-Cement Mortars Exposed to Sulfate This test method, which is applicable only to portland cements, covers the determination of the expansion of mortar bars made from a mixture of portland cement and gypsum in such proportions that the mixture has a sulfur trioxide (SO3) content of 7.0 mass %. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 25 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete This specification covers the materials and the test methods for use in chemical admixtures to be added to hydraulic-cement concrete mixtures in the field. The seven types of admixtures are indicated as follows: Type A— water reducing; Type B—retarding; Type C—accelerating; Type D—water reducing and retarding; Type E—water reducing and accelerating; Type F— water reducing, high range; and Type G—water reducing, high range, and retarding. The materials used in the concrete mixtures shall include Type I or Type II cement, pozzolan, fine and coarse aggregates, and air-entraining admixture. ASTM C511 Standard Specification for Mixing Rooms, Moist Cabinets, Moist Rooms, and Water Storage Tanks Used in the Testing of Hydraulic Cements and Concretes This specification includes requirements for mixing rooms where paste and mortar specimens are prepared; and for moist cabinets, moist rooms, and water storage tanks where paste, mortar, and concrete specimens are stored. This specification includes the requirements for mixing rooms where paste and mortar specimens are prepared and for moist cabinets, moist rooms, and water storage tanks where paste, mortar, and concrete specimens are stored; intended for use in the testing of hydraulic cements and concretes. The system shall be equipped with a temperature recorder and a reference temperature measuring device that are to be placed practically near to each other. ASTM C535 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine The test has been widely used as an indicator of the relative quality or competence of various sources of aggregate having similar mineral compositions. The results do not automatically permit valid comparisons to be made between sources distinctly different in origin, composition, or structure. ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements This specification pertains to blended hydraulic cements for both general and special applications, using slag or pozzolan, or both, with portland cement or portland cement clinker or slag with lime. These cements are classified into two types: Type IS which is portland blast-furnace slag cement and Type IP which is portland-pozzolan cement. They can also be described according to air-entraining, moderate sulfate resistance, moderate heat of hydration, high sulfate resistance, or low heat of hydration properties. ASTM C618 Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete This specification covers coal fly ash and raw or calcined natural pozzolan for use in concrete where cementitious or pozzolanic action, or both, is desired, or where other properties normally attributed to fly ash or pozzolans may be desired, or where both objectives are to be achieved. ASTM C685 Standard Specification for Concrete made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing This specification covers concrete made from materials continuously batched by volume, mixed in a continuous mixer, and delivered to the purchaser in a freshly mixed and unhardened state. ASTM C979 Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete This specification covers the basic requirement for colored and white pigments in powder form to be used as admixtures in concrete for the purpose of producing integrally colored concrete. Where the pigments are a constituent of a multicomponent admixture, this specification applies to the pigment constituent of the admixture. ASTM C989 Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars This specification covers three strength grades of finely ground granulated blast-furnace slag (Grades 80, 100, and 120) for use as a cementitious material in concrete and mortars. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 26 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance ASTM C1064 Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic-Cement Concrete This test method provides a means for measuring the temperature of freshly mixed concrete. The measured temperature represents the temperature at the time of testing and may not be an indication of the temperature of the freshly mixed concrete at a later time. It may be used to verify conformance to a specified requirement for temperature of concrete. ASTM C1074 Standard Practice for Estimating Concrete Strength by the Maturity Method This practice can be used to estimate the in-place strength of concrete to allow the start of critical construction activities such as: (1) removal of formwork and reshoring; (2) post-tensioning of tendons; (3) termination of cold weather protection; and (4) opening of roadways to traffic. ASTM C1077 Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation The testing and inspection of concrete and concrete aggregates are important elements in obtaining quality construction. A testing agency providing these services shall be selected with care. ASTM C1116 Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete This specification covers all forms of fiber-reinforced concrete that are delivered to a purchaser with the ingredients uniformly mixed. This specification may also apply to fiber-reinforced concrete intended for shotcreting by the dry-mix process when sampling and testing is possible at the point of placement. It, however, does not cover the placement, consolidation, curing, or protection of the fiber-reinforced concrete after delivery to the purchaser. Materials are classified according to the type of fiber incorporated, which are: Type I, steel fiber-reinforced concrete that contains stainless, alloy, or carbon steel fibers; Type II, glass fiber-reinforced concrete that contains alkali-resistant glass fibers; Type III, synthetic fiber- reinforced concrete that contains synthetic fibers; and Type IV, natural fiber- reinforced concrete that contains cellulose fibers. ASTM C1157 Standard Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement This performance specification covers hydraulic cements for both general and special applications. There are no restrictions on the composition of the cement or its constituents. ASTM C1193 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants This guide describes the use of a cold liquid-applied sealant for joint sealing applications. Including joints on buildings and related adjacent areas, such as plazas, decks, and pavements for vehicular or pedestrian use, and types of construction other than highways and airfield pavements and bridges. Information in this guide is primarily applicable to a single and multi- component, cold liquid-applied joint sealant and secondarily to a precured sealant when used with a properly prepared joint opening and substrate surfaces. ASTM C1260 Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method) This test method provides a means of detecting the potential of an aggregate intended for use in concrete for undergoing alkali-silica reaction resulting in potentially deleterious internal expansion. It is based on the NBRI Accelerated Test Method. It is especially useful for aggregates that react slowly or produce expansion late in the reaction. However, it does not evaluate combinations of aggregates with cementitious materials nor are the test conditions representative of those encountered by concrete in service. ASTM C1293 Standard Test Method for Determination of Length Change of Concrete Due to Alkali-Silica Reaction Alkali-silica reaction is a chemical interaction between some siliceous constituents of concrete aggregates and hydroxyl ions. The concentration of hydroxyl ion within the concrete is predominantly controlled by the concentration of sodium and potassium. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 27 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance ASTM C1315 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete This specification covers the performance requirements for membrane- forming liquids suitable for use as curing compounds and sealers for fresh and hardened concrete. Each membrane should have good alkali resistance, acid resistance, adhesion-promoting qualities, and resistance to degradation by UV light. The materials are limited to clear or translucent and white pigmented materials, all of which are classified into non-yellowing, moderately yellowing, or yellows or darkens unrestrictedly. ASTM C1330 Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants This standard specification covers the basic requirements for cylindrical sealant backing for use with cold liquid-applied sealants. Cylindrical sealant backings are classified into three types: type C, type O, and type B, composed predominantly of closed cell material, open cell material, and bi- cellular material, respectively. ASTM C1521 Standard Practice for Evaluating Adhesion of Installed Weatherproofing Sealant Joints Many parameters contribute to the overall performance of a sealant application. Some of the most significant parameters are sealant bead size and configuration, joint movement, quality of workmanship, the quality of the adhesive bond, and the quality of the sealant material. This method does not evaluate the performance of a sealant joint as a weatherseal. It only evaluates the characteristics of the adhesive bond relative to the cohesive strength of the sealant in a particular installation. Since any failures that result from use of this test method are intentionally induced, they do not necessarily mean that the sealant joint will not perform as a weatherseal. ASTM C1567 Standard Test Method for Determining the Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method) This test method provides a means for evaluating the ability of pozzolans and ground granulated blast-furnace slag to control deleterious internal expansion due to alkali-silica reaction when used with an aggregate intended for use in concrete. It is based on the Accelerated Test Method developed at the National Building Research Institute (NBRI) in the Republic of South Africa. ASTM C1582 Standard Specification for Admixtures to Inhibit Chloride-Induced Corrosion of Reinforcing Steel in Concrete This specification covers material for use as chloride-corrosion-inhibiting admixtures for concrete. Concrete must meet the physical requirements such as compressive strength and flexural strength. The test admixture must show corrosion-inhibiting performance with the required mean integrated macrocell current of test beams and mean corroded area of test beams as a fraction of control. ASTM C1600 Standard Specification for Rapid Hardening Hydraulic Cement This specification covers performance requirements for rapid hardening hydraulic cements. ASTM C1602 Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement Concrete This specification covers mixing water used in the production of hydraulic cement concrete. It defines sources of water and provides requirements and testing frequencies for qualifying individual or combined water sources. ASTM C1758 Standard Practice for Fabricating Test Specimens with Self- Consolidating Concrete This practice covers procedures for fabricating test specimens in the laboratory or field using a representative sample of fresh self-consolidating concrete (SCC). This practice is applicable to SCC with a nominal maximum aggregate size up to 25 mm [1 in.] and a slump flow of 500 mm [20 in.] or greater. If the slump flow is less than 500 mm [20 in.] follow the fabrication procedures described in the standard for which the test specimen is required. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 28 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance ASTM D1056 Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials—Sponge or Expanded Rubber This specification covers flexible cellular rubber products known as sponge rubber and expanded rubber, but does not apply to latex foam rubber or ebonite cellular rubber. ASTM D1751 Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) This specification covers preformed expansion joint filler having relatively little extrusion and substantial recovery after release from compression. ASTM D1752 Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction This specification covers preformed expansion joint fillers for use in concrete, brick, stone, and other paving and structural construction. The fillers are available in the following types: Type I, sponge rubber, which shall consist of preformed strips of a durable elastic sponge rubber compound using synthetic rubber or natural rubber as a base and containing no reclaim rubber or factice; Type II, cork, and Type III, self-expanding cork, which shall both consist of preformed strips that have been formed from clean granulated cork particles securely bound together by a synthetic resin of an insoluble nature; and Type IV, recycled PVC, which shall consist of preformed strips that have been extruded using scrap PVC material and using either no binder or a synthetic resin of an insoluble nature to securely bind it together. ASTM D5893 Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements This specification covers two types of cold applied, single component, chemically curing silicone sealants that are based on polymers of polysiloxane structures, and are intended for use in sealing joints and cracks in Portland cement concrete highway and airfield pavements. This specification does not address the properties required of sealants for use in areas of Portland cement concrete pavements subject to jet fuel or other fuel spillage, such as vehicle or aircraft refueling and maintenance areas, or a combination thereof. Type NS (non-sag) sealant resists sagging after application in horizontal joints and requires tooling or forming into the joint to achieve the desired application configuration. Type SL (self-leveling) sealant, on the other hand, has sufficient flow characteristics to form a smooth and level surface in horizontal joints without tooling or forming after application. ASTM D8139 Standard Specification for Semi-Rigid, Closed-Cell Polypropylene Foam, Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction This specification covers preformed expansion joint fillers made from closed- cell polypropylene foam materials having suitable compressibility, recovery from compression, nonextruding, and weather-resistant characteristics. ASTM E329 Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection This specification defines the minimum requirements for inspection agency personnel or testing agency laboratory personnel, or both, and the minimum technical requirements for equipment and procedures utilized in the testing and inspection of construction and materials used in construction. CDOT CP-67 Standard Method of Test for Determining Adhesion of Joint Sealant to Concrete Pavement This procedure is designed to test the adhesion of the joint filler to the concrete pavement in sawed joints or routed cracks where backer rod is used. EXHIBIT C MGPEC - VOLUME I - PAVEMENT DESIGN STANDARDS & CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS 2022 Version Item 30 - Page 29 Standard or Procedure Name Description or Significance CDOT CP-L 4103 Standard Method of Test for Unrestrained Shrinkage of Concrete This method establishes a procedure for determining the unrestrained shrinkage of concrete mixtures. EPA 40 CFR Part 59 National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Consumer and Commercial Products This section identifies the consumer and commercial product categories for which EPA has determined that CTGs will be substantially as effective as regulations in reducing VOC emissions in ozone nonattainment areas: (a) Wood furniture coatings; (b) Aerospace coatings; (c) Shipbuilding and repair coatings; (d) Lithographic printing materials; (e) Letterpress printing materials; (f) Flexible packaging printing materials; (g) Flat wood paneling coatings; (h) Industrial cleaning solvents; (i) Paper, film, and foil coatings; (j) Metal furniture coatings; (k) Large appliance coatings; (l) Miscellaneous metal products coatings; (m) Plastic parts coatings; (n) Auto and light-duty truck assembly coatings; (o) Fiberglass boat manufacturing materials; and (p) Miscellaneous industrial adhesives. EXHIBIT C 701 702 D-6 FC703 FC706. 1-3 FC707.1-2 708 SECTION 03000 DETAILS Curb and Gutter Curb and Gutter/Sidewalk Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk Details Median (Island Curbs) Standard Driveway Approach (I) Standard Driveway Approach (III & IV) Street Intersection Crosspan Metal Sidewalk Culvert for Vert. Curb & Gutter and Sidewalk Metal Culvert for Drive-Over Curb, Gutter, and Sidewalk Curb Inlet Type R Concrete Sidewalk Culvert Area Inlet Modified Type 13 Inlet Catch Basin Alley Intersections Standard Manhole Cover Standard Sidewalk Sidewalk Detail Access Ramp Details Pedestrian Ramp Detail Truncated Dome Warning for Access Ramps Concrete Pavement Joints D-10 D-11 M-604-12 (Sheet No. 1 - 2) D-12, 12B, & 13 D-9A 13-A 13-B FC803 1201 1601 FC1602 FC1603 FC1606 1607 M-412-1 ( Sheet No. 1 - 5) EXHIBIT D 2'-6" 6" 1 1 /2"R. C\I 2"R. .a· . ., ... Gutter edge may be -1__, . , . ·. · .... , . , . . . , . .. :: · ; ..; tapered or battered. = 1 . . · • . .. . • · : 4 · . ·. . . • . ·• . . · .. (Typical for all Curb & co / i · ' .•. : . ,·· . : ·• : · · ."' : / > *•. · .• 4 . •; ·., & Gutter Types) t · .... : · • . . • . .: • · : . . . · . . . . � . -. 9" " 18" 4.5" . "' ... :·.·,·:,ti . . ·:·.;. VERTICAL 30" 12" 21.75" 3.63" �. . 4. . 41· . 4· . "" 4 ... 1:,, •' ·. "' :.4 .' . . : ·. "" . . .d . . . . . . . ·. ·. .4.. '• 4, .. 4 . 4 . d '• · _.., .4·: . · ·., .. ·�.. ,.:c,. . ·-.d ... : ,q . tfl• · ... "'··. . . . 4_ • • .,, '.4 ... .,d ",d. �-. . 4 ·.,. · 4° d ROLL-OVER (LOVELAND) CURB AND GUTTER LARIMER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION REVISION NO: URBAN AREA 7" 1 STREET STANDARDS DRAWINGS DATE: 03/01/02 C\I DRAWING 701 EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D CXl i----LIMITS OF C & G ......_N .,_:...;. I\ lJ.. • _ � ---14 IN. I\ 17 IN. ---1----------3 FT. 9 IN.---------- .::,� (1.17 FT.) o::_f I \ {1.42 FT.) (3.75 FT.) z� _L -� �::i 1 \ �J.l_ ____ =:���-��\�:QZ�:t===�===========:====�==��7 FLOW � LINE I \ I> . .... :I> I> 6 IN. � . i V . I>. '.--�A _ _:_·.:._· �A.__,_;___,__;_· AL_____i,._;....· -"A!!..-__:..--"Ai.:..· __:..-_.._�- , 6 IN. -1> • ! a::.:?h \ I�� \ lco "! 18 IN --------18 IN. - � (1.5 Fi.) (1.5 FT.) \ I DRIVE-OVER CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK I>. _L . · 1 6 IN. - -I T VERTICAL 6 IN. CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK GED RFACE 1/8 IN. R. i-------------4.43 FT .. ------------i DUMMY JOINT FOR WALKS . 30 FT. t -� A 1.18 FT. .58 FT -------2.67 FT.------ l>t ... .09 FT . . 11 FT. . A I> .. A A COMBINATION CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK "HOLLYWOOD" (OBSOLETE -FOR REPLACEMENT ONLY) A 1>· 6 IN . T CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK DETAILS rlh.of CITY OF -rt Collins FO�urs FORT COLLINS, CO. "'--. (970) 221-8700 STORMWATER CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AP PROVED: DETAIL f-D_A_TE_: _1 _1 /_1_3/_o_o __ ---1 D _ 6DRAWN BY: NBJ EXHIBIT D 1'-6" 4-1/2" . 2" R . (0 ,.... <O <O VERTICAL OUTFALL CURB & GUTTER (SECTION A, AS PER BID ITEM 608 09) 1/8" TO 1/4"R. 2' 6" ..... "' . . ··I . . ' •' l :: .It: : ••--,-...,.---t-+--.._ .. ". · ... 3• B' -#5 Non Coated REBAR 611 CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER CURB, PLACED (SECTION B, AS PER BID ITEM 608.32) 6" • <(mW 2' Sealed Hofe .. · ... ,· .. ' :: ,t:: ·•-__,._.,....�-___._ 3' B' -#5 Drilled Non Coaled REBAR 611 CONCRETE MEDIAN BARRIER CURB, DRILLED (SECTION C, AS PER BIO ITEM 608.33) 6" 6" It.�� in BARRIER CURB - 611 X 18" ROADWAY PAVEMENT (COOT lYPE 2 SECTION B M-609-1 CURB W/8 ' REVEAL) (SECTION D, AS PER BID ITEM 608.10) Notes: <9 fE. -' ,.... 6'' MOUNTABLE CURB (SECTION E) a.) Bottom of curb shall be poured to a depth no less than on the compacted subgrade of the paveme MEDIAN (ISLAND CURBS) Fort Collins Revision of CONSTRUCTION REVISION NO: DRAWING LARIMER COUNTY URBAN AREA STREET STANDARDS DRAWINGS DATE: 10/24/18 FC703 EXHIBIT D >- Ramp , cessaoJ \ 1 • ,,, ,,, 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V ow----\-- -- 'V X = Curb Transition Length Y = Parkway Width in Type I Approach W = Driveway Width (See Drawing 707) t = Concrete Thickness -minimum 6" Type I= With Detached Sidewa lk Type II = With Attached Sidewalk Refer to Chapter 25 for minimum removal dimensions. W = Width J _-=--i_ ___ --------1 'V I I I -.v I 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V 'V Attached Sidewalk -_....L...L __ -.v_--=::=-t========:JL __ -l -�L.L=-l---.l::::::=1 =:1=2 =m =ax == . :::::::::::::=:==Back of curbFL NOTE: 1.Concrete drive y must beprovided to t property line. Q) C :::i Q) o.I !21 Cl. Wa lk 1:48 Slope Walk v/I /J SECTION B-B N.T.S. y ....... ··-�-�--· •. · .. _:··:-.�:-.. ::-.:•:� ._.t. i·.::.•4 � -.�.- . .-·......, xpansion Joint if drive l · · · · · · · ;. 1 /4'.' er ft. 1 : 12 m ax.). continues as concrete Walk SECTION A-A /I /J N.T.S. STANDARD DRIVEWAY APPROACH {TYPES I & II) CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS REVISION NO: 3 DATE: 02/17 /15 DRAWING FC706.1 Fort Collins Revision of LARIMER COUNTY URBAN AREA STREET STANDARDS 2:1 Or As Directed 2:1 EXHIBIT D \[\Je.'i\,.in� w . :nto' -X = Curb Transition Length, Varies* W = Driveway Width (See Drawing Series 707) T = Concrete Thickness -6" Residential, - PERSPECTIVE 1 · ROW 8" Commercial. Refer to Chapter 25 for minimum removal dimensions. W = Width Retaining Curb (Optional), See Drawing 1603 (TYP) ---------------"" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" "" See Note 3 ___.__.....,,,,.,.'----+-----+-....,1-----+--..:::....,-----'..,__--LipIASwN�3 *Ramp length not to exceed 15'-0", slope must be uniform. Varies* Expansion Joint if driveway continues as concrete NOTE: 1 . Concrete driveway shall be provided to the property line. 2.O" Curb Height, See Section A-A 3.Full Curb and Gutter, See Standard Drawing 701 . Q) C :.:J Driveway Width Varies* Varies � ½" min -2" max I• Walk . SECTION A-A N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE STANDARD DRIVEWAY APPROACH ATTACHED WALK (TYPE II) CONSTRUCTION REVISION NO: 1 DRAWING DRAWINGS DATE: 02/17/15 FC706.2 Fort Collins Revision of LARIMER COUNTY URBAN AREA STREET STANDARDS 2:1 2:1 Or As Directed EXHIBIT D t::::I ��t:cj ��::;!�i-3 t::c: > t::::I C"'l > 0 tc i: : : : , z �� �'"'tj =!I !;:ti > z� '4) C"'l r.n t/.l � r.n 0 z r.n � t:::, !;:ti t::::I � t;i:j t:cj t;i:j � � .. t/.l t-4 0 z � z 0 i-3 N .. .......... � ..... '"'tj .......... t:cj ..... ..... CJl ��tc �'"'tj > r.n . r.n - DR I V E W A Y WI D T H ,_ _ _ _ (S e e No t e 1) __ __ , A CO N T R A C T I O N JO I N T (T Y P ) I SI D E W A L K NO T E : AD D I T I O N A L RO W OR AN EA S E M E N T MA Y BE NE E D E D , SI D E W A L K TO BE IN S I D E RO W . 11 1 . 0 ' 4' M I N . - - - - - -+ - - - - - - + - - - - - � - - � - - - - - - - - - - � - - ' - - - - - - - + - - - - - - + - - - - - - SI D E W A L K 5' ------- 6' WI N G _J ,, � I // �t r � I Va r i e s L�I WI N G -- - - - - - 5' I ti,, , I �' 9 . . o ', SI D E W A L K BA C K OF CU R B L- i p - - - - _ , _ _ _ __,,_ _ � - - - - -+ - - - - - - + - - - - - - - - . . - - - - - - - . . , . . . . . - - - - � - - - - - . . - - � - - - - - Se e No t e 5 A Se e No t e 6 Fl o w l i n e Se e No t e 5 Se e No t e 6 DR I V E W A Y WI T H SI D E W A L K AT T A C H E D TO CU R B 1 5 '1 6 (S e e No t e 1) 6 '1 5 '1 DR I V E W A Y WI D T H - - - - CU R B & G U T T E R r RA M P - VA R I E S t 4' MI N . 1 1/ 4 " pe r ft . . z 0 t-3 t-3 0 t/.l C"'l 1" pe r ft . . 1 : 5 0 MA X . _l 1 : 1 2 MA X . -- - - - SE C T I O N A- A NO T E S : 1. Se e LC U A S S Dr a w i n g Se r i e s 70 7 fo r dr i v e w a y wi d t h . 2. Co n c r e t e cl a s s pe r LC U A S S Se c t i o n 22 3. Ro u g h br o o m fi n i s h fu l l wi d t h of ra m p an d wi n g s . Tr o w e l an d us e li g h t ha i r br o o m fi n i s h fo r si d e w a l k ar e a 4. T = 6" fo r re s i d e n t i a l an d 8" fo r co m m e r c i a l 5. O " cu r b he i g h t , Se e Se c t i o n A- A 6. St a n d a r d cu r b an d gu t t e r se c t i o n , Se e St a n d a r d Dr a w i n g 70 1 Fort Collins Revision of LARIMER COUNTY URBAN AREA STREET STANDARDS FC706.3 DRAWING EXHIBIT D "'zj �� � t; i : j � c + > a:: n 00 t;i:j 0 t-3 !;:ti == !: : t i n � ; - t;i:jorn � q !;:ti z (1) �� � - �c : : : � · t:::I !; : t i � �� o t:::I I-la 00 n 0 t:::IZ 5� -c:::Zn 'i) t-3 oo- 0 z !;:ti t:::I � t;i:j t;i:j -00 .. -0 z ..... z 0 0 ........... . . N ........... ..... ..... CX) 1- : c j t : : : I �� ""1 z • 'i) ....... ... � en � � t:::::I t:::::I !::O � � i-< e; !::O 0 > C"":I = = -c;"':l = < 0 8 a:: t:i:j t:::::I !::O � t:i:j ----...,, z 0 t-3 t-3 0 00 � De t a c h e d Si d e w a l k 1" pe r ft . 1 :1 2 -- (m a x ) .....:::::::: De t a c h e d Si d e w a l k � � � � Pa r k w a y . � Se e No t e 4 I "' " ' __ Se e No t e 3 -- - - - i , c � " - '¥ rr=- -- - � � � � � � � -- - -- Ff _ _ ) L " Gu t t e r l_ 1 :5 0 Sl o p e 1 :1 2 (ma x. ) 1 /4" per ft. 1" oer f t . TY P E I l l DE T A C H E D WA L K Ii. i- · ·-� ··� - -� -�··:.. � ·. : . : - .; . . . . . . . .t . ; ' . : ; ; - � � -, • . . I 'l--i . .. � • "' " · . • . •: �� •, :r- � I. :. � .� .� • 7" SE C T I O N S A- A NO T E S : N. T . S . 1 . 6' wi d e pa n fo r re s i d e n t i a l st r e e t s . 2. Al l in t e r s e c t i o n s to ha v e ac c e s s ra m p s . 2: 1 O r As Di r e c t e d 3. St a n d a r d Cu r b an d Gu t t e r Se c t i o n , Se e St a n d a r d Dr a w i n g 70 1 4. O " Cu r b He i g h t , Se e Se c t i o n A- A 5. Al l of th e s e pe d e s t r i a n im p r o v e m e n t s sh a l l be in RO W or a pe d e s t r i a n or pu b l i c ac c e s s ea s e m e n t . 6. De t e c t a b l e Wa r n i n g Pl a t e s in s t a l l e d as di r e c t e d by th e En g i n e e r . De t e c t a b l e Wa r n i n g to ex t e n d th e fu l l wi d t h of th e ra m p an d be 2'-0 " in th e di r e c t i o n of tr a v e l . Ma x i m u m sl o p e in th e di r e c t i o n of tr a v e l sh a l l be no mo r e th a n 5. 0 pe r c e n t (1 :2 0 ) . Ma t e r i a l to be ap p r o v e d by lo c a l en g i n e e r 7. T = 6" fo r re s i d e n t i a l an d 8" fo r co m m e r c i a l . 8. Di s t a n c e fr o m ba c k of cu r b to th e be g i n n i n g of De t e c t a b l e Wa r n i n g ca n n o t be gr e a t e r th a n 5'-0 " DR I V E W A Y WI D T H S CL A S S I F I C A T I O N AP P R O A C H MI N I M U M MA X I M U M TY P E WI D T H W I D T H RE S I D E N T I A L : Si n g l e Fa m i l y • I or II 12 ' 24' * Mu l t i Fa m i l y • I, II , Il l , or IV 24' 36 ' * * Co m m e r c i a l I, II , Il l , or IV 24' 36 ' * * In d u s t r i a l I, II , Il l , or IV 24' 36 ' • Hi g h vo l u m e dr i v e w a y s (T y p e Il l or IV ) al l o w e d fo r 35 0 or gr e a t e r tr i p en d s / d a y . * 30 ' ma x i m u m fo r 3 ca r ga r a g e s . * * No si n g l e op e n i n g sh a l l ex c e e d 36 '. Wi d e r dr i v e w a y s sh a l l be di v i d e d w/ a me d i a n no t le s s th a n 6' wi d e . EXHIBIT D ,�� t-;j§t+ > a:: n tl;j 0 UJ � := i-3 I-'• � n 1:1 tl;j O [IJ tl;j � � i-3 Z CD UJ � �­� �-Z � ot::::; � 1:1 � t:c 0 t::::; �Ml UJ n 0 t::::;z 5� -�Zn 'i) i-3 oo- t::::; tl;j ..... 0 z � tl;j UJ -0 z z 0 0 'I•• N ..... CX) ..... 1-:cjt::::; �� --.iz • 'i)l\:) U) t:::::I t:::::I t:::::I !:=O � � --< 1-tj !:=O 0 > C"":I = -= = < 0 a:: t:i:j t:::::I !:=O � t:i:j U) z 0 i-3 i-3 0 UJ � -..J.., -..J.., -..J.., -..J.., -..J.., -..J.., -..J.., -..J.., If Concrete Driveway Expansion Joint -..J.., Sidewalk ----====:::::;;;;:: -Gutter !��-----n---?' m -....L- ,.....:: 3 = 3 Ill j;-:'-"Os· ?< �� ---- ..:....,... -� 1 :50 Slope 1 :12 (max.) l__1 /4" per ft.1" per ft. It. It TYPE IV ATTACHED WALK i 0 • •;. -� -.�--� .. . ·: .. •· ·P� I-:.�.: - � -I 1·· �� :��-�-·:-. � ;__::· ·: ·:� ..... 11---i------l SECTIONS A-A7' N.T.S. 2:1 Or As Directed NOTES: 1 . 6' wide pan for residential streets. 2.All intersections to have access ramps. 3.Standard Curb and Gutter Section, See Standard Drawing 701. 4.O" Curb Height, See Section A-A 5.All of these pedestrian improvements must be in ROW or a pedestrian or public access easement. 6.Pedestrian landing area, minimum required 4 ft length x 4 ft width, max slope in any direction is 1 :50 or¾" per foot. 7.Detectable Warning Plates installed as directed by the Engineer. Detectable Warning to extend the full width of the landing area and be 2.0' in the direction of travel beginning 6" from flowline. Material to be approved by the local engineer. 8.T = Concrete thickness, 6" for Residential and 8" for Commercial A See Note 7 See Note 4 A Ramp if walk continues on Private Property. Pedestian landing area, See note 6 Retaining Curb (Optional), See Standard Drawing 1603 Sidewalk Gutter DRIVEWAY WIDTHS CLASSIFICATION APPROACH MINIMUM MAXIMUM TYPE WIDTH WIDTH RESIDENTIAL: Single Family• I or II 12' 24' * Multi Family • I, II, Ill, or IV 24' 36' * * Commercial I, 11,111, or IV 24' 36' * * Industrial I, II, Ill, or IV 24' 36' •High volume driveways (Type Ill or IV) allowed for 350 or greater trip ends/day.* 30' maximum for 3 car garages. * * No single opening shall exceed 36'. Wider driveways shall be divided w/a median not less than 6' wide. EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D SEE DETAIL "A" Center in Concrete Panel •ir----,1 • // XX \\•//X X x11 •/I xxl\ ,,11 • // X \\ • //XX X XX \\ // X X XX X \\ // X \\ PLACE FIRST SCREW 6 IN. FRONT EDGE OF PLATE �-----------'...,_----:::::� 11 •1-------------..... 2 FT. 0 IN. 6 IN. I 5/8 IN. X 2 FT. 6 IN. X 4 FT. 6 IN. RAISED PATTEREN NON-SKID GALV. STEEL PLATE (AASHTO M-111) .. ·.· A PLAN VIE\./ 4 FT. 6 IN. 4 FT. 0 IN. SECTION A-A .. . ·. <I 4 . . · .' ." 4· q; I�. MIN.'· 4 " .. ,d . . • <I ·., 3 FT. 0 IN. 5 FT. 6 IN. SECTION B-B 3x2x3/8 IN. GALVANIZED ANGLE NO. 3 REBAR --­ANCHOR-18 IN. O.C. rSLOPE PLATE TO MATCHSIDEWALK / I 2 FT. 0 IN. / I <I •• •• .d' . 3/8 IN. BRASS SCREW-18 IN. O.C. W/ COUNlERSUNK HEAD FLUSH W/ PLAlE DETAIL "A" REV. DAlE 12/11/13 METAL SIDEWALK CULVERT FOR VERT. CURB & GUTTER AND SIDEWALK CITY OF FORT COWNS UTILITIES FORT COLLINS, CO. (970)221-6700 STORMWATER CONSTRUCTION DETAILS AP PROVED: DETAIL t--D_A_TE_: _12_/_12 _/o_o __ ----1 D -1 Q DRAWN BY: NBJ 6 to Tooled Contraction Joint (Typ.) EXHIBIT D 5/8 IN. X 2 FT. 6 IN. X 4 FT. 0 IN. RAISED PATTEREN NON-SKID GALV. STEEL PLATE {AASHTO M-111) SEE DETAIL "A" 14 IN. I[ 14 IN. 4 ·�-4 _. ·44 . 4. <14 .. .,. .., . <I ... A __ ____. PLAN VIE\./ 4 FT. 0 IN. SECTION A-A NOTE: FLOW INTO STREET / SLOPE PLATE TO MATCH SIDEWALK 2 FT. 0 IN. <I A. ... c2, SLOPE ,__ _______ 3_F_T_. _O_I_N. ______ ___,I 2: 14 FT. 11 IN. SECTION B-B GENERAL NOTES: 1.WHEN THE CURB IS SEPERATED FROM THE SIDEWALKTHE STEEL PLATE SHALL BE PLACED ON THESIDEWALK AND THE CONCRETE CHANNEL{WITH 6 IN.THICK WALL ON EACH SIDE) CONTINUED INTO THECURB AND GUTTER. NO. 3 REBAR --­ANCHOR-18 IN. O.C. 3/8 IN. BRASS SCREW-18 IN. O.C. W/ COUNlERSUNK HEAD FLUSH W/ PLAlE ., ..... -<I .... ···4 . . ·.... DETAIL "A" REV. DA TE 12/11 /13 METAL CULVERT FOR DRIVE-OVER CURB, GUTTER AND SIDEWALK CITY OF FORT COWNS UTILITIES FORT COLLINS, CO. (970)221-6700 STORM WATER CONSTRUCTION DETAILS APPROVED: DETAIL �o_A_TE_:_12_/_1a_/_oo ___ D-11 DRAWN BY: NBJ (Center in Panel) Tooled Contraction Joint (Typ.) EXHIBIT D A L 8" L=5' AIIH T ONE Jl/411 DIA. ROD ~ IN 5' INLET PLAN VIEW I---L = 10'-0" 409 403 405 406 6" O.C. 6" O.C. -----6 1-811 ---------11'-8" ------16'-8" ---- SECTION A-A REGULAR INLET c..-, 5 02 , ,__ 1504 1 1 \ ·~! ~---<>---~~----< ...... ---~---<>------+--+--~-------+---+-,409 H > 5' 12" 8" 403 9" o.c. 32" CONSTANT I VARIABLE 403 2" CLR. ~· I 3 L+ I I * 411 _/, 401 502 1 40 3 A + 3" 6" 8" * FOR LENGTH (L) 10 FT. OR MDRE,PRDVIDE MAINTENANCE ACCESS AT BOTH ENDS WITH AN ADDITIONAL MANHOLE RING AND COVER. CUT REINFORCEMENT BAR ACCDRDINGL Y. + STATION POINT AT MIDPOINT OF INLET ALONG FLDWLINE SEE CHANNEL LAYOUT ON SHEET 2. 10" rBEOMENT CURB FACE ASSEMBLY + PLACE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY BEFORE POURING CONCRETE. 501 L_ 3-411 11" o.c. GENERAL NOTES: SEE SHEET 2. BARRIER CURB FACE--+'<---- * WHEN A TYPE R INLET IS USED WITH MOUNTABLE CURB AND GUTTER,5 FT. TRANSITION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED. TRANSITION SHALL BE PAID FDR AS CURB AND GUTTER. MOUNTABLE MOUNTABLE CURB FACE CURB AND GUTTER TRANSITION CURB £.-FOR A 1'-0" PAN SLOPE 2" PER FT. ---2'-0" ----------4'-4" -------- SLOPE 2% TD GUTTER 501 5Y2" o.c. 408 12" O.C. 9u4g:c.---: : : : : [s,: ~N~ -l -/. A 2 IN. DIAMETER TEMPORARY HOLE FDR DRAINAGE SHALL BE PLACED AT SUBGRADE ELEVATION DR A MINIMUM THREE INCHES BELOW ROAD BASE. THE HOLE SHALL BE PLUGGED WITH CONCRETE BEFORE ACCEPTANCE OF THE INLET. 3'-4" 402 11" o.c. 403 ,, 9" D.C.1 / I 401 I 01111 o.c .• 406 405 6" O.C. 6" O.C. SECTION 8-8 END VIEW 3" CLR. NOTE: MANHOLE RING AND COVER, STATION POINT AND OUTFLOW PIPE SHALL BE LDCA TED AT THE SAME END OF THE INLET. I INLET STEPS REO'D. FOR ALL H ~ 3'-6" 16" MAX. 407 9" O.C. 406 SECTION A-A INLET WITH DROP BOX /\/ H>5 FT. SECTIONS c-c 8c D-D (DOTTED BARS ARE IN SECTION D-D) Information Sheet Revisions Colorado Department of Transportation ~ 2829 West Howard Place ~:=~ ~ ----------------~ g~~:er~~'o3 rd86i~°I t-------,1--------------1 ~ Phone: 303-757-9021 FA X: 303-75 7 -9868 CR-X > cR-x> 1-----+-----------1 Project Development Branch JBK Creation Date: 07 /31/19 Comments Date : Designer Initials: JBK Last Modification Date: 07 /31/19 Detailer Initials: LT A CAD Ver .: MicroStation VB Scale: Not to Scale Units: English CURBINLET TYPER Issued by the Project Development Branch: July 31, 2019 STANDARD PLAN NO. M-604-12 Standard Sheet No . 1 of2 Project Sheet Number : EXHIBIT D BAR # ALL INLETS INLETS: H ~ 5 FT. INLETS: H > 5 FT. o.c. MARK OR SPACING TYPE L = 5 FT. L = 10 FT. L = 15 FT. L = 10 FT. L = 15 FT. SIZE NO. REQ'D. LENGTH NO. REQ'D. LENGTH NO. REQ'D. LENGTH NO. REQ'D. LENGTH NO. REQ'D. 401 4 11" II 15 "' 21 "' 26 "' 11 "' 11 402 4 11" II 7 * 13 * 18 * 7 * 7 403 4 9" II * 4'-0" * 4'-0" * 4'-0" * 4'-0" * 405 4 6" VI 11 6'-10" 21 6'-10" 31 6'-10" 11 6'-10" 11 406 4 6" VIII 7 8'-10" 7 13'-10" 7 18'-10" 7 8'-10" 7 407 4 9" II * 5'-10" * 10'-10" * 15'-10" * 5'-10" * 408 4 12" II 3 6'-10" 3 11'-10" 3 16'-0" 3 11'-10" 3 409 4 8" II 6 5'-10" 6 10'-10" 6 15'-10" 6 10'-10" 6 410 4 11" VII 3 3 411 4 11" II 3 5'-2" 3 412 4 11" II 3 2'-9" 3 413 4 9" II 7 10'-10" 7 501 5 5\/2" IV 11 3'-4" 22 3'-4" 33 3'-4" 22 3'-4" 33 502 5 5Y2" III 11 11'-5" 17 503 5 5Y2" II 5 3'-6" 16 3'-6" 27 3'-6" 6 3'-6" 6 504 5 5Y2" IX 5 601 6 2Y2" V 2 8'-10" 2 8'-10" 2 8'-10" 2 8'-10" 4 •arn .5 1 5'-10" 1 10'-10" 1 15'-10" 1 10'-10" 1 2 BARS, I ROOS -4 BARS, 3 ROOS -8 BARS, 5 ROOS -4 BARS, 3 ROOS -8 BARS, 5 ROOS * VARIABLE REFER TO TABLE TWO. • INCLUDE #4, 18 IN. BARS (SEE CHANNEL LAYOUT). REGULAR INLETS DROP BOX INLETS TABLE ONE /V BAR LIST FOR CURB INLETS, TYPE 11R11 LENGTH NO. REQ'D. NO. REQ'D. L = 5 FT. IIHII REGULAR DROP BOX CONC. STEEL 401 402 410 403 407 403 407 CU. YDS. LBS. 3'-0" 2'-8" 1'-8" 10 7 3.2 285 3'-6" 3'-2" 2'-2" 10 7 3.4 305 4'-0" 3'-8" 2'-8" 12 9 3.7 326 4'-6" 4'-2" 3'-2" 12 9 3.9 334 5'-0" 4'-8" 3'-8" 14 11 4.1 354 5'-6" 5'-2" 4'-2" 3'-5" 16 13 15 6 4.4 375 6'-0" 5'-8" 4'-8" 3'-11" 16 13 16 6 4.6 382 6'-6" 6'-2" 5'-2" 4'-5" 18 15 18 8 4.8 402 7'-0" 6'-8" 5'-8" 4'-11" 20 17 19 10 5.0 423 7'-6" 7'-2" 6-2" 5'-5" 20 17 20 10 5.3 430 8'-0" 7'-8" 61-8 11 5'-11" 22 19 22 12 5.5 451 8'-6" 8'-2" 7'-2" 6'-5" 24 21 23 14 5.7 471 9'-0" 8'-8" 7'-8" 6'-11" 24 21 24 14 6.0 479 9'-6" 9'-2" 8'-2" 7'-5" 26 23 26 16 6.2 499 10'-0" 9'-8" 81-811 7'-11" 28 25 27 18 6.4 520 10'-6" 10'-2" 9'-2" 8'-5" 28 25 28 18 6.7 527 11'-0" 10'-8" 9'-8" 8'-11" 30 27 30 20 6.9 547 NOTES:FOR L=5 FT.,L=lO FT.,AND L=15 FT. REGULAR INLETS:TOTAL QUANTITIES NEEDED ARE OUTSIDE THE HEAVY BLACK LINE. DROP BOX INLETS: TOTAL QUANTITIES NEEDED ARE INSIDE THE HEAVY BLACK LINE. STEEL WEIGHTS DO NOT INCLUDE STRUCTURAL STEEL CHANNEL. L = 10 FT. L = 15 FT. CONC. STEEL CONC. STEEL CU. YDS. LBS. CU. YDS. LBS. 5.3 497 7.4 706 5.7 528 7.9 747 6.0 559 8.4 786 6.4 571 8.8 803 6.7 602 9.3 844 6.0 607 7.4 850 6.2 616 7.6 860 6.4 637 7.8 880 6.6 654 8.0 897 6.9 664 8.3 907 7.1 684 8.5 927 7.3 702 8.7 944 7.6 711 9.0 954 7.8 732 9.2 974 8.0 749 9.4 992 8.3 759 9.7 1001 8.5 779 9.9 1022 LENGTH * * 4'-0" 6'-10" 8'-10" 5'-10" 16'-0" 15'-10" * 10-2" 2'-9" 15'-10" 3'-4" 11'-5" 3'-6" 8'-4" 8'-10" 15'-10" - / ///,,,.I I / I I I ELEV A TION VIEW MANHOLE COVER (TYP .) PLAN VIEW 1 30 11 ---------1 • • 1" 215/i6" --1-·------24Ya" ------ , I" ,~ .. TYPE II ELEV A TION VIEW WEIGHTS: COVER = 125 LBS. + RING = 135 LBS. MANHOLE RING (TYP.) TOTAL= 260 LBS. TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V [G4" 3 t--41" 502 GENERAL NOTES 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS B. INLET MAY BE CAST-IN-PLACE OR PRECAST. 2. CONCRETE WALLS SHALL BE FORMED ON BOTH SIDES AND SHALL BE 8 INCHES THICK. 3. INLET STEPS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH AASHTO M 199. 4. CURB FACE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE GALVANIZED AFTER WELDING. 5. EXPOSED CONCRETE CORNERS SHALL BE CHAMFERED ¥4 OF A INCH.CURB AND GUTTER CORNERS SHALL BE FINISHED TO MATCH THE EXISTING CURB AND GUTTER BEYOND THE TRANSITION GUTTER. 6. REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE DEFORMED AND SHALL HAVE A 2 INCH MINIMUM CLEARANCE.ALL REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE GRADE 60 AND EPOXY COATED. 7. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS OF TYPICAL MANHOLE RING AND COVER ARE NOMINAL. 8. MATERIAL FOR MANHOLE RINGS AND COVERS SHALL BE GRAY OR DUCTILE CAST IRON IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 712.06. 9. SINCE PIPE ENTRIES INTO THE INLET ARE VARIABLE, THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL.ACTUAL DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES FOR CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE AS REQUIRED IN THE WORK. QUANTITIES INCLUDE VOLUMES OCCUPIED BY PIPES. 10. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE GALVANIZED AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBSECTION 712.06. 11. ALL MANHOLE COVERS SHALL BE CAST WITH A "NO DUMPING DRAINS TO STREAM" MESSAGE AND A FISH SYMBOL. THE SURFACE OF THE MANHOLE COVER SHALL HAVE A NON-SLIP PATTERN. i---2_3'-'--2_4_" ___ 23-"~ 2 #4 BARS 29" 24" 24" 24" 29" I , -J , -J , , I-, I-, 14 #4 BARS 6"--l r--112 11 11211 1-1 1-6" -jFOR 10 FT.INLET = 35 11-I-30 11-J--30 11--J-35"j THREE JY2 IN. HOLES -L----10 1-10" ------ SECTION AT HOLE (TYP.) 1 ,17'~ 1 , 22", r28 , 22:, , 24 11 0 r22", ~2:, , 22", 1,17'~ 1 B #4 BARS ; ~ ~ 1112"112"11 ~II~ ~II -FOR15FT .INLET L 3511-L 30 11-L 30 11--L 30"_j_ 30"_J_ 35"~ FIVE IY2 IN. HOLES -L-------15'-10" _______ _J_ CHANNEL LAYOUT DETAILS SEE CURB FACE ASSEMBLY ON SHEET 1. TYPE VI fij-:n:-~ ru l--42 11--l TYPE VII TYPE VIII 'tl~ -J VARIES-I TYPE X rn ~J,, 2[l:JJ l--44 11 --l TABLE TWO /V BARS AND QUANTITIES VARIABLE WITH 11H11 BAR BENDING DIAGRAMS /V (DIMENSIONS ARE OUT-TO-OUT OF BAR) Date : Comments Com uter File Information Sheet Revisions Colorado Department of Transportation ~ 2829 West Howard Place ~:=~ ~ ----------------~ g~~:er~~'o3 rd86i~°I t-------,1--------------1 ~ Phone: 303-757-9021 FAX : 303-757-9868 CR-X> cR-x> i------+-----------1 Project Development Branch JBK Creation Date: 07 /31/19 Designer Initials: JBK Last Modification Date: 07 /31/19 Detailer Initials: LT A CAD Ver .: MicroStation VB Scale: Not to Scale Units: English CURBINLET TYPER Issued by the Project Development Branch: July 31, 2019 STANDARD PLAN NO. M-604-12 Standard Sheet No . 2 of2 Project Sheet Number: EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D Walk Parkway No Truncated Dome Warning Detection Unless Directed Walk Parkway Concrete Border Alley Construction Joint j Walk Parkway STREET ALLEY W/ SIDE DRAINAGE Drainage May Cross the Walk Up to a Maximum of 0.5 cfs for the Design 2 Year Storm. Alley Ft <-I \ I ; Concrete *� Alley ; /� I �'- No Truncated Dome Warning Detection Unless Directed STREET ALLEY WI CENTER DRAINAGE Drainage Inlet or Other Drainage Collection System shall be designed for 2 year storm minimum. Walk Parkway See Tables 8-1 & 8-2 For Radii Requirements Drainage May Not Cross the Walk Unless The Water is Sheet Flow and does not interfere with pedestrian use of walk. ALLEY INTERSECTIONS CONSTRUCTION REVISION NO: 2 DRAWING DRAWINGS DATE: 04/01/07 FC803 Fort Collins Revision of LARIMER COUNTY URBAN AREA STREET STANDARDS EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D . ., ·.·§ ·.·· ... ·:: '! .. . .·· .. 4: . .., .. ·4 ·, .. . .... -Slope sidewalk to curb 1 /4" per foot. NOTE: Construct sidewalk with joints at 1 O' intervals and aligned with scoring on curb. *Any additional width of sidewalk beyond 4 FT will be paid at the flat rate according to the bid schedule. ATTACHED SIDEWALK DETAIL Slope: Minumum ¼'!ftMaximum 3"/fl _ Slope sidewalk to curb 1 /4" per foot. -�·. ·4 .. • 4 "'• A •. Variable . .. . "I .: "' .. DETACHED SIDEWALK DETAIL .. '., .... .. · . . . ·. ·..; ::-. . . ' : ,.,.4 . 4·: -�6.. . .... · 1 /2" Expansion Joint material .. "'•.; INSTALL IN LOCATIONS SPECIFIED IN CHAPTER 22 Or As DirectedWEAKENED PLANE JOINT EXPANSION JOINT SIDEWALK DETAIL CONSTRUCTION REVISION NO: 2 DRAWING DRAWINGS DATE: 04/01/07 FC1602 Fort Collins Revision of LARIMER COUNTY URBAN AREA STREET STANDARDS EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D EXHIBIT D BRIDGE APPROACH SLAB BRIDGE DECK +INCHES FROM EDGE OF SHOULDER TO DOWELS I • • TYPICAL JOINT LAYOUT FOR DIRECTION OF TRAVEL CONCRETE ROADWAY WITH CONCRETE SHOULDERS NUMERALS GENERAL NOTES I. THIS STANDARD PLAN DOES NOT APPLY TO THIN CONCRETE OVERLAYS (WHITE TOPPING). 2. TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE LOCATED AT A© JOINT. 3. THIS JOINT LAYOUT SHALL BE USED AS A STANDARD OF THE JOINT LAYOUT FOR THE PROJECT. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSES VARIATIONS FROM THIS STANDARD OR THE PROJECT HAS UNUSUAL OR IRREGULAR CONDITIONS NOT COVERED HEREIN, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A PAVEMENT JOINT LAYOUT FOR APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER. SLABS 13 FT. IN WIDTH SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ONLY WHERE DESIGNATED ON THE PLANS. 4 . ON MUL TILANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS, THE MUL TILANE DIRECTIONAL PAVEMENT AND BOTH SHOULDERS SHALL BE PLACED WITH (I) LONGITUDINAL SAWED CONTRACTION JOINTS. 5. ON MUL TILANE DIVIDED HIGHWAYS SEPARATED BY A CONCRETE BARRIER, A @ JOINT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AT ONE OF THE BARRIER FACES. 6. @ JOINTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BETWEEN THE TWO OPPOSING DIRECTIONS OF TRAVEL ON A MUL TILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAY WHEN ALL OF THE FOLLOWING APPLY: A. PAVEMENT IS CONTINUOUS ACROSS BOTH DIRECTIONS OF TRAVEL. 8. THERE IS NO MEDIAN BARRIER. C. THE WIDTH OF THE PAVEMENT IN ONE DIRECTION IS GREATER THAN 80 FEET. 7. ON VARIABLE WIDTH SLABS, THE 2 FT. OR 4 FT. END OF SLAB WIDTH DIMENSION MAY VARY ±6 INCHES. 8. (D JOINTS ARE TO BE USED WHEN A TRAFFIC LANE IS ADDED SEPARATELY, OR FOR TAPERS, OR FOR SPEED CHANGE LANES. ALTERNATIVE LONGITUDINAL JOINT LOCATIONS AT SPEED CHANGE LANES MAY BE USED IF APPROVED. 9. WHERE© JOINTS ARE SHOWN IN THE SHOULDER, THE DOWEL BARS WILL BE PLACED ON 12" CENTERS STARTING 6" FROM THE ROADWAY(I)JOINT. VERTICAL ROTATIONAL JOINT LEGEND (SEE SHEET 5 FOR JOINT DETAILS) f''.k:{ll!GNMENT f ·-J -----©--TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION OR CONSTRUCTION T IS PAVEMENT THICKNESS FROM PLANS · -- --@-- --LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION -++t(I)ttt+++++ OR LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION PLAN VIEW SHOWING HORIZ. TRANSLATION, LONGITUDINAL (SIDE) SHIFT AND HORIZ. ROTATIONAL ALIGNMENT SECTION A-A SHOWING VERTICAL TRANSLATION TOLERANCE SECTION A-A SHOWING VERTICAL ROTATIONAL ALIGNMENT DOWEL BAR DETAIL DETAILS ILLUSTRATING DOWEL PLACEMENT TOLERANCES TIE BARS 7' RAMP AND SPEED CHANGE LANE DIMENSIONING FOR JOINTS ONLY. SEE PLANS FOR STRIPING LOCATIONS. ~ SE E SHEET 2 FOR RAMP WEL BAR DETAILS. FOR @ JOINT WITH 13 FT. AND 12 FT. WIDE SLABS ALTERNATIVE DIMENSIONS (SEE NOTE 3) I SHOULDER 12' OR 13' 12' OR 13' SHOULDER TIE BARS 36" CTRS. 24" '\ rL ,, l'\..=J' ~ ~: \: SEE SUBSECTION 412.13(b)2 FOR ALLOWED TOLERANCE VALUES. TIE BARS (c) 36" CTRS. " (c) +@-24" 24" II' : : L 1,0 ,,. : : L I ''-=..I w @. L) -- 36" CTRS.1 , J~ /Do I .\ ., I RAMP © "A" .... \H(E)t I~ l; ALTE +-@+r< I -y t, DIME I" -6'± 6" RNATIVE NSIONS (SEE NOTE 3) _(c) SHOULDER :I.? k1) TIE BARS kZ 36" CTRS.-13' OR 12' 7 ~ .I r. 12' ·1 RURAL TWO-LANE (0 MULTI-LANE WITH SPEED CHANGE LANE AND CONCRETE SHOULDERS © Com uter File Information Creation Date: 07 /31/19 Designer Initials: JBK Last Modification Date: 07 /31/19 Detailer Initials: LT A CAD Ver .: MicroStation VB Scale: Not to Scale Units: English TIE BARS 36" CTRS. 24" TIE BARS RAMP AND SPEED CHANGE LANE DIMENSIONING FOR JOINTS ONLY. SEE PLANS FOR STRIPING LOCATIONS. SEE SHEET 2 FOR RAMP ~-..J.---~ DOWEL BAR DETAILS. OPTIONAL LONGITUDINAL JOINT IN CENTER FOR SINGLE LANE SPEED CHANGE LANE Colorado Department of Transportation ~ 2829 West Howard Place ~:=~ ~ ---------------~ g~~:er~~'o3 rd86i~°I t------+-------------1 ~ Phone: 303-757-9021 FAX: 303-757-9868 CR-X> cR-x> 1-----+-----------1 Project Development Branch JBK Sheet Revisions Date: Comments CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINTS Issued by the Project Development Branch: July 31, 2019 STANDARD PLAN NO. M-412-1 Standard Sheet No. 1 of 5 Project Sheet Number: EXHIBIT D + INCHES FROM ® INSIDE JOINT TO THE DOWELS SHOULDER C C 6' RAMP II A11 DOWEL BAR DETAIL FOR C JOINT WITH A 12 FT. LANE E -15'- 12.5' + 66 + INCHES FROM 42 54 30 © JOINT 18 E TO DOWELS 18 42 30 I 66 54 12.5' • RAMP 11 8 11 DOWEL BAR DETAIL FOR C JOINT WITH CENTER LONGITUDINAL SPLIT LANE TIE BARS 36" CTRS. SHOULDER 13' OR 12' 12' MULTI-LANE WITH ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION LANES AND CONCRETE SHOULDERS t------VARIES-------t TIE BARS 36" CTRS. TIE BARS 36" CTRS. RAMP AND SPEED CHANGE LANE DIMENSIONING FDR JOINTS ONLY.SEE PLANS FDR STRIPING LOCATIONS. RAMP "8" ~ SHOULDER 1++++++++++-1-tH+++tH=f-++tt-ll-++-+t+-l::Hr+tt--+++-tt+++-Htt++++H++-Htl-tt++t++-l-+Hl++-l-ttt++±:±1:tH+++t+-ffl-t-+t+++Htll-++++t+++-+-H+-Fl-++t++++++++++-1-tH+++tH+++t+-1-tt-+t+-+++-+tt-++-11-tt+++-1 ~ OPTIONAL LONGITUDINAL JOINT IN CENTER FOR SINGLE LANE ACCELERATION AND DECELERATION LANE JOINT LEGEND (SEE SHEET 5 FDR JOINT DETAILS) ----@---TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION DR CONSTRUCTION · -- ---@-- --LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION -+++(Dt+++++++® LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION OR LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION Com uter File Information Sheet Revisions Colorado Department of Transportation Creation Date: 07 /31/19 Date: Comments Ii Q 2829 West Howard Place Designer Initials: JBK ( R-X l CDOT HQ, 3rd Floor ---------------1 Last Modification Date: 07 /31/19 CR-X) ~ Denver, CO 80204 ~ Phone: 303-757-9021 FAX: 303-757-9868 CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINTS STANDARD PLAN NO. M-412-1 Standard Sheet No. 2 of 5 Detailer Initials: LT A C R-X l CAD Ver .: MicroStation V8 Scale: Not to Scale Units: English (R-X) 1-----+-----------1 Project Development Branch JBK Issued by the Project Development Branch: July 31, 2019 Project Sheet Number: EXHIBIT D JOINT LEGEND (SEE SHEET 5 FOR JOINT DETAILS) -----1@1----- -------1@1----- --------©------ ----------©---------- EXPANSION TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION OR CONSTRUCTION LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION NOTES 1. LONGITUDINAL JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED ADJACENT TO LANE MARKINGS WHEN POSSIBLE, AND HAVE A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 13 FT. (15 FT. IS PERMITTED WITH MONOLITHIC CURB AND GUTTER). 2. CONSTRUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTERLINE OF PAVEMENT AND EXTEND THROUGH THE CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER. * 3. PLACE Y2 IN. MIN. EXPANSION JOINT FILLER IN TOP 6 IN. OF CURB JOINT AT INTERSECTION RETURN RADIUS POINTS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL,UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,SELECT AND USE A BOND BREAKER AT INLETS,MANHOLES AND SIMILAR SIZE STRUCTURES. SMALLER STRUCTURES SUCH AS VALVE AND MONUMENT BOXES SHALL NOT REQUIRE A BOND BREAKER. 5. WHERE A LONGITUDINAL JOINT PASSES LESS THAN 1 FT. FROM A CAST-IN-PAVEMENT MANHOLE OR SIMILAR SIZE STRUCTURE, A TYPICAL 2 FT. RADIAL JOINT, AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS, SHALL BE USED. OPEN CENTER CLOSED CENTER CD LONGITUDINAL t-l -+1--+I -+-I -+1--+<I L I I I I I I CONSTRUCTION 6. TRANSVERSE JOINTS SHALL EITHER INTERSECT THE CENTER OF CIRCULAR MANHOLES AND INLETS OR BE AT LEAST 4 FT. AWAY FROM THE EDGE OF CIRCULAR MANHOLES. SEE CURB INLET BOXOUT DETAIL ON SHEET 5. Com uter File Information Creation Date: 07 /31/19 Designer Initials: JBK Last Modification Date: 07 /31/19 Detailer Initials: LT A CUL-DE-SAC 7. TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE LOCATED AT A© JOINT. 6. THE ENGINEERS SHALL HAVE AN OPTION TO USE INDIVIDUAL DOWELS IN THE@JDINT ON SHORT RUN (2' ± 6") TO CURB RADIUS RETURNS. JOINT IS NOT REQUIRED IF CURB ANO GUTTER IS POURED MONOLITHICALLY WITH ADJACENT LANE. SHOWS INTEGRAL CURB INLET OR MANHOLE 8' MINIMUM OR 15' MAXIMUM *~ 0 CURB INLET BOXOUT (SEE DETAIL ON SHEET 5) PERMISSIBLE ALTERNATIVE JOINTS WITH SMALL RADII < 16' -----.... _l_ 13' MAX. t CURB INLET BOXOUT 2' ±6" TYP. HMA PAVEMENT Date: (SEE DETAIL ON SHEET 5) Sheet Revisions Comments ROUNDING OF ANGLE BY FORMING OR SLIPFORM PAVING PERMISSIBLE. TYPICAL CURBED PAVEMENT JOINT LAYOUT Colorado Department of Transportation ~ 2829 West Howard Place ~:=~ ~ ----------------~ g~~:er~~'o3 rd86i~°I t-------,1--------------1 ~ Phone: 303-757-9021 FAX: 303-757-9868 CR-X> INTEGRAL CURB MAY BE ALIGNED WITH FRONT OR BACK OF CURB. CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINTS HMA PAVEMENT STANDARD PLAN NO. M-412-1 Standard Sheet No. 3 of 5 CAD Ver.: MicroStation VB Scale: Not to Scale Units: English cR-x> 1-----+-----------1 Project Development Branch JBK Issued by the Project Development Branch: July 31, 2019 Project Sheet Number: EXHIBIT D 12' DR 12' SHOULDER JOINT LEGEND (SEE SHEET 5 FOR JOINT DETAILS) -----<0----- --------1(Df----- --------®------- ----------©---------- EXPANSION TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION DR CONSTRUCTION LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION r,\ LONGITUDINAL t-l -+l--+-1 --<1,--+l --+<I (0 I I I I I I CONSTRUCTION - NOTES I. LONGITUDINAL JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED ADJACENT TD LANE MARKINGS WHEN POSSIBLE, AND HAVE A MAXIMUM SPACING OF 13 FT. (15 FT. IS PERMITTED WITH MONOLITHIC CURB AND GUTTER). 2. CONSTRUCT TRANSVERSE JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TD THE CENTERLINE OF PAVEMENT AND EXTEND THROUGH THE CURB DR CURB AND GUTTER. * 3. PLACE Y2 IN. MIN. EXPANSION JOINT FILLER IN TOP 6 IN. OF CURB JOINT AT INTERSECTION RETURN RADIUS POINTS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL,UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS,SELECT AND USE A BOND BREAKER AT INLETS,MANHDLES AND SIMILAR SIZE STRUCTURES. SMALLER STRUCTURES SUCH AS VALVE AND MONUMENT BOXES DD NOT REQUIRE A BOND BREAKER. 5. WHERE A LONGITUDINAL JOINT WOULD PASS LESS THAN 1 FT. FROM A CAST-IN-PAVEMENT MANHOLE DR SIMILAR SIZE STRUCTURE, A TYPICAL 2 FT. RADIAL JOINT, AS SHOWN IN THE DETAILS, SHALL BE USED. 6. TRANSVERSE JOINTS SHALL EITHER INTERSECT THE CENTER OF CIRCULAR MANHOLES AND INLETS DR BE AT LEAST 4 FT. AWAY FROM THE EDGE OF CIRCULAR MANHOLES. SEE CURB INLET BOXOUT DETAIL ON SHEET 5. i---------------------------~~---...::_--::---(L) ,-/ r __c::..-:::.--"*-----;-;-;-;:;:;-:;:;:;-;~=~;;,;---;:;;:--;:;;--;-;:;;:,;;--;-;;:;:;-;:-,.;:-;;;:;-,;-;;;:;;;:;-;--:;:;-::;:;:;;:---------1 ---.Y.. .\ · • r. , \AN EXTRA JOINT SHALL BE PLACED HERE (TYP.), WHEN THERE r:AN EXTRA JOINT SHALL BE PLACED HERE (TYP.), WHEN THERE "'\++++++<i-+++++-+++'++++++<i-++.(l''°'L:+-+-<>+++++1-++-t-+++++-<>+++++1-++-t-+/-1r.J/ IS MORE THAN A 12 FT. GAP BETWEEN A JOINT LOCATED AT A IS MORE THAN A 12 FT. GAP BETWEEN A JOINT LOCATED * ©-* .'f=-: J I * CURB BREAK 1JNT AND THE PREVIOUS JOINT ---~--f~AtT~A~c~u~RB~B~RE~AK~P~OI~NT;AN~D~TH~EiPiRiEv~I~ou~s~J§D~INFT:=f=f::F=ff=f=~~f=f=f:::5// \\t::=f=f=f=f~',9~ff=t=f=fc~uR~BfB~R~EAKiP~D~IN~T::r=r==::;:f::::;:::::::;:=:::;::=d SHOULDER CURB BREAK PEJNT~ '.,,/... ..\. ' - -----H'c"J-+--+---+---i --- 12' OR 12' 1 12' OR 13' SHOULDER r::::~ --------- -~------~.,......--~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::--=========:::::::::::::::~ ---:::::::: -------------L--+-+--+---+--+--t--t-+--+--+--+-+--+--+---+-------./ -------/ ===~=:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::j:::::::=:::::::::::::::::::=J:::::;:::=:::::::::::;,t::-::::!:: ~ , EXPANSION MATERIAL AT ©-SHOWS ---© BREAK IN CURB ALIGNMENT (TYP.) CURB AND GUTTER \\ \ / Com uter File Information Creation Date: 07 /31/19 Designer Initials: JBK Last Modification Date: 07 /31/19 Detailer Initials: LT A CAD Ver .: MicroStation VB Scale: Not to Scale Units: English L ~ \ /1 C HMA PAVEMENT-~ MULTI-LANE INTERSECTION WITH SPEED CHANGE LANE AND CONCRETE SHOULDERS Colorado Department of Transportation ~ 2829 West Howard Place ~:=~ ~ ----------------~ g~~:er~~'o3 rd86i~°I t-------,1--------------1 ~ Phone: 303-757-9021 FAX: 303-757-9868 CR-X> cR-x> 1-----+-----------1 Project Development Branch JBK Sheet Revisions Date: Comments CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINTS Issued by the Project Development Branch: July 31, 2019 STANDARD PLAN NO. M-412-1 Standard Sheet No. 4 of 5 Project Sheet Number: EXHIBIT D A . 114" BELOW SURF ACE n SILICONE SEALANT T . I> . l. . A . APPROACH SLAB C>. A · . A . PREFORMED JOINT MATERIAL ----l f--1'4" @ EXP ANS ION JOINT ® LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT * USE ONLY IF T ~ 8 IN. FORM ONLY FEMALE KEYWAY C>. Com uter File Information Creation Date: 07 /31/19 Designer Initials: JBK Last Modification Date: 07 /31/19 Detailer Initials: LT A C> A · C> JOINT C> C> C> SEE BRIDGE PLAN FDR DEPTH . . C>. CONCRETE ROADWAY SLAB BRIDGE APPROACH SEE DOWEL SPACING IN TRAVEL LANES RIGID WELDED ASSEMBLY IF NEEDED C>. © ON THE PLANS (>. DOWELED TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION OR CONTRACTION JOINT (TRANSVERSE WEAKENED PLANE JOINT) A· (> . n;:'. C> 36" CTRS. A · TIE BARS . l>. . l> T (> .. 15" 15" A · A· T/2 THE TRANSVERSE JOINT IN MONOLITHIC CURB AND GUTTER SHALL BE SAWED TO THE SAME DEPTH AS THE PAVEMENT. BOTTOM OF SAW CUT C>. Tu 1·=sce==36=" C===T=RS=. ===>-b . T/2 TIE BARS A · . C> ••• (> (>. © LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT (LONGITUDINAL WEAKENED PLANE JOINT) A KEYWAY IS ALLOWED TO FACILITATE USE OF BENT TIE BARS OR APPROVED TWO PIECE CONNECTORS ® LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT l . A . A · (> •• _J . C> .. CD LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT ff USE ONLY IF T < 8 IN. JOINT SEALANT (>. • C> • A • A . 1" MIN. C>l_· . . . . . A • . . C> • • I\. I\ • Y2" DIA. BACKER ROD (>. t> .... f)' SEAL AT ~ CONSTRUCTION JOINT Sheet Revisions Date : Comments JOINT SEALANT . b . . 6 ~ · %11 DIA. BACKER ROD . I>, •. °'· ' 6 · ' 6 · ' 6 · ' 6 · SAWED JOINT ~ *** USE T/4 WHEN T < 8 IN. Colorado Department of Transportation Q 2829 West Howard Place C R-X l 1------1-------------1 CDOT HQ, 3rd Floor CR-X J ~ Denver, CO 80204 CR-X l 1------1-------------1 ~ Phone: 303-757-9021 FA X: 303-75 7 -9868 CAD Ver .: MicroStation V8 Scale: Not to Scale Units: English cR-x> 1-----1-------------1 Project Development Branch JBK A A INTEGRAL CURB NOTE I. PAVEMENT THICKNESS (T), SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. PAVEMENT THICKNESS (T) DOWEL BAR DIAMETER 7 IN. ~ T < 8 IN. 1 IN. 8 IN. ~ T ~ 10 IN. 1.25 IN. 10 IN. < T ~ 15 IN. 1.50 IN. REINFORCING SIZE TABLE TIE BAR SIZE IS NO. 5 WHEN PAVEMENT IS PLACED ON UNBOUND BASES. TIE BAR IS NO. 6 WHEN PAVEMENT IS PLACED ON LIME TREATED SOIL, ASPHALT OR CEMENT TREATED, MILLED ASPHALT,OR RECYCLED ASPHALT BASES. BOND BREAKER INLET OR MANHOLE CAST IN PAVEMENT INST ALL TRANSVERSE JOINT AT C BOTH BOXOUT CORNERS IF BOXOUT IS 8 FT.OR LONGER. 8" MIN. APRON BOND BREAKER CURB INLET BOXOUT INLET OR MANHOLE 4:1 TAPER TO MEET APRON T (SEE JOINT @ DETAIL) . A . A · A · 4:1 TAPER TO MEET STRUCTURE . SECTION 8-8 INLET OR MANHOLE BOND BREAKER SHALL BE COMPOSED OF PLASTIC SHEET,BUILDING PAPER OR OTHER APPROVED MATERIAL THAT PREVENTS BONDING. CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINTS Issued by the Project Development Branch: July 31, 2019 SECTION A-A STANDARD PLAN NO. M-412-1 Standard Sheet No . 5 of 5 Project Sheet Number: EXHIBIT D SECTION 04000 Erosion Control, Inlet Protection, Fugitive Dust Prevention Index: Part 1 - Dust Prevention and Control Manual Part 2 - Environmental Standard Operating Procedures EXHIBIT E Adopted by Ordinance No. 44, 2016 Dust Prevention and Control Manual EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡‹ CONTENTS 1.0 Introduction 1 1.1 Title 1 1.2 Purpose of Manual 1 1.3 Applicability 1 1.4 Definitions 2 2.0 Fugitive Dust and the Problems it Causes 5 2.1 What is Fugitive Dust, Generally? 5 2.2 Why is the City Addressing Fugitive Dust? 5 2.3 Health and Environmental Effects 6 2.4 Nuisance and Aesthetics 6 2.5 Safety Hazard and Visibility 6 3.0 Best Management Practices 7 3.1 Earthmoving Activities 8 3.2 Demolition and Renovation 10 3.3 Stockpiles 12 3.4 Street Sweeping 14 3.5 Track-out / Carry-out 15 3.6 Bulk Materials Transport 16 3.7 Unpaved Roads and Haul Roads 18 3.8 Parking Lots 19 3.9 Open Areas and Vacant Lots 21 3.10 Saw Cutting and Grinding 22 3.11 Abrasive Blasting 24 3.12 Mechanical Blowing 26 4.0 Dust Control Plan for Land Development Greater Than Five Acres 28 Dust Prevention and Control Checklist 31 5.0 Resources 32 5.1 Cross Reference to Codes, Standards, Regulations, and Policies 32 5.2 City of Fort Collins Manuals and Policies 35 5.3 References for Dust Control 35 EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳ 1.0 Introduction 1.1 Title The contents of this document shall be known as the Dust Prevention and Control Manual (“the Manual”). 1.2 Purpose of Manual The purpose of the Manual is to establish minimum requirements consistent with nationally recognized best management practices for controlling fugitive dust emissions and to describe applicable best management practices to prevent, minimize, and mitigate off-property transport or off-vehicle transport of fugitive dust emissions pursuant to Chapter 12, Article X of the Fort Collins City Code (§§12-150 et. seq) for specific dust generating activities and sources. The purpose of Chapter 12, Article X of the Code is to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the public, including prevention of adverse impacts to human health, property, sensitive vegetation and areas, waters of the state, and other adverse environmental impacts and to prevent visibility impairment and safety hazards caused by emissions of particulate matter into the air from human activities. 1.3 Applicability This Manual applies to any person who conducts, or is an owner or operator of, a dust generating activity or source, as defined in the Code and described in this Manual, within the City of Fort Collins, subject to the exclusion set forth in Code §12-150(b)(3). EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹ 1.4 Definitions Abrasive blasting shall mean a process to smooth rough surfaces; roughen smooth surfaces; and remove paint, dirt, grease, and other coatings from surfaces. Abrasive blasting media may consist of sand; glass, plastic or metal beads; aluminum oxide; corn cobs; or other materials. Additional best management practice shall mean using at least one additional measure if the required best management practices are ineffective at preventing off-property transport of particulate matter. Additional requirements shall mean when applicable, any measure that is required, e.g., a dust control plan when project sites are over 5 acres in size. Best management practice shall mean any action or process that is used to prevent or mitigate the emission of fugitive dust into the air. Bulk materials transport shall mean the carrying, moving, or conveying of loose materials including, but not limited to, earth, rock, silt, sediment, sand, gravel, soil, fill, aggregate, dirt, mud, construction or demolition debris, and other organic or inorganic material containing particulate matter onto a public road or right-of-way in an unenclosed trailer, truck bed, bin, or other container. Code shall mean the Fort Collins City Code, as amended from time to time. Cover shall mean the installation of a temporary cover material on top of disturbed soil surfaces or stockpiles, such as netting, mulch, wood chips, gravel or other materials capable of preventing wind erosion. Dust control measure shall mean any action or process that is used to prevent or mitigate the emission of fugitive dust into the air, including but not limited to the best management practices identified in this Manual. Dust generating activity or source shall mean a process, operation, action, or land use that creates emissions of fugitive dust or causes off-property or off-vehicle transport. Dust generating activity or source shall include a paved parking lot containing an area of more than one half (1/2) acre. Earthmoving shall mean any process that involves land clearing, disturbing soil surfaces, or moving, loading, or handling of earth, dirt, soil, sand, aggregate, or similar materials. Fugitive dust shall mean solid particulate matter emitted into the air by mechanical processes or natural forces but is not emitted through a stack, chimney, or vent Local wind speed shall mean the current or forecasted wind speed for the Fort Collins area as measured at the surface weather observation station KFNL located at the Fort Collins Loveland Municipal Airport or at Colorado State University’s Fort Collins or Christman Field weather stations or as measured onsite with a portable or hand-held anemometer. The City will use anemometers whenever practicable. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵ Maximum speed limit shall mean the speed limit on public rights-of-way adopted by the City pursuant to Fort Collins Traffic Code adopted pursuant to City Code Section 28-16 for private roadways, a speed limit shall be established as appropriate to minimize off-site transportation of. Mechanical blower shall mean any portable machine powered with an internal combustion or electric-powered engine used to blow leaves, clippings, dirt or other debris off sidewalks, driveways, lawns, medians, and other surfaces including, but not limited to, hand-held, back- pack and walk-behind units, as well as blower- vacuum units. Off-property transport shall mean the visible emission of fugitive dust beyond the property line of the property on which the emission originates or the project boundary when the emission originates in the public right-of-way or on public property. Off-vehicle transport shall mean the visible emission of fugitive dust from a vehicle that is transporting dust generating materials on a public road or right-of-way. On-tool local exhaust ventilation shall mean a vacuum dust collection system attached to a construction tool that includes a dust collector (hood or shroud), tubing, vacuum, and a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter. On-tool wet dust suppression shall mean the operation of nozzles or sprayers attached to a construction tool that continuously apply water or other liquid to the grinding or cutting area by a pressurized container or other water source. Open area shall mean any area of undeveloped land greater than one-half acre that contains less than 70 percent vegetation. This includes undeveloped lots, vacant or idle lots, natural areas, parks, or other non-agricultural areas. Recreational and multi-use trails maintained by the City are not included as an open area. Operator or owner shall mean any person who has control over a dust generating source either by operating, supervising, controlling, or maintaining ownership of the activity or source including, but not limited to, a contractor, lessee, or other responsible party of an activity, operation, or land use that is a dust generating activity or source. Particulate matter shall mean any material that is emitted into the air as finely divided solid or liquid particles, other than uncombined water, and includes dust, smoke, soot, fumes, aerosols and mists. Required best management practices shall mean specific measures that are required to be implemented if a dust generating activity is occurring. Sensitive area shall mean a specific area that warrants special protection from adverse impacts due to the deposition of fugitive dust, such as natural areas (excluding buffer zones), sources of water supply, wetlands, critical wildlife habitat, or wild and scenic river corridors. Soil retention shall mean the stabilization of disturbed surface areas that will remain exposed and inactive for 30 days or more or while vegetation is being established using mulch, compost, soil mats, or other methods. Stockpile shall mean any accumulation of bulk materials that contain particulate matter being stored for future use or disposal. This includes backfill materials and storage piles for soil, sand, dirt, mulch, aggregate, straw, chaff, or other materials that produce dust. Storm drainage facility shall mean those improvements designed, constructed or used to convey or control stormwater runoff and to remove pollutants from stormwater runoff after precipitation. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡Ͷ Surface roughening shall mean to modify the soil surface to resist wind action and reduce dust emissions from wind erosion by creating grooves, depressions, ridges or furrows perpendicular to the predominant wind direction using tilling, ripping, discing, or other method. Track-out shall mean the carrying of mud, dirt, soil, or debris on vehicle wheels, sides, or undercarriages from a private, commercial, or industrial site onto a public road or right-of- way. Vegetation shall mean the planting or seeding of appropriate grasses, plants, bushes, or trees to hold soil or to create a wind break. All seeded areas must be mulched, and the mulch should be adequately crimped and or tackified. If hydro-seeding is conducted, mulching must be conducted as a separate, second operation. All planted areas must be mulched within twenty- four (24) hours after planting. Wet suppression shall mean the application of water by spraying, sprinkling, or misting to maintain optimal moisture content or to form a crust in dust generating materials and applied at a rate that prevents runoff from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility or watercourse. Wind barrier shall mean an obstruction at least five feet high erected to assist in preventing the blowing of fugitive dust, comprised of a solid board fence, chain link and fabric fence, vertical wooden slats, hay bales, earth berm, bushes, trees, or other materials installed perpendicular to the predominant wind direction or upwind of an adjacent residential, commercial, industrial, or sensitive area that would be negatively impacted by fugitive dust. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͷ 2.0 Fugitive Dust and the Problems it Causes 2.1 What is Fugitive Dust, Generally? Dust, also known as particulate matter, is made up of solid particles in the air that consist primarily of dirt and soil but can also contain ash, soot, salts, pollen, heavy metals, asbestos, pesticides, and other materials. “Fugitive” dust means particulate matter that has become airborne by wind or human activities and has not been emitted from a stack, chimney, or vent. The Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) estimates that more than 4,300 tons of particulate matter are emitted into the air in Larimer County annually. The primary sources of this particulate matter include construction activities, paved and unpaved roads, and agricultural operations. The quantity of dust emitted from a particular activity or area and the materials in it can depend on the soil type (sand, clay, silt), moisture content (dry or damp), local wind speed, and the current or past uses of the site (industrial, farming, construction). 2.2 Why is the City Addressing Fugitive Dust? Colorado state air regulations and Larimer County air quality standards generally require owners and operators of dust generating activities or sources to use all available and practical methods that are technologically feasible and economically reasonable in order to prevent fugitive dust emissions. However, state regulations and permitting requirements typically apply to larger stationary sources rather than to activities that generate dust. Larimer County fugitive dust standards apply only to land development. Although state and county requirements apply to many construction activities, they do not address many sources of dust emissions and City code compliance officers do not have authority to enforce state or county regulations. Fort Collins is experiencing rapid growth and development that has contributed to local man-made dust emissions. The City has established Chapter 12, Article X of the Code (§§12-150- 12-159) to address dust generating activities and sources that negatively impact citizens in Fort Collins. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͸ 2.3 Health and Environmental Effects Dust particles are very small and can be easily inhaled. They can enter the respiratory system and increase susceptibility to respiratory infections, and aggravate cardio-pulmonary disease. Even short-term exposure to dust can cause wheezing, asthma attacks and allergic reactions, and may cause increases in hospital admissions and emergency department visits for heart and lung related diseases. Fugitive dust emissions can cause significant environmental impacts as well as health effects. When dust from wind erosion or human activity deposits out of the air, it may impact vegetation, adversely affect nearby soils and waterways, and cause damage to cultural resources. Wind erosion can result in the loss of valuable top soil, reduce crop yields, and stunt plant growth. According to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), studies have linked particulate matter exposure to health problems and environmental impacts such as: •Health Impacts: o Irritation of the airways, coughing, and difficulty breathing o Reduced lung function and lung cancer o Aggravated asthma and chronic bronchitis o Irregular heartbeat and increases in heart attacks •Environmental Impacts: o Haze and reduced visibility o Reduced levels of nutrients in soil 2.4 Nuisance and Aesthetics Dust, dirt and debris that become airborne eventually settle back down to the surface. How far it travels and where it gets deposited depends on the size and type of the particles as well as wind speed and direction. When this material settles, it can be deposited on homes, cars, lawns, pools and ponds, and other property. The small particles can get trapped in machinery and electronics causing abrasion, corrosion, and malfunctions. The deposited dust can damage painted surfaces, clog filtration systems, stain materials and cause other expensive clean-up projects. 2.5 Safety Hazard and Visibility Blowing dust can be a safety hazard at construction sites and on roads and highways. Dust can obstruct visibility and can cause accidents between vehicles and bikes, pedestrians, or site workers. Dust plumes can also decrease visibility across a natural area or scenic vistas. The “brown cloud”, often visible along the Front Range during the winter months, and the brilliant red sunsets that occur are often caused by particulate matter and other pollutants in the air. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͹ 3.0 Best Management Practices This Manual describes established best management practices for controlling dust emissions that are practical and used in common practice to prevent or mitigate impacts to air quality from dust generating activities and sources occurring within Fort Collins. The objective of the dust control measures included in this Manual is to reduce dust emissions from human activities and to prevent those emissions from impacting others and is based on the following principles: Prevent – avoid creating dust emissions through good project planning and modifying or replacing dust generating activities. Minimize – reduce dust emissions with methods that capture, collect, or contain emissions. Mitigate – when preventing fugitive dust or minimizing the impacts are not feasible, the Manual provides specific measures to mitigate dust. More specifically, the Manual establishes the following procedures for each dust generating activity outlined in this Chapter: 1.Required Best Management Practices – this section includes the specific measures that are required to be implemented if the dust generating activity is occurring. For example, high wind restrictions (temporarily halting work when wind speeds exceed 30 mph) are required best management practices for earthmoving, demolition/renovation, saw cutting or grind, abrasive blasting, and leaf blowing. 2.Additional Best Management Practices – this section includes additional measures if the required best management practices are ineffective at preventing off-property transport of particulate matter. At least one of the additional best management practices outlined in the Manual must be implemented on the site to be in compliance with the Manual and Code. 3.Additional Requirements – When applicable, additional measures are also required, e.g., a dust control plan when project sites are over 5 acres in size. The Dust Prevention and Control Checklist included on page 31 of this Manual provides a “quick guide” to dust control BMPs covered in the following sections of the Manual. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͺ 3.1 Earthmoving Activities Above: This figure illustrates earthmoving, which is an activity that can generate dust. Dust emissions from earthmoving activities depend on the type and extent of activity being conducted, the amount of exposed surface area, wind conditions, and soil type and moisture content, including: x Site preparation (clearing, grubbing, scraping) x Road construction x Grading and overlot grading x Excavating, trenching, backfilling and compacting x Loading and unloading dirt, soil, gravel, or other earth materials x Dumping of dirt, soil, gravel, or other earth materials into trucks, piles, or receptacles x Screening of dirt, soil, gravel, or other earth materials Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts earthmoving that is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Minimize disturbed area: plan the project or activity so that the minimum amount of disturbed soil or surface area is exposed to wind or vehicle traffic at any one time. (ii) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate to mitigate off-property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (iii) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. (iv) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off-property transport. (v) Restrict access: restrict access to the work area to only authorized vehicles and personnel. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͻ (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.1(a)(i)-(v) are ineffective to prevent off- property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to disturbed soil surfaces, backfill materials, screenings, and other dust generating operations as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions, and prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, stormwater drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier to prevent wind erosion of top soils. (iii) Vegetation: plant vegetation appropriate for retaining soils or creating a wind break. (iv) Surface roughening: stabilize an active construction area during periods of inactivity or when vegetation cannot be immediately established. (v) Cover: install cover materials during periods of inactivity and properly anchor the cover. (vi) Soil retention: stabilize disturbed or exposed soil surface areas that will be inactive for more than 30 days or while vegetation is being established. (c) Additional requirements: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts earthmoving that is a dust generating activity or source at a construction site or land development project with a lot size equal to or greater than five (5) acres also shall implement the following measures: (i) Dust Control Plan: submit a plan that describes all potential sources of fugitive dust and methods that will be employed to control dust emissions with the development construction permit application or development review application (see Chapter 4 of this Manual). A copy of the Dust Control Plan must be onsite at all times and one copy must be provided to all contractors and operators engaged in dust generating activities at the site. (ii) Construction sequencing: include sequencing or phasing in the project plan to minimize the amount of disturbed area at any one time. Sites greater than 25 acres in size may be asked to provide additional justification, revise the sequencing plan, or include additional best management practices. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳͲ 3.2 Demolition and Renovation Above: This photo illustrates restricting access (a required best management practice) and a wind barrier (an additional best management practice) for demolition and renovation activities. Dust generated from demolition activities may contain significant levels of silica, lead, asbestos, and particulate matter. Inhalation of silica and asbestos is known to cause lung cancer, and exposure to even small quantities of lead dust can result in harm to children and the unborn. In addition to complying with the dust control measures below, any person engaged in demolition or renovation projects must comply with applicable state and federal regulations for asbestos and lead containing materials and notification and inspection requirements under the State of Colorado Air Quality Control Commission's Regulation No. 8, Part B Control of Hazardous Air pollutants. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts demolition or renovation that is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Asbestos and lead containing materials: demolition and renovation activities that involve asbestos or lead containing materials must be conducted in accordance with 2012 International Building Code (IBC), as adopted by the Code Sec. 5-26 and amended by Code Sec. 5-27 (59) (amending IBC §3602.1.1) and all other state and local regulations; (ii) Restrict access: restrict access to the demolition area to only authorized vehicles and personnel; (iii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off-property transport; and (iv) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳͳ (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.2(a)(i)-(iv) are ineffective to prevent off- property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to demolished materials or pre-wet materials to be demolished as necessary. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of- way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier to prevent onsite dust generating materials from blowing offsite. (c) Additional requirements: (i) Building permit compliance: comply with all conditions and requirements under any building required pursuant to the Code and/or the Land Use Code. Above: This photo illustrates reducing drop height, a required best management practice. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳʹ 3.3 Stockpiles Above: This photo illustrates wet suppression, an additional best management practice for stockpiles. Stockpiles are used for both temporary and long-term storage of soil, fill dirt, sand, aggregate, woodchips, mulch, asphalt and other industrial feedstock, construction and landscaping materials. Fugitive dust can be emitted from stockpiles while working the active face of the pile or when wind blows across the pile. The quantity of emissions depends on pile height and exposure to wind, moisture content and particle size of the pile material, surface roughness of the pile, and frequency of pile disturbance. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of a stockpile that is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.3(a)(i) is ineffective to prevent off-property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: Apply water to the active face when working the pile or to the entire pile during periods of inactivity. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right- of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Cover: install cover materials during periods of inactivity and anchor the cover. (iii) Surface roughening: stabilize a stockpile during periods of inactivity or when vegetation cannot be immediately established. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳ͵ (iv) Stockpile location: locate stockpile at a distance equal to ten times the pile height from property boundaries that abut residential areas. (v) Vegetation: seed and mulch any stockpile that will remain inactive for 30 days or more. (vi) Enclosure: construct a three-sided structure equal to or greater than the height of the pile to shelter the pile from the predominant winds. (c) Additional requirements: (i) Stockpile permit compliance: comply with all conditions and requirements under any stockpile permit required under the Code or the Land Use Code. (ii) Erosion control plan compliance: implement and comply with all conditions and requirements of the “Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual, as adopted in Code Sec. §26-500; specifically, Volume 3 Chapter 7 “Construction BMPs”. The Stormwater Criteria Manual may require the use of Erosion Control Materials, soil stockpile height limit of ten feet, watering, surface roughening, vegetation, silt fence and other control measures. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳͶ 3.4 Street Sweeping Left: This figure illustrates the use of a wet suppression and vacuum system, an additional best management practice for street sweeping. Street sweeping is an effective method for removing dirt and debris from streets and preventing it from entering storm drains or becoming airborne. Regenerative air sweepers and mechanical sweepers with water spray can also be effective at removing particulate matter from hard surfaces. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator that conducts sweeping operations or services on paved or concrete roads, parking lots, rights-of-way, pedestrian ways, plazas or other solid surfaces, and whose operations are a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Uncontrolled sweeping prohibited: the use of rotary brushes, power brooms, or other mechanical sweeping for the removal of dust, dirt, mud, or other debris from a paved public road, right-of-way, or parking lot without the use of water, vacuum system with filtration, or other equivalent dust control method is prohibited. Mechanical or manual sweeping that occurs between lifts of asphalt paving operations or due to preparation for pavement markings are excluded from this prohibition, due to engineering requirements associated with these operations. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.4(a)(i) is ineffective to prevent off-property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: use a light spray of water or wetting agent applied directly to work area or use equipment with water spray system while operating sweeper or power broom. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any storm drainage facility or watercourse. (ii) Vacuum system: use sweeper or power broom equipped with a vacuum collection and filtration system. (iii) Other method: use any other method to control dust emissions that has a demonstrated particulate matter control efficiency of 80 percent or more. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳͷ 3.5 Track-out / Carry-out Above: This figure illustrates an installed grate (left) and a gravel bed (right), both of which are additional best management practices associated with track-out/carry-out. Mud, dirt, and other debris can be carried from a site on the wheels or undercarriage of equipment and vehicles onto public roads. When this material dries, it can become airborne by wind activity or when other vehicles travel on it. This is a health concern and can cause visibility issues and safety hazards. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of any operation that has the potential to result in track-out of mud, dirt, dust, or debris on public roads and rights-of-way and whose operation is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Contracts and standards: comply with track-out prevention requirements and construction best management practices as set forth in the Code, City regulations or policies, as specified in applicable contract documents, and as set forth in the Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual. (ii) Remove deposition: promptly remove any deposition that occurs on public roads or rights- of-way as a result of the owner’s or operator’s operations. Avoid over-watering and prevent runoff into any storm drainage facility or watercourse. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.5(a)(i)-(ii) are ineffective to prevent off- property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Install rails, pipes, grate, or similar track-out control device. (ii) Install a gravel bed track-out apron that extends at least 50 feet from the intersection with a public road or right-of-way. (iii) Install gravel bed track-out apron with steel cattle guard or concrete wash rack. (iv) Install and utilize on-site vehicle and equipment washing station. (v) Install a paved surface that extends at least 100 feet from the intersection with a public road or right-of-way. (vi) Manually remove mud, dirt, and debris from equipment and vehicle wheels, tires and undercarriage. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳ͸ 3.6 Bulk Materials Transport Above: This figure illustrates covered loads, a required best management practice for bulk materials transport. Haul trucks are used to move bulk materials, such as dirt, rock, demolition debris, or mulch to and from construction sites, material suppliers and storage yards. Dust emissions from haul trucks, if uncontrolled, can be a safety hazard by impairing visibility or by depositing debris on roads, pedestrians, bicyclists, or other vehicles. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of a dust generating activity or source for which vehicles used to transport bulk materials to and from a site within the City on a public or private road or on a public right-of-way shall prevent off-vehicle transport of fugitive dust emissions. To prevent off-vehicle transport of fugitive dust to and from the site, the owner or operator shall implement the following measures: (i) Cover Loads: Loads shall be completely covered or all material enclosed in a manner that prevents the material from blowing, dropping, sifting, leaking, or otherwise escaping from the vehicle. This includes the covering of hot asphalt and asphalt patching material with a tarp or other impermeable material. (ii) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall load and unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳ͹ (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.6(a)(i)-(ii) are ineffective to prevent off- vehicle transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to bulk materials loaded for transport as necessary to prevent fugitive dust emissions and deposition of materials on roadways. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Other technology: use other equivalent technology that effectively eliminates off-vehicle transport, such as limiting the load size to provide at least three inches of freeboard to prevent spillage. Above: This figure illustrates minimizing drop heights, a required best management practice for bulk materials transport. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳͺ 3.7 Unpaved Roads and Haul Roads Left: This figure illustrates surface improvements on an unpaved road, an additional best management practice. Road dust from unpaved roads is caused by particles lifted by and dropped from rolling wheels traveling on the road surface and from wind blowing across the road surface. Road dust can aggravate heart and lung conditions as well as cause safety issues such as decreased driver visibility and other safety hazards. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of an unpaved road located on a construction site greater than five acres on private property or an unpaved road used as a public right- of-way shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate that prevents off-property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (ii) Restrict access: restrict travel on unpaved roads by limiting access to only authorized vehicle use. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.7(a)(i)-(ii) are ineffective to prevent off- property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to unpaved road surface as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions, and prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Surface improvements: install gravel or similar materials with sufficient depth to reduce dust or pave high traffic areas. (iii) Access road location: locate site access roads away from residential or other populated areas. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ͳͻ 3.8 Parking Lots Above: This figure illustrates an unpaved parking lot in Fort Collins. This section applies to paved and unpaved areas where vehicles are parked or stored on a routine basis and includes parking areas for shopping, recreation, or events; automobile or vehicle storage yards; and animal staging areas. Best Management Practices to Control Dust- Unpaved Parking Lots (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owners or operator of an unpaved parking lot greater than one-half acre shall use at least one of the following best management practices to prevent off- property transport of fugitive dust emissions (i) Surface improvements: install gravel or similar materials with sufficient depth to reduce dust or pave high traffic areas. (ii) Vegetation: plant vegetation appropriate for retaining soils or creating a wind break. (iii) Wet suppression: apply water as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (iv) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier. (v) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate that prevents off-property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (vi) Restrict access: restrict travel in parking lots to only those vehicles with essential duties and limit access to hours of operation or specific events. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹͲ Best Management Practices to Control Dust- Paved Parking Lots (a) Required Best Management Practices: An owner or operator of a paved parking lot greater than one-half acre and shall use at least one of the following best management practices to prevent off- property transport of fugitive dust emissions. (i) Maintenance: repair potholes and cracks and maintain surface improvements. (ii) Mechanical sweeping: Sweep lot with a vacuum sweeper and light water spray as necessary to remove dirt and debris. Avoid overwatering and prevent runoff from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (iii) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate that prevents off-property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (iv) Restrict access: restrict travel in parking lots to only those vehicles with essential duties and limit access to hours of operation or specific events. Above: This photo represents improving the surface of a parking area, which is one measure to comply with the Manual. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹͳ 3.9 Open Areas and Vacant Lots Left: This photo represents adding vegetation by hydroseeding, which is one measure to comply with the Manual. Open areas are typically not a significant source of wind-blown dust emissions if the coverage of vegetation is sufficient or soil crusts are intact. However, if soils in open areas are disturbed by vehicle traffic, off-highway vehicle use, bicycling or grazing, or if they have become overpopulated by prairie dogs, dust emissions can become a problem. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of an open area greater than one-half acre shall use at least one of the following best management practices to stabilize disturbed or exposed soil surface areas that are intended to or remain exposed for 30 days or more and to prevent off- property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Vegetation: plant vegetation appropriate for retaining soils or creating a wind break. (ii) Cover: install cover materials over exposed areas during periods of inactivity and properly anchor the cover. (iii) Surface roughening: stabilize an exposed area during periods of inactivity or when vegetation cannot be immediately established. (iv) Soil retention: stabilize disturbed or exposed soil surface areas that will be inactive for more than 30 days or while vegetation is being established, using mulch, compost, soil mats, or other methods. (v) Wet suppression: apply water to disturbed soil surfaces as necessary and appropriate considering current weather to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (vi) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier to prevent wind erosion of top soils. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹʹ 3.10 Saw Cutting and Grinding Above: This photo illustrates concrete cutting and how the activity can generate dust. Cutting and grinding of asphalt, concrete and other masonry materials can be a significant short-term source of fugitive dust that may expose workers and the public to crystalline silica. Inhalation of silica can cause lung disease known as silicosis and has been linked to other diseases such as tuberculosis and lung cancer. Using additional best management practices during cutting and grinding operations can significantly reduce dust emissions. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator that cuts or grinds asphalt, concrete, brick, tile, stone, or other masonry materials and whose operations are a dust generating activity or source shall use the following best management practices to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Restrict access: prevent the public from entering the area where dust emissions occur. (ii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off-property transport. (iii) Equipment and work area clean up: use wet wiping, wet sweeping, or vacuuming with HEPA filtration for equipment and work area clean up and do not cause dust to become airborne during clean up. (iv) Slurry clean up: prevent water used for dust control or clean up from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse by using containment, vacuuming, absorption, or other method to remove the slurry, and dispose of slurry and containment materials properly. Follow additional procedures prescribed in the Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual or contract documents and specifications. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹ͵ (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.10(a)(i)-(iv) are ineffective to prevent off- property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) On-tool local exhaust ventilation: use a tool-mounted dust capture and collection system. (ii) On-tool wet suppression: use a tool-mounted water application system. (iii) Vacuuming: use a vacuum equipped with a HEPA filter simultaneously with cutting or grinding operations. (iv) Wet suppression: use a water sprayer or hose simultaneously with cutting or grinding operations. (v) Enclosure: conduct cutting or grinding within an enclosure with a dust collection system or temporary tenting over the work area. Above: These photos illustrate how dust generated from cutting can be minimized by applying on-tool wet suppression, an additional best management practice associated with saw cutting and grinding. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹͶ 3.11 Abrasive Blasting Above: This photo illustrates abrasive blasting without dust mitigation in place. Abrasive blasting is used to smooth rough surfaces; roughen smooth surfaces; and remove paint, dirt, grease, and other coatings from surfaces. Abrasive blasting media may consist of sand; glass, plastic or metal beads; aluminum oxide; corn cobs; or other materials. Abrasive blasting typically generates a significant amount of fugitive dust if not controlled. The material removed during abrasive blasting can become airborne and may contain silica, lead, cadmium or other byproducts removed from the surface being blasted.* Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts outdoor abrasive blasting or indoor abrasive blasting with uncontrolled emissions vented to the outside and whose operations are a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Restrict access: prevent the public from entering the area where dust emissions occur. (ii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off-property transport. (iii) Equipment and work area clean up: use wet wiping, wet sweeping, or vacuuming with HEPA filtration for equipment and work area clean up and do not cause dust to become airborne during clean up. (iv) Slurry clean up: prevent water used for dust control or clean up from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse by using containment, vacuuming, absorption, or other method to remove the slurry, and dispose of slurry and containment materials properly. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.11(a)(i)-(iv) are ineffective to prevent off- property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Enclosure: conduct abrasive blasting within an enclosure with a dust collection system or temporary tenting over the work area. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹͷ (ii) Wet suppression blasting: use one of several available methods that mix water with the abrasive media or air during blasting operations. (iii) Vacuum blasting: conduct air-based blasting that uses a nozzle attachment with negative air pressure to capture dust. (iv) Abrasive media: select less toxic, lower dust-generating blasting media. * Blasting on surfaces that contain lead paint or wastes from sand blasting that contain hazardous materials may be subject to additional state and federal requirements. Above: This photo illustrates wet suppression blasting, an additional best management practice. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹ͸ 3.12 Mechanical Blowing Above: This photo illustrates mechanical blowing without dust mitigation in place. Mechanical blowers are commonly used to move dirt, sand, leaves, grass clippings and other landscaping debris to a central location for easier pick-up and removal. Mechanical blowing with a leaf blower can be a significant source of fugitive dust in some situations and can create nuisance conditions and cause health effects for sensitive individuals. Mechanical blowing can re-suspend dust particles that contain allergens, pollens, and molds, as well as pesticides, fecal contaminants, and toxic metals causing allergic reactions, asthma attacks and exacerbating other respiratory illnesses. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who operates a mechanical leaf blower (gas, electric, or battery-powered) in a manner that is a dust generating activity or source shall use the following best management practices as necessary to prevent off-property transport of fugitive dust emissions (i) Low speed: use the lowest speed appropriate for the task and equipment. (ii) Operation: use the full length of the blow tube and place the nozzle as close to the ground as possible. (iii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off-property transport. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.11(a)(i)-(iii) are ineffective to prevent off- property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Alternative method: use an alternative such as a rake, broom, shovel, manually push sweeper or a vacuum machine equipped with a filtration system. (ii) Prevent impact: do not blow dust and debris off-property or in close proximity to people, animals, open windows, air intakes, or onto adjacent property, public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹ͹ (iii) Minimize use on dirt: minimize the use of mechanical blower on unpaved surfaces, road shoulders, or loose dirt. (iv) Wet suppression: use a light spray of water, as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions, to dampen dusty work areas. Prevent water, dirt, and debris from entering any storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (v) Remove debris: remove and properly dispose of blown material immediately. Above: These photos illustrate alternative methods to mechanical blowing that can minimize dust generation. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹͺ 4.0 Dust Control Plan for Land Development Greater Than Five Acres A dust control plan is required for all development projects or construction sites with greater than five (5) acres in size. If the project is required to obtain a development construction permit, then the dust control plan shall be submitted with the development review application or the development construction permit application. A copy of the dust control plan shall be available onsite at all times for compliance and inspection purposes. For dust control plans associated with a Development Construction Permit (DCP) issued by the City, applications for the DCP are available online at www.fcgov.com/developmentreview/applications.php . The dust control plan may be submitted on the Dust Control Plan Form included in Chapter 4 of this Manual or other equivalent format and shall include the following information: x Project name and location. x Name and contact information of property owner. x Project start and completion dates. x Name and contact information of the developer, general contractor, and each contractor or operator that will be engaged in an earthmoving activity. x Total size of the development project or construction site in acres. x A description of the project phasing or sequencing of the project to minimize the amount of disturbed surface area at any one time during the project. x A list of each dust generating activity or source associated with the project. x A list of each best management practice and engineering control that will be implemented for each dust generating activity or source. x A list of additional best management practices that will be implemented if initial controls are ineffective. x A signed statement from the property owner, developer, general contractor, and each contractor or operator engaged in an earthmoving activity acknowledging receipt of the Dust Control Plan and an understanding of and ability to comply with the best management practices in the plan. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡ʹͻ DUST CONTROL PLAN PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name Project Location Start and Completion Dates Total Size of Project Site (acres) Maximum disturbed surface area at any one time (acres) Property Owner name, address, phone, e-mail Developer name, address, phone, e-mail General Contractor name, address, phone, e-mail Subcontractor or Operator of a dust generating activity or source name, address, phone, e-mail Subcontractor or Operator of a dust generating activity or source name, address, phone, e-mail Subcontractor or Operator of a dust generating activity or source name, address, phone, e-mail PROJECT PHASING OR SEQUENCING Provide a description of how this project will be phased or sequenced to minimize the disturbed surface area. Attach phasing plan or map if available. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵Ͳ DUST CONTROL PLAN CERTIFICATION I certify the information and attachments contained in this Dust Control Plan are true and correct to the best of my knowledge and that I and the project's subcontractors have received a copy of this Dust Control Plan and acknowledge my understanding of and ability to comply with best management practices for controlling fugitive dust emissions. I hereby permit City officials to enter upon the property for the purpose of inspection of any dust generating activity or source for which I am the responsible person, owner, or operator. Name: ________________________________________________________________________________ Title: ___________________________________ Role on project: ________________________________ Address: ________________________________________________ Phone: __________________________ Signature: ___________________________________________________ Date: ____________________ * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * List of Subcontractors: Title: ___________________________________ Role on project: ________________________________ Title: ____________________________________ Role on project: ________________________________ Title: ___________________________________ Role on project: ________________________________ Title: ____________________________________Role on project: ________________________________ Title: ____________________________________Role on project: ________________________________ Title: ___________________________________ Role on project: ________________________________ Title: ___________________________________ Role on project: ________________________________ Title: ___________________________________ Role on project: ________________________________ EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵ͳ Dust Prevention and Control Checklist Instructions: For projects over 5 acres, in addition to developing a Dust Control Plan (see chapter 4 of the manual), place an X in each box indicating all best management practices (BMPs) that will be implemented for each activity. Fully shaded boxes are required BMPs, hatched boxes are additional BMPs. For projects less than 5 acres, the BMPs for bulk materials transport and saw cutting/grinding are required; other BMPs are listed for use as a guide for preventing and controlling dust. Dust Generating Activity Ö /Best Management Practice Ø Ea r t h m o v i n g De m o l i t i o n / Re n o v a t i o n St o c k p i l e St r e e t S w e e p i n g Tr a c k - o u t / Ca r r y - o u t Bu l k M a t e r i a l s Tr a n s p o r t Un p a v e d R o a d s an d H a u l R o a d s Un p a v e d P a r k i n g Lo t * Pa v e d Pa r k i n g Lo t * Op e n A r e a * Sa w C u t t i n g o r Gr i n d i n g Ab r a s i v e B l a s t i n g Me c h a n i c a l Bl o w i n g Abrasive media Asbestos or lead materials Construction sequencing Cover Cover Load Enclosure Equipment & work area clean up Erosion control plan High winds restriction Location Mechanical blowing techniques Minimize disturbed area Minimize drop height On-tool local exhaust ventilation On-tool wet suppression Other method Reduce vehicle speeds Remove deposition Restrict access Slurry clean up Soil retention Stockpile permit Surface improvements Surface roughening Sweeping Track-out prevention system Uncontrolled sweeping prohibited Vacuum Vegetation Wet suppression Wind barrier *Note that in the parking lot and open area standards, only select one of the required BMPs to be in compliance. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵ʹ 5.0 Resources 5.1 Cross Reference to Codes, Standards, Regulations, and Policies Earthmoving Activities Fort Collins Land Use Code Article 3 General Development Standards §3.2.2 Access, Circulation and Parking. Fort Collins Land Use Code Article 3 General Development Standards §3.4.1(N) Standards for Protection During Construction. Fort Collins Land Use Code Article 3 General Development Standards §3.4.2 Air Quality. Fort Collins City Code, Chapter 5 Buildings and Building Regulations, Section 5-27 (59) §3602.1.1 Building demolitions. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 23 Public Property §23-16. Permit required; exception in case of emergency. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual, Volume 3, Chapter 7, Section 1.3 Policy, Standards and Submittal Requirements, §1.3.3.e.5. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual – Fact Sheet SM-1 Construction Phasing/Sequencing and Fact Sheet EC-1 Surface Roughening. Larimer County Land Use Code §8.11.4. Fugitive dust during construction. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.b Construction Activities. OSHA Safety and Health Regulations for Construction 29 CFR Part 1926.55 Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. Demolition and Renovation Fort Collins Land Use Code, Division 2.7 Building Permits §2.7.1 Fort Collins City Code, Chapter 5 Buildings and Building Regulations, Section 5-27 (59) §3602.1.1 Building demolitions. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵͵ Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, Regulation Number 8, Part B Control of Hazardous Air Pollutants, 5 CCR 1001-10. Stockpiles Fort Collins Land Use Code, Division 2.6 Stockpiling Permits and Development Construction Permits §2.6.2. Fort Collins Land Use Code §2.6.3 (K) Stockpiling Permit and Development Construction Permit Review Procedures. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual Volume 3, Chapter 7, Section 1.3 Policy, Standards and Submittal Requirements, §1.3.3.e.7. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual - Fact Sheet MM-2 Stockpile Management. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.c Storage and Handling of Materials. Street Sweeping Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual - Fact Sheet SM-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming. Track-out/Carry-out Fort Collins Traffic Code, Part 1407 Spilling loads on highways prohibited. Fort Collins Land Use Code §5.2.1 Definitions Maintenance (of a newly constructed street). Fort Collins City Code: Chapter 20 – Nuisances, Article V - Dirt, Debris and Construction Waste, §Sec. 20-62. Depositing on streets prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual, Volume 3, Chapter 7, Section 1.3 Policy, Standards and Submittal Requirements, §1.3.3.e.8. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵Ͷ Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual – Fact Sheet SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual – Fact Sheet SM-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.a.(ii).(B) General Requirements. Bulk Materials Transport Fort Collins Traffic Code, Part 1407 Spilling loads on highways prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.f Haul Trucks. Colorado Revised Statutes. 42-4-1407 Spilling loads on highways prohibited. Unpaved Roads and Haul Roads Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.a Roadways and §III.D.2.e Haul Roads. Parking Lots Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Open Areas and Vacant Lots Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Saw Cutting and Grinding Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual – Fact Sheet SM-12 Paving and Grinding Operations. EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵ͷ Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Section 208.04 Best Management Practices for Stormwater. Abrasive Blasting Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Mechanical (Leaf) Blowing Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. 5.2 City of Fort Collins Manuals and Policies Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual http://www.fcgov.com/utilities/business/builders-and- developers/development-forms-guidelines-regulations/stormwater-criteria City of Fort Collins Parks and Recreation Environmental Best Management Practices Manual 2011, Chapter Four: Best Management Practices for Construction http://www.fcgov.com/parks/pdf/bmp.pdf City of Fort Collins Building Design and Construction Standards, Oct. 2013 http://www.fcgov.com/opserv/pdf/building-design-standards2.pdf?1390850442 City of Fort Collins, Recommended Species and Application Rates of Perennial Native Upland Grass Seed for Fort Collins, Colorado. City of Fort Collins Plant List, April 2011. 5.3 References for Dust Control Leaf Blowing A Report to the California Legislature on the Potential Health and Environmental Impacts of Leaf Blowers, California Environmental Protection Agency – Air Resources Board, Feb. 2000. http://www.arb.ca.gov/msprog/mailouts/msc0005/msc0005.pdf Abrasive Blasting Sandblasting and Other Air-based Blasting Fact Sheet, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Dec. 2011. Protecting Workers from the Hazards of Abrasive Blasting Materials, OSHA Fact Sheet. California Air Resources Board, Abrasive Blasting Program. http://www.arb.ca.gov/ba/certabr/certabr.htm EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵͸ Saw Cutting OSHA Fact Sheet on Crystalline Silica Exposure https://www.osha.gov/OshDoc/data_General_Facts/crystalline-factsheet.pdf State of New Jersey – Dry Cutting and Grinding Fact Sheet http://www.state.nj.us/health/surv/documents/dry_cutting.pdf Centers for Disease Control and Prevention - Engineering Controls for Silica in Construction http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/silica/cutoffsaws.html Shepherd-S; Woskie-S, Controlling Dust from Concrete Saw Cutting. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 2013 Feb; 10(2):64-70. http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/nioshtic-2/20042808.html Akbar-Khanzadeh F, Milz SA, Wagner CD, Bisesi MS, Ames AL, Khuder S, Susi P, Akbar-Khanzadeh M, Effectiveness of dust control methods for crystalline silica and respirable suspended particulate matter exposure during manual concrete surface grinding. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 2010 Dec;7(12):700-11. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21058155 HSE, On-Tool Controls to Reduce Exposure to Respirable Dusts in the Construction Industry – A Review. Health and Safety Executive, RR926, 2012, Derbyshire, U.K. http://www.hse.gov.uk/research/rrpdf/rr926.pdf Croteau G, Guffey S, Flanagan ME, Seixas N, The Effect of Local Exhaust Ventilation Controls on Dust Exposures During Concrete Cutting and Grinding Activities. American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, 2002 63:458–467 http://deohs.washington.edu/sites/default/files/images/general/CroteauThesis.pdf Unpaved Roads, Parking Lots, and Open Areas Dust Control from Unpaved Roads and Surfaces, Code 373, USDA-NRCS, April 2010. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs143_025946.pdf CPWA, 2005, Dust Control for Unpaved Roads, A Best Practice by the National Guide to Sustainable Municipal Infrastructure, Canadian Public Works Association. Colorado Forest Road Field Handbook, Colorado State Forest, Editor: Richard M. Edwards, CF; CSFS Assistant Staff Forester, July 2011. Fay L., Kociolek A., Road Dust Management and Future Needs: 2008 Conference Proceedings, Western Transportation Institute, March 2009. Chemical Stabilizers Interim Guidelines on Dust Palliative Use in Clark County, Nevada. Nevada Division of Environmental Protection, Feb. 2001. http://ndep.nv.gov/admin/dustpa1.pdf Bolander, Peter, ed. 1999. Dust Palliative Selection and Application Guide. Project Report. 9977-1207- SDTDC. San Dimas, CA: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, San Dimas Technology and Development Center. http://www.fs.fed.us/eng/pubs/html/99771207/99771207.html EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵͹ Techniques for Fugitive Dust Control – Chemical Suppressants, City of Albuquerque NM, website last accessed on Oct. 25, 2014. http://www.cabq.gov/airquality/business-programs-permits/ordinances/fugitive-dust/fugitive-dust- control USDA BioPreferred Catalog: Dust Suppressants http://www.biopreferred.gov/BioPreferred/faces/catalog/Catalog.xhtml USGS Columbia Environmental Research Center Project: Environmental Effects of Dust Suppressant Chemicals on Roadside Plant and Animal Communities, http://www.cerc.usgs.gov/Projects.aspx?ProjectId=77 Street Sweeping U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Stormwater Best Management Practices: Street Sweeper Fact Sheet. http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/ecosystems/ultraurb/3fs16.asp Agriculture and Livestock Agricultural Air Quality Conservation Measures - Reference Guide for Cropping Systems and General Land Management, USDA-NRCS, Oct. 2012. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/stelprdb1049502.pdf Dust Control from Animal Activity on Open Lot Surfaces, Code 375, USDA-NRCS, Sept. 2010. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs143_025821.pdf Residue and Tillage Management, Reduced Till, Code 345, USDA-NRCS, Dec. 2013. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/stelprdb1251402.pdf Herbaceous Wind Barriers, Code 603, USDA-NRCS, Jan. 2010. http://www.nrcs.usda.gov/Internet/FSE_DOCUMENTS/nrcs143_025927.pdf Michalewicz, D. A., J. D. Wanjura, B. W. Shaw, and C. B. Parnell. 2005. Evaluation of sources and controls of fugitive dust from agricultural operations. In Proc. 2005 Beltwide Cotton Conference. http://caaqes.tamu.edu/Publication-Particulate%20Matter.html Harner J., Maghirang R., Razote E., Water Requirements for Dust Control on Feedlots, from the proceedings of Mitigating Air Emissions From Animal Feeding Operations Conference, May 2008. http://www.extension.org/pages/23966/water-requirements-for-dust-control-on-feedlots California Air Pollution Control Officers Association Agriculture Clearinghouse http://www.capcoa.org/ag-clearinghouse/ U.S. Department of Agriculture Natural Resources Conservation Service - Nevada, Fugitive Dust: A Guide to the Control of Windblown Dust on Agricultural Lands in Nevada. Jan. 2007. http://www.cdsn.org/images/FugitiveDustGuide_v7_201_.pdf Demolition and Renovation CDPHE, Demolition and Asbestos Abatement forms and information https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/cdphe/asbestos-forms EXHIBIT E Dust Prevention and Control Manualƒ‰‡͵ͺ Earthmoving Activities CDPHE, An Overview of Colorado Air Regulations for Land Development, August 2014 https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/sites/default/files/AP_Land-Development-Guidance-Document_1.pdf Working With Dirt When the Wind Blows http://www.gradingandexcavation.com/GX/Articles/Working_With_Dirt_When_the_Wind_Blows_5455 .aspx EPA – Stormwater Best Management Practices: Dust Control http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/Dust-Control.cfm EPA – Stormwater Best Management Practices: Wind Fences and Sand Fences http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/Wind-Fences-and-Sand-Fences.cfm EPA – Stormwater Best Management Practices: Construction Sequencing http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/Construction-Sequencing.cfm EPA – Stormwater Best Management Practices: Construction Entrances http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/Construction-Entrances.cfm An Overview of Colorado Air Regulations for Land Development. Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment – Air Pollution Control Division. https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/sites/default/files/AP_Land-Development-Guidance-Document_1.pdf Health Effects of Particulate Matter U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Integrated Science Assessment for Particulate Matter. EPA/600/R-08/139F Dec. 2009. http://cfpub.epa.gov/ncea/cfm/recordisplay.cfm?deid=216546#Download World Health Organization, Health Effects of Particulate Matter - Policy. 2013 http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/189051/Health-effects-of-particulate-matter- final-Eng.pdf Preventing Silicosis in Construction Workers, NIOSH http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/docs/96-112/ General Dust Abatement Handbook, Maricopa County Air Quality Department, June 2013. http://www.maricopa.gov/aq/divisions/compliance/dust/docs/pdf/Rule%20310-Dust%20Handbook.pdf Fugitive Dust Control: Self Inspection Handbook, California Air Resources Board, 2007. http://www.arb.ca.gov/pm/fugitivedust_large.pdf WRAP Fugitive Dust Handbook, Western Governors’ Association. Sept. 2006. Managing Fugitive Dust: A Guide for Compliance with the Air Regulatory Requirements for Particulate Matter Generation, Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. March 2014. Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission, Rules and Regulations, Rule 805 Odors and Dust http://cogcc.state.co.us/ EXHIBIT E SECTION 04000 EROSION CONTROL AND INLET PROTECTION INDEX OF ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARD OPERATING PROCEEDURES (ESOP) New Construction Activities for Municipalities 1 of 2 Street, Curb, and Gutter Replacement and Construction 1 of 3 Street, Curb, and Gutter Maintenance 1 of 3 Spill Prevention and Response 1 of 4 Utility and Storm Sewer System Maintenance 1 of 4 Utility and Storm Sewer System Replacement and Construction 1 of 3 Power Washing 1 of 3 Vehicle Fueling 1 to 3 Outdoor Fleet Maintenance 1 of 4 Heavy Equipment and Vehicle Maintenance 1 of 4 EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 2 New Construction Activities for Municipalities Description This fact sheet covers new construction activities disturbing less than one acre not subject to a CDPS Construction permit. New construction includes, but is not limited to buildings, structures, capital improvements, roadways, and recreational components such as trails, restrooms, and other structures. Procedures provided are general in nature and can be applied to any scale or type of municipal construction. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures  Obtain all applicable federal, state, and local permits for construction projects.  The Colorado Stormwater Construction General permit applies to construction sites disturbing one acre or more, or less than one acre but part of a larger common plan of development.  A larger common plan of development is defined as a contiguous area where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules under one plan.  A dewatering permit may be required if construction activities require the removal and discharge of groundwater offsite.  A U.S. Army Corp of Engineers (USACE) Section 404 Permit may be needed if the work will be conducted in or impact waters of the United States, including wetlands, washes, drainages, ditches, creeks, streams, and rivers.  Applicable sediment and erosion controls may be installed, such as inlet protection, silt fence, sediment traps, erosion control logs, check dams, and vehicle tracking control. Sediment and erosion controls will be For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Sediment Chemicals Organics Trash Good Housekeeping Waste Management Employee/Contractor Training Proper Cleanup and Disposal Procedures Related Procedures Heavy Equipment and Vehicle Maintenance Parks and Open Space Maintenance Spill Prevention and Response Street, Curb, and Gutter Replacement and Construction Utilities and Storm Sewer System Replacement and Construction Vehicle Fueling EXHIBIT E Page 2 of 2  installed and maintained in accordance with approved design criteria and/or industry standards.  Material stockpiles will not be stored in stormwater flow lines. Temporary sediment control will be used during temporary, short-term placement while work is actively occurring.  Where feasible, grading activities should be scheduled during dry weather.  Best management practices will be periodically inspected and maintained as necessary.  Waste containment for concrete washout, masonry, paint, trash and other potential pollutants will be available when these activities are being conducted.  Where practicable, non-structural controls will be used, such as phased construction, dust control, good housekeeping practices, and spill prevention and response. Employee Training  Train applicable employees who perform new construction activities on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform new construction activities. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet. References City of Centennial SOP: New Construction SOP, August 2007. Mesa County, Municipal Operations and Maintenance Program, July 2005. EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 3 Street, Curb, and Gutter Replacement and Construction Description Procedures involving the replacement and construction of streets, curbs, and gutters have the potential to impact stormwater quality. Materials involved in these activities should be used efficiently and disposed of properly. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures General  Obtain all applicable federal, state, and local permits for construction projects.  The Colorado Stormwater Construction General permit applies to construction sites disturbing one acre or more, or less than one acre but part of a larger common plan of development.  A larger common plan of development is defined as a contiguous area where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules under one plan.  A dewatering permit may be required if construction activities require the removal and discharge of groundwater offsite.  A U.S. Army Corp of Engineers (USACE) Section 404 Permit may be needed if the work will be conducted in or impact waters of the United States, including wetlands, washes, drainages, ditches, creeks, streams, and rivers. For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Fine-grained sediment Organics Oil Saw-cut slurry Trash Good Housekeeping Dumpster/Waste Management Employee/Contractor Training Proper cleanup and disposal procedures Dry cleaning methods Related Procedures Spill Prevention and Response Street Sweeping Street Sweeper Cleaning and Waste Street, Curb and Gutter Maintenance EXHIBIT E  Applicable sediment and erosion controls may be installed, such as inlet protection, silt fence, sediment traps, erosion control logs, check dams, and vehicle tracking control. Sediment and erosion controls will be installed and maintained in accordance with approved design criteria and/or industry standards.  When saw cutting, ensure that no slurry enters the storm drain. Let the slurry dry, sweep it up, and properly dispose of the sweepings or vacuum while saw cutting.  Do not perform concrete or asphalt paving work during wet conditions whenever possible.  Monitor construction equipment for leaks and use drip pans as necessary.  Leaking material containers should be properly discarded and replaced.  Store materials in containers under cover when not in use and away from any storm drain inlet.  Wash out mixers, delivery trucks, or other equipment in the designated concrete washout area only.  Locate concrete washout, portable toilets, and material storage away from storm drain inlets.  Material stockpiles will not be stored in stormwater flow lines. Temporary sediment control will be used during temporary, short-term placement while work is actively occurring.  Sweep or vacuum the roadway as needed, during construction and once construction is complete.  Best management practices will be periodically inspected and maintained as necessary.  Where practicable, non-structural controls will be used, such as phased construction, dust control, good housekeeping practices, and spill prevention and response procedures.  Where practicable, non-structural controls will be used, such as phased construction, dust control, good housekeeping practices, and spill prevention and response. Bridge Construction  Do not transfer or load any materials directly over waterways.  Suspend drop cloths or nets below any bridgework where wastes, scraps, or drips might be spilled into a waterway. Concrete Work  Minimize the drift of chemical cure on windy days by using the curing compound sparingly and applying it close to the concrete surface.  Ensure there is a concrete truck washout area available or require the contractor to wash out at the batch plant. Page 2 of 3 EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 3  Whenever possible, recycle concrete rubble; otherwise, dispose of it as solid waste. Asphalt Work  Control the placement of road base or asphalt used in embankments or shoulder backing; do not allow these materials to fall into any storm drain or watercourses.  Whenever possible, recycle asphalt. If recycling is not possible, dispose of as solid waste. Painting and Striping  If possible, schedule painting and striping projects during dry weather.  Use thermoplastic or epoxy markings in place of paint whenever feasible.  Use care to prevent splashing or spilling of any liquid material. Follow the Spill Prevention and Response procedure should a spill occur. Employee Training  Train applicable employees who perform street, curb, and gutter construction on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform street, curb, and gutter construction. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet. References City of Centennial, Department of Public Works: Asphalt and Concrete Program, No Date. City of Centennial, Department of Public Works: Asphalt Program, No Date. PACE, Stormwater Best Management Practices: Street Maintenance, No Date. Optional Additional Resources Concrete truck washout BMP specifications. Gravel road maintenance procedures. EXHIBIT E Street, Curb, and Gutter Maintenance For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Fine-grained sediment Organics Oil Saw-cut slurry Trash Good Housekeeping Dumpster/Waste Management Employee/Contractor Training Proper cleanup and disposal procedures Dry cleaning methods Related Procedures Spill Prevention and Response Street Sweeping Street Sweeper Cleaning and Waste Description Street, curb, and gutter activities include concrete and asphalt installation, maintenance, repair, and replacement; bridge maintenance; and painting and striping. Procedures involving the maintenance of streets, curbs, and gutters have the potential to impact stormwater quality. Materials involved in these activities should be used efficiently and disposed of properly. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures General  Protect storm drain inlets and drains with curb socks, rock berms, inlet protection, or drain covers/mats prior to any maintenance activity.  When saw cutting ensure that no slurry enters the storm drain, let the slurry dry, sweep it up, and properly dispose of the sweepings.  Do not perform concrete or asphalt patch work during wet conditions whenever possible.  Leaking material containers should be properly discarded and replaced.  Store materials in containers under cover when not in use and away from any storm drain inlet.  Monitor equipment for leaks and use drip pans as necessary.  Sweep or vacuum the roadway once maintenance activities are complete. Page 1 of 3 EXHIBIT E Bridge Maintenance  Do not transfer or load any materials directly over waterways.  Secure lids and caps on all containers when on bridges.  Suspend drop cloths or nets below any bridgework where wastes, scraps, or drips might be spilled into a waterway. Concrete Maintenance  Minimize the drift of chemical cure on windy days by using the curing compound sparingly and applying it close to the concrete surface.  Ensure there is a concrete truck washout area available or require the contractor to wash out at the batch plant.  Whenever possible, recycle concrete rubble; otherwise, dispose of it as solid waste. Asphalt Maintenance  Sweep to minimize sand and gravel from new asphalt from getting into storm drains, streets, and creeks.  Do not allow asphaltic concrete grindings, pieces, or chunks used in embankments or shoulder backing to enter any storm drain or watercourses. Apply temporary perimeter controls. Install silt fence until the structure is stabilized or permanent controls are in place.  Whenever possible, recycle broken asphalt. If impossible, dispose of as solid waste.  Drainage inlet structures shall be covered with inlet protection during application of seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, and/or fog seal. Painting and Striping  If possible, schedule painting and striping projects during dry weather.  Use thermoplastic or epoxy markings in place of paint whenever feasible.  The pre-heater for thermoplastic striping and the melting tanks used during pavement marking must be filled carefully to prevent splashing or spilling of materials. Leave 6 inches at the top of pre-heater and the melting tanks to allow room for material to move and splash when vehicles are deadheaded. Employee Training  Train applicable employees who perform street, curb, and gutter maintenance on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform street, curb, and gutter maintenance. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed: Page 2 of 3 EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 3  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet. References City of Centennial, Department of Public Works: Asphalt and Concrete Program, No Date. City of Centennial, Department of Public Works: Asphalt Program, No Date. PACE, Stormwater Best Management Practices: Street Maintenance, No Date. Optional Additional Resources Concrete truck washout BMP specifications. Gravel road maintenance procedures. EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 4 Spill Prevention and Response Description Due to the type of work and the materials involved, many activities that occur either at a municipal facility or as part of municipal operations have the potential for accidental spills. Some municipal facilities operate under Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plans that include procedures for spill response. Proper spill response planning and preparation enables employees and contractors to effectively respond to problems and minimize the discharge of pollutants to the storm sewer system. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures Spill Prevention  Keep work areas neat and well organized.  Maintain a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each hazardous chemical. Follow the Outdoor Material Storage procedures.  Provide tight fitting lids for all containers.  Keep containers clearly labeled. Labels should provide name and type of substance, stock number, expiration date, health hazards, handling suggestions, and first aid information.  Store containers, drums, and bags away from direct traffic routes to prevent accidental spills.  Inspect storage containers regularly for signs of leaking or deterioration.  Replace or repair leaking storage containers.  Use care to avoid spills when transferring materials from one container to another. For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Chemicals Toxics Oil Paint Fuel Good Housekeeping Waste Management Employee/Contractor Training Proper cleanup and disposal procedures Related Procedures Fertilizer, Pesticide, and Herbicide Application Heavy Equipment and Vehicle Maintenance Material Storage Materials Management Outdoor Vehicle Maintenance Vehicle Fueling EXHIBIT E Page 2 of 4  Use powered equipment or get assistance when moving materials to and from a storage area. Use care to prevent puncturing containers with the equipment.  Do not wash down or hose down any outdoor work areas or trash/waste container storage areas except where wash water is captured and discharged into the sanitary sewer (if approved).  Conduct periodic inspections to ensure that materials and equipment are being handled, disposed/recycled, and stored correctly.  Provide adequate spill kits or lockers with sufficient equipment and supplies necessary for each work area where the potential for spills or leaks exists.  Inspect each spill kit or locker regularly and after each spill response. Replace any spent supplies or repair any equipment that is worn or not suitable for service.  Stock adequate personal protective equipment. Spill Response Safety Consider safety at all times. Anticipate and avoid all likely hazards. Never approach, contact, or sample an unknown substance. If a highly toxic or flammable substance is discovered, staff should leave the immediate area and contact the appropriate identified response authority, such as the fire department. If there is any question about a substance, contact the appropriate identified response authority or other designated representative. Procedures  Stop the leading edge of the spill. Block or divert the spill to avoid discharge to the storm sewer system and to minimize the area requiring cleanup.  Determine the source of the spill and stop the spill at its source by closing a valve, plugging a leak, or setting a container upright. Transfer material from a damaged container.  Identify the material and volume spilled. Contact the appropriate identified response authority or other designated representative if you cannot identify the material and its properties.  Refer to the MSDS to determine appropriate personal protective equipment, such as gloves and safety glasses and appropriate cleanup methods.  Clean up spills immediately to prevent spreading of wastes by wind, rain, and vehicle traffic and potential safety hazards.  Use sand absorbents or socks, pillows, or pads to quickly capture spilled liquid and properly dispose of all clean-up materials. Use dry clean-up methods only.  Complete all necessary reports. EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 4 Spill Reporting  A spill of any chemical, oil, petroleum product, or sewage that enters waters of the state of Colorado (that include surface water, ground water, and dry gullies and storm sewers leading to surface water) must be reported immediately to the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment.  Release of a substance into a storm drain, or onto a parking lot or roadway as part of a storm sewer leading to surface water, is reportable. However, if the material can be contained and cleaned within the storm sewer system to the degree that a subsequent flow in the storm sewer will not flush the substance to waters of the State, it may not need to be reported.  Contact the appropriate identified response authority within the municipality or other designated representative and be prepared to provide details needed to report the spill to the necessary agencies.  Detailed spill reporting guidance can be found at http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/op/wqcc/Resources/Guidance/spillguidance.pdf and http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/hm/spillsandreleases.htm Employee Training  Train applicable employees who perform spill prevention and response on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform spill prevention and response activities. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Records of any major spills and the action taken.  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet. References City of Centennial, Department of Public Works: Good Housekeeping, No Date. City of Centennial, Department of Public Works: Materials Management, No Date. City of Centennial, Department of Public Works: Spill Prevention and Control, No Date. City of Golden, Stormwater Quality Pollution Prevention Guide for Municipal Operations: Parks Department Golf Course, January 2004. City of Lafayette, Spill Clean Up, No Date. Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, Environmental Spill Reporting, January 2009. EXHIBIT E Page 4 of 4 Mesa County, Municipal Operation and Maintenance Program, July 4, 2005. USEPA Menu of BMP: Spill Response and Prevention, cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/, accessed July 5, 2009. EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 4 Utility and Storm Sewer System Maintenance Description This procedure addresses utility and storm sewer system maintenance. Utilities include power, sanitary sewer, water conveyance systems, and the storm sewer system. Power includes electrical and gas utilities. Maintenance of power may require excavation and reinstallation of lines including open cut trenching or directional boring in landscaped areas or street right of way. Electrical and gas line maintenance ensures services are provided to businesses and households without interruption. The sanitary sewer system is cleaned as part of routine maintenance and on an emergency basis. Without proper maintenance, sanitary sewer back-ups and overflows may occur and can result in potential property damage and significant health concerns if not properly managed. Water conveyance systems are flushed and pressure tested as part of routine maintenance. Potable water systems must be properly maintained to ensure delivery of water that meets State and Federal health standards. Failures result in water main breaks that can cause property damage including erosion. The storm sewer system is cleaned as part of routine maintenance and on an emergency basis in the event of flooding. Maintenance will remove pollutants and ensure the system functions properly to avoid flooding. Flooding, ponding, and uncontrolled sheet flow can result in property damage and increased soil erosion. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Sediment Nutrients Metals Hydrocarbons Trash Good Housekeeping Waste Management Employee/Contractor Training Proper Cleanup and Disposal Procedures Related Procedures Heavy Equipment and Vehicle Maintenance Parks and Open Space Maintenance Spill Prevention and Response Street, Curb, and Gutter Replacement and Construction Utilities and Storm Sewer System Replacement and Construction Vehicle Fueling EXHIBIT E Page 2 of 4 Procedures General  Conduct routine inspection and maintenance on utility and storm sewer systems.  Where feasible, schedule maintenance activities during dry weather.  Monitor the jet/vacuum truck closely for leaks and use a drip pan as needed.  Wash and fuel the jet/vacuum truck per the Heavy Equipment/Vehicle Maintenance procedure.  Properly dispose of vac truck contents.  Stay alert for any signs of illicit discharges. This includes “dry weather” flows or pipes or hoses emptying directly into waterways or the storm sewer system.  Report any suspicious discharges or dumping to your supervisor. Electrical and Gas Utility Maintenance  To prevent sediment, mud and particles generated by power utility maintenance from entering the stormwater system implement inlet protection, perimeter control, street sweeping, vehicle tracking control, stockpile management and material management BMPs.  Restore landscaped or hardscaped areas promptly. Potable Water Line Flushing  Remove any debris from the gutter that could wash away with the water. If possible, sweep the flow line before flushing the line.  Direct the water so that it is not flowing over exposed soil areas in order to minimize erosion. Water Line Breaks  Contain spoils by building berms or installing rock socks around the area of disturbance.  Dewater the excavation by using a vac truck.  Discharge high chlorine water to the sanitary sewer via the nearest manhole, to a water truck, through a dechlorinating diffuser, or other method of dechlorination.  Remove sediment from the street, curb, gutter and storm inlets as needed immediately following the repair.  Where needed, install a temporary patch or repave as soon as practicable following the repair.  If necessary, revegetate areas as soon as practicable following the repair. Sanitary Sewer Backup  Clear line stoppage to prevent backup into house basements and manhole overflows. EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 4  Contain overflows by using emergency generator, pump and/or a vac truck to intercept flows. It may be necessary to construct additional containment.  Clean up spills by washing and vacuuming the affected areas. Lime may need to be applied for disinfection of affected areas. Lime must be removed once disinfection is complete. Storm Sewer System Pipes, Catch Basins, Inlet and Outlet Structures, and Culverts  Clean storm sewer system by manual cleaning or jetting the pipes using a jet/vacuum truck to remove the material.  Do not temporarily store collected storm system cleaning debris adjacent to any surface water, storm drain inlet, or drainageway.  Storm sewer system maintenance wastes may be either non-hazardous or hazardous. Solid non-hazardous waste may be disposed in a sanitary landfill or recycled. Liquid non-hazardous waste must be evaporated before disposing of it into the landfill or discharged to the sanitary sewer system with the approval of the local wastewater treatment plant. Hazardous waste, as defined under Colorado Hazardous Waste Regulations (6 CCR 1007-3), must be transported and disposed of at a permitted disposal or treatment facility.  Replace or maintain “no dumping” stencils or plaques as necessary.  Remove trash from trash racks and grated openings. Detention and Retention Ponds  Inspect the outlet works and remove trash or vegetation from the trash racks and grates.  Inspect side slopes of the pond for erosion and reestablish vegetation as needed.  Remove and service fountains and aerator motors as recommended.  Report any suspected water quality problems such as a change in growth or appearance of vegetation.  Report excessive sediment accumulation, standing water beyond the designed drain down time or damage requiring additional maintenance. Drainageways Drainageways include drainage channels, ditches, grass swales, and washes.  Inspect drainageways for erosion and repair if necessary.  Remove and properly dispose of trash and debris from the drainageways. Remove sediment which could impede flow in drainageways.  Leave an unmown buffer when mowing adjacent to drainageways to filter pollutants. Do not leave grass clippings in or next to the drainageway. Do not apply landscape chemicals in the buffer area. EXHIBIT E Page 4 of 4 Employee Training  Train applicable employees who perform utility and storm sewer system activities on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform utility and storm sewer system activities. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet. References Center for Watershed Protection, Municipal Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping Practices: Version 1.0, September 2008. City of Centennial SOP: Detention Pond Maintenance SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Inlet, Pipe, and Vault Cleaning and Disposal SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Drainageway Maintenance SOP, August 2007. City of Golden Stormwater Drainage Maintenance Plan, February 2008. City of Greeley, Department of Public Works: Storm Water Drainage Program, January 2008. City of Greeley, Department of Public Works: Ditch Program, No Date. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Ditch Cleaning, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Cleaning Storm Drain System, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Manhole Cleaning, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Potable Line Flushing, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Sanitary sewer Backup, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Waterline Breaks, March 2009. Mesa County, Municipal Operations and Maintenance Program, July 2005. Partners for a Clean Environment, Storm Drain Maintenance, No date. Optional Additional Resources Municipal codes and ordinances that relate to utility or storm sewer system maintenance. Inspection and maintenance frequency plan for the storm sewer system. Specific instructions on how to operate applicable equipment. Instructions on how to track the amount of debris collected. Treated Water Discharge Plans for potable water maintenance. EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 3 Utility and Storm Sewer System Replacement and Construction Description This procedure covers utility and storm sewer system replacement and construction. Utilities include power, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, water conveyance systems. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures General  Obtain all applicable federal, state, and local permits for construction projects.  The Colorado Stormwater Construction General permit applies to construction sites disturbing one acre or more, or less than one acre but part of a larger common plan of development.  A larger common plan of development is defined as a contiguous area where multiple separate and distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules under one plan.  A dewatering permit may be required if construction activities require the removal and discharge of groundwater offsite.  A U.S. Army Corp of Engineers (USACE) Section 404 Permit may be needed if the work will be conducted in or impact waters of the United States, including wetlands, washes, drainages, ditches, creeks, streams, and rivers. For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Sediment Chemicals Organics Trash Good Housekeeping Waste Management Employee/Contractor Training Proper Cleanup and Disposal Procedures Related Procedures Heavy Equipment and Vehicle Maintenance Parks and Open Space Maintenance Spill Prevention and Response Street, Curb, and Gutter Replacement and Construction Utilities and Storm Sewer System Replacement and Construction Vehicle Fueling EXHIBIT E Page 2 of 3  Applicable sediment and erosion controls may be installed, such as inlet protection, silt fence, sediment traps, sediment control logs, check dams and vehicle tracking control. Sediment and erosion controls will be installed and maintained in accordance with approved design criteria and / or industry standards.  When saw cutting, ensure that no slurry enters the storm drain. Let the slurry dry, sweep it up, and properly dispose of the sweepings or vacuum while saw cutting.  Where feasible, grading activities will be scheduled during dry weather.  Do not perform concrete or asphalt paving work during wet conditions whenever possible.  Monitor construction equipment for leaks and use drip pans as necessary.  Leaking material containers should be properly discarded and replaced.  Store materials in containers under cover when not in use and away from any storm drain inlet.  Wash out mixers, delivery trucks, or other equipment in the designated concrete washout area only.  Locate concrete washout, portable toilets, and material storage away from storm drain inlets.  Material stockpiles will not be stored in stormwater flow lines. Temporary sediment control will be used during temporary, short-term placement while work is actively occurring.  Sweep or vacuum the roadway as needed, during construction and once construction is complete.  Best management practices will be periodically inspected and maintained as necessary.  Where practicable, non-structural controls will be used, such as phased construction, dust control, good housekeeping practices, and spill prevention and response procedures. Emergency Repair and Replacement Emergency Discharges are defined as situations in which it is not possible to implement all of the available BMPs due to the uncontrolled nature of the discharge. The primary focus during these events is to identify and mitigate the cause as soon as possible. Clean up of resulting sediment or other pollutants will be performed as soon as practicable following the emergency. Refer to the Spill Prevention and Response procedure for reporting requirements. EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 3 Employee Training  Train applicable employees who perform utility replacement and construction activities on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform utility replacement and construction activities. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet. References Center for Watershed Protection, Municipal Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping Practices: Version 1.0, September 2008. City of Centennial SOP: Detention Pond Maintenance SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Inlet, Pipe, and Vault Cleaning and Disposal SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Drainageway Maintenance SOP, August 2007. City of Golden Stormwater Drainage Maintenance Plan, February 2008. City of Greeley, Department of Public Works: Storm Water Drainage Program, January 2008. City of Greeley, Department of Public Works: Ditch Program, No Date. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Ditch Cleaning, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Cleaning Storm Drain System, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Manhole Cleaning, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Potable Line Flushing, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Sanitary sewer Backup, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Waterline Breaks, March 2009. Mesa County, Municipal Operations and Maintenance Program, July 2005. Partners for a Clean Environment, Storm Drain Maintenance, No date. EXHIBIT E City of Fort Collins Regulatory and Government Affairs Division Verification Originator Revised Approved Issued Initials LR SS Date Oct. 09 10/19/09 Environmental Standard Operating Procedure (ESOP) ESOP—Power Washing (Pressure Washing) wastewater Revision date: 10/19/2009 Page 1 of 3 Persons who will use this ESOP: City staff who perform power washing, and their supervisor/manager. Area of application: A variety of City departments perform power washing. The employee who power washes, and his/her supervisor/manager, will use the information in this SOP to guide their power washing, and supply purchasing, activities. Document location: I:\RGA Division\SOPs\ESOPs Revisions Rev. No. Date Description 001 002 Procedure Index 1.0 Purpose 2.0 Scope 3.0 Process 4.0 Training Requirements 5.0 References/Related Documents 6.0 Records EXHIBIT E City of Fort Collins Regulatory and Government Affairs Division Verification Originator Revised Approved Issued Initials LR SS Date Oct. 09 10/19/09 Environmental Standard Operating Procedure (ESOP) ESOP—Power Washing (Pressure Washing) wastewater Revision date: 10/19/2009 Page 2 of 3 1.0 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this ESOP is to describe the appropriate methods of handling power washing wastewater. 2.0 Scope 2.1 The scope of this ESOP is limited to the description of the allowable methods of the disposal of power washing wastewater and the protection of the storm drainage system; the scope does not include specifics on how to power wash. 3.0 Process 3.1 Power washing wastewater must be prevented from running uncontrolled in the City’s storm water system. The system includes streets, inlets, gutters, ponds, creeks, ditches, and the Poudre River. During the power washing activity, ensure the wastewater is controlled by the utilization of the natural slope of the land, or barriers such as inlet covers. Use of barriers on an impermeable surface also requires that the wastewater be vacuumed, collected, and disposed of properly. 3.2 General pollution prevention procedures: A. Use dry methods for surface pre-cleaning, such as using absorbent on small oil spots and sweeping up trash, debris, dirt, and used absorbent before power washing. B. Minimize the amount of water used during power washing activities. C. Avoid using cleaning products that contain hazardous substances (e.g., hydrofluoric acid, muriatic acid, sodium hydroxide, bleach) that can turn wastewater into hazardous waste. 3.3 Prior to power washing, decide on one of the following methods of disposal: D. Landscape--power washing wastewater may be discharged to landscaped areas if the materials used and the material removed are not harmful to vegetation, there is no ponding, and there is no uncontrolled runoff to the stormwater system. E. Wastewater treatment system-- As long as the collected wastewater does not have an oil sheen, has a pH between 5 and 11, and does not contain any hazardous or toxic substances, the wastewater may be disposed of into the City’s wastewater treatment system. 1. If you add anything to the wash water (ie—a cleaning agent) or if you have questions about the content of your power washing wastewater, EXHIBIT E City of Fort Collins Regulatory and Government Affairs Division Verification Originator Revised Approved Issued Initials LR SS Date Oct. 09 10/19/09 Environmental Standard Operating Procedure (ESOP) ESOP—Power Washing (Pressure Washing) wastewater Revision date: 10/19/2009 Page 3 of 3 please contact the industrial pretreatment office at 221-6938. 2. Disposal into the City’s wastewater treatment system may be done either by discharging directly to an inside drain, or by pump truck at the Drake wastewater treatment facility. Disposing by pump truck requires a waste hauler’s permit, and a 5 cent/gallon fee will be charged. For fee information, or to obtain a permit, contact the industrial pretreatment office at 221-6938. F. Truck the waste to a different waste disposal facility. 3.4 Once wastewater has been collected, visible solids remaining in the collection area must be swept up to prevent future discharges to the storm drain. 3.5 A sewer manhole cover may not be removed for disposal to the wastewater system. 3.6 If you are working in an area that is serviced by a neighboring wastewater district, such as South Fort Collins Sanitation or Boxelder, it is necessary to contact that district’s industrial pretreatment coordinator before discharging to their system. 4.0 Training Requirements 4.1 The training requirement associated with this procedure is knowledge of the proper management of power washing wastewater. 5.0 References / Related Documents 5.1 http://www.cdphe.state.co.us/wq/PermitsUnit/PolicyandGuidance/powerwash.pdf 5.2 I:\RGA division\Illicit Discharge Program\Complaint Calls\pressure washing\City power washing guidance.pdf 6.0 Records 6.1 The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet.  List of power washing activities and departments responsible for conducting power washing. EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 3 Vehicle Fueling Description Spills of gasoline and diesel fuel on the ground or on vehicles during fueling can wash into a storm drain and cause water pollution. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures General  Fuel vehicles at approved locations (municipal fueling station or offsite fueling station).  Provide spill kits near the municipal fueling location.  If fuel is stored in an above-ground tank, store fuel in enclosed, covered tanks with secondary containment (e.g., concrete barrier or double-walled tanks).  All fuel tanks will be inspected per State and Federal regulations.  Periodically inspect municipal fueling locations for the following:  For above-ground tanks, inspect tank foundations, connections, coatings, tank walls, and piping systems. Look for corrosion, leaks, cracks, scratches, and other physical damage that may weaken the tank.  Check for spills and fuel tank overfills due to operator error.  Clean up any leaks or drips. Clean up is not completed until the absorbent is swept up and disposed of properly.  Report leaking vehicles to fleet maintenance. For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Metals Hydrocarbons Toxins Good Housekeeping Drip pans Secondary containment Automatic shutoff nozzles Signs Spill response plans Spill cleanup materials Dry cleanup methods Employee training Related Procedures Heavy Equipment/Vehicle Maintenance Outdoor Fleet Maintenance Spill Prevention and Response EXHIBIT E Page 2 of 3 Vehicle Fueling  Follow all posted warnings.  Ensure that the nozzle is properly inserted in the filler neck of the vehicle before dispensing any fuel.  Remain by the fill nozzle while fueling to ensure the nozzle stays in place.  Do not top off the tank of the vehicle once the nozzle has shut off the fuel.  Follow the procedures outlined in the Spill Prevention and Response Procedure to respond to any leaks or spills.  Clean fuel dispensing areas with absorbent material.  Never use water to clean up a spill. Mobile Fuel Truck  Provide inlet protection (e.g., berms, weighted inlet covers) for nearby storm drain inlets when transferring fuel and fueling a vehicle.  Use secondary containment when transferring fuel from the tank truck to the fuel tank. All gas cans must be placed in the secondary containment box/pan and remain on the ground when fueling.  Use a funnel to transfer fuel to vehicles and equipment. After the transfer is complete, the funnel should be dried with a rag or placed in a container to avoid dripping fuel on the ground. Employee Training  Train applicable employees who fuel vehicles on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who fuel vehicles. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet. References Center for Watershed Protection, Municipal Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping Practices: Version 1.0, September 2008. City of Centennial SOP: Vehicle Fueling, August 2007. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Vehicle and Equipment Fueling, March 2009. Mesa County, Municipal Operation and Maintenance Program, July 4, 2005. USEPA Menu of BMPs: Municipal Vehicle Fueling, cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/, accessed June 18, 2009. EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 3 Optional Additional Resources Municipal codes and ordinances that relate to vehicle fueling. Locations of approved offsite fueling stations. Locations of nearby spill kits. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan. EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 4 Outdoor Fleet Maintenance Description Although it is recommended that fleet maintenance activities be conducted indoors or under cover, it is sometimes necessary to perform fleet maintenance outdoors (e.g., equipment is too large to fit inside the maintenance building, temporary repairs need to be made before the equipment can be moved to the maintenance building, breakdowns, service calls). Some potential pollutants typically associated with outdoor fleet maintenance activities include oil, antifreeze, brake fluid and cleaner, solvents, batteries, and fuels. Consult the Spill Prevention and Response procedure and the Vehicle Fueling procedure for additional information on those topics. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures Fleet Maintenance  Fleet maintenance should be performed inside whenever possible.  If indoor maintenance is not possible, ensure maintenance is performed in a location where contact with stormwater is minimized, through berming and appropriate routing of drainage.  Provide inlet protection (berms, weighted inlet covers, etc.) for all adjacent inlets when work is occurring in close proximity to a storm drain inlet.  Have absorbent pads and drip pans accessible to capture leaks and spills during maintenance activities.  Keep equipment clean and do not allow excessive build-up of oil and grease. For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Metals Toxins Solvents (degreasers, paint thinners, etc.) Antifreeze Brake fluid and brake pad dust Battery acid Motor oil Fuel (gasoline, diesel, kerosene) Lubricating grease Good Housekeeping Drip pans Tarps Covered outdoor storage areas Secondary containment Proper disposal of used fluids Spill cleanup materials Dry cleanup methods Employee training Related Procedures Heavy Equipment and Vehicle Maintenance Material Storage Spill Prevention and Response Vehicle Fueling EXHIBIT E Page 2 of 4  Perform regular preventative maintenance to minimize the occurrence of leaks and major repairs.  Recycle and/or dispose of all wastes properly and promptly.  Do not dump any liquids or other materials outside, especially near or in storm drains or ditches. Sweep and pick up trash and debris as needed.  Clean up spills promptly using dry methods (do not hose down). Consult the Spill Prevention and Response procedure for more information. Cleanup is completed only after absorbent and rags are disposed of properly. Body Repair and Painting  Whenever possible, conduct all body repair and painting work indoors.  Use dry cleanup methods such as vacuuming or sweeping to clean up all metal filings, dust, and paint chips from grinding, shaving, and sanding. Dispose of the waste properly. Debris from wet sanding can be allowed to dry overnight, then swept and vacuumed. Liquid from wet sanding should not be allowed to enter the storm drain. Never discharge these wastes to the storm or sanitary sewer systems.  Minimize waste from paints and thinners by carefully calculating paint needs based on surface area and using the proper sprayer cup size.  Clean spray guns in a self-contained cleaner. Do not dispose of cleaner waste in the storm drain.  Use sanding tools equipped with vacuum capability (if available) to pick up debris and dust. Material Management  Store maintenance materials and waste containers (e.g., used oil and antifreeze) in labeled containers under cover or in secondary containment (e.g., double-walled tanks). Chemicals should not be combined in containers.  All hazardous wastes must be labeled and stored according to hazardous waste regulations.  Carefully transfer fluids from collection devices to designated storage areas as soon as possible. Do not store the transferred fluids adjacent to the containers.  Store new batteries securely to avoid breakage and acid spills.  Store used batteries indoors or in secondary containment to contain potential leaks. Recycle used batteries.  Conduct periodic inspections of storage areas to detect possible leaks. EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 4  Do not wash or hose down the storage area except in areas where the wash water will only enter the sanitary sewer drain as an approved discharge. Use dry clean-up methods as often as possible.  Keep lids on waste barrels and containers, and store them indoors or under cover to reduce exposure to rain.  Periodically inspect and maintain all pretreatment equipment, including sumps, separators, and grease traps to ensure proper functioning. Parts Cleaning  Use designated areas for engine, parts, or radiator cleaning. Do not wash or rinse parts outdoors. If parts cleaning equipment is not available, use drip pans or other containment to capture parts cleaning fluids.  Use steam cleaning or pressure washing of parts whenever possible instead of solvent cleaning.  When steam cleaning or pressure washing is used, only discharge wastewater to an oil/water separator connected to the sanitary sewer.  When using solvents, rinse and drain parts over the designated solvent tank so that fluids will not drip or spill onto the floor. Use drip boards or pans to catch excess solutions and divert them back to the tank. Allow parts to dry over the hot tank.  Recycle cleaning solution when it becomes too dirty to use. Never discharge cleaning waste to the storm or sanitary sewer systems. Vehicle and Equipment Washing  Vehicles should be washed, whenever possible, in the municipality’s vehicle and equipment wash area/bay or taken to a commercial car wash. Employee Training  Train applicable employees on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform outdoor vehicle maintenance. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Record of any major spills and the action taken.  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet.  Heavy equipment and vehicle maintenance logs. EXHIBIT E Page 4 of 4 References Center for Watershed Protection, Municipal Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping Practices: Version 1.0, September 2008. City of Centennial SOP: Vehicle and Equipment Storage SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Vehicle Maintenance SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Vehicle Washing SOP, August 2007. City of Golden. Fleet Maintenance Standard Operating Procedure, July 29, 2007. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Repair, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Vehicle and Equipment Washing, March 2009. Mesa County, Municipal Operation and Maintenance Program, July 4, 2005. Partners for a Clean Environment. Stormwater Protection: Vehicle Repair. Spring 2009. USEPA Menu of BMP: Municipal Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance, cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/, accessed May 27, 2009. USEPA Menu of BMP: Municipal Vehicle and Equipment Washing, cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/, accessed May 27, 2009. Optional Additional Resources Municipal codes and ordinances that relate to fleet maintenance. Chemical purchasing policies. Guidelines for staff to dedicate a percentage of their time to vehicle and equipment maintenance. Specific directions on how to use the municipality’s vehicle wash area. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan. EXHIBIT E Page 1 of 4 Heavy Equipment and Vehicle Maintenance Description Regular maintenance of municipal vehicles and equipment, or municipality-contracted vehicles and equipment prolongs the life of the municipality’s assets and prevents the leaking of hazardous fluids commonly associated with normal wear and tear of vehicles and equipment. Potential pollutants generated at vehicle maintenance facilities include oil, antifreeze, brake fluid and cleaner, solvents, batteries and fuels. When services are contracted, this written procedure should be provided to the contractor so they have the proper operational procedures. In addition, the contract should specify that the contractor is responsible for abiding by all applicable municipal, state, and federal codes, laws, and regulations. Procedures Maintenance activities should be performed inside a maintenance building unless the equipment is too large to fit inside or temporary repairs need to be made before the equipment can be moved to the maintenance building. Consult the Outdoor Fleet Maintenance procedure when it is necessary to perform repairs outside of the facility (breakdowns, service calls, etc.). Vehicle Storage  Monitor vehicles and equipment closely for leaks and use drip pans as needed until repairs can be performed.  When drip pans are used, check frequently to avoid overtopping and properly dispose of fluids.  Drain fluids from leaking or wrecked vehicles and from motor parts as soon as possible. Dispose of fluids properly. For More Information Name Address City, State Phone e-mail Possible Pollutants Metals Toxins Solvents (degreasers, paint thinners, etc.) Antifreeze Brake fluid and brake pad dust Battery acid Motor oil Fuel (gasoline, diesel, kerosene) Lubricating grease Good Housekeeping Drip pans Tarps Covered outdoor storage areas Secondary containment Proper disposal of used fluids Spill cleanup materials Dry cleanup methods Employee training Related Procedures Material Storage Outdoor Fleet Maintenance Spill Prevention and Response Street Sweeper Cleaning and Waste Vehicle Fueling Vehicle Washing EXHIBIT E Page 2 of 4 Vehicle Maintenance  Conduct routine inspections of heavy equipment and vehicles to proactively identify potential maintenance needs.  Perform routine preventive maintenance to ensure heavy equipment and vehicles are operating optimally.  Recycle or dispose of all wastes properly and promptly.  Do not dump any liquids or other materials outside, especially near or in storm drains or ditches. Sweep and pick up trash and debris as needed. Body Repair and Painting  Whenever possible, conduct all body repair and painting work indoors.  Use dry cleanup methods such as vacuuming or sweeping to clean up all metal filings, dust, and paint chips from grinding, shaving, and sanding, and dispose of the waste properly. Debris from wet sanding can be allowed to dry overnight on the shop floor, then swept or vacuumed. Never discharge these wastes to the storm or sanitary sewer system.  Minimize waste from paints and thinners by carefully calculating paint needs based on surface area and using the proper sprayer cup size.  Do not use water to control over-spray or dust in the paint booth unless this wastewater is collected. This water should be treated and permission granted by the wastewater treatment plant prior to discharge into the sanitary sewer system.  Do not dispose of spray gun cleaner waste in the storm drain.  Use sanding tools equipped with vacuum capability (if available) to pick up debris and dust. Material Management  Store maintenance materials and waste containers (e.g., used oil and antifreeze) in labeled containers under cover or in secondary containment (e.g., double-walled tanks). Chemicals should not be combined in containers.  All hazardous wastes must be labeled and stored according to hazardous waste regulations.  Carefully transfer fluids from collection devices to designated storage areas as soon as possible. Do not store the transferred fluids adjacent to the containers (for example, oil drip pans with used oil in them should not be placed next to the used oil tank).  Store new batteries securely to avoid breakage and acid spills.  Store used batteries indoors or in secondary containment to contain potential leaks. Recycle used batteries.  Conduct periodic inspections of storage areas to detect possible leaks. EXHIBIT E Page 3 of 4  Do not wash or hose down storage areas except where wash water will enter the sanitary sewer as an approved discharge. Use dry clean-up methods whenever possible.  Keep lids on waste barrels and containers, and store them indoors or under cover to reduce exposure to rain.  Periodically inspect and maintain all pretreatment equipment, including sumps, separators, and grease traps to ensure proper functioning. Parts Cleaning  Use designated areas for engine, parts, or radiator cleaning. Do not wash or rinse parts outdoors. If parts cleaning equipment is not available, use drip pans or other containment to capture parts cleaning fluids.  Use steam cleaning or pressure washing of parts whenever possible instead of solvent cleaning.  When steam cleaning or pressure washing, only discharge wastewater to an oil/water separator connected to the sanitary sewer.  When using solvents to clean parts, rinse and drain parts over the designated solvent tank so that fluids will not drip or spill onto the floor. Use drip boards or pans to catch excess solutions and divert them back to the tank. Allow parts to dry over the hot tank.  Recycle cleaning solution when it becomes too dirty to use. Never discharge cleaning waste to the sanitary sewer or storm sewer. Vehicle and Equipment Washing  Vehicles should be washed in the municipality’s vehicle and equipment wash area/bay or taken to a commercial car wash. Employee Training  Train applicable employees who perform heavy equipment and vehicle maintenance on this written procedure. Information regarding how to avoid and report spills will be presented during the training.  Periodically conduct refresher training on the SOP for applicable employees who perform heavy equipment and vehicle maintenance. Records The following records could be used to document activities performed:  Record of any major spills and the action taken.  Records of employee training with sign-in sheet.  Heavy equipment and vehicle maintenance logs EXHIBIT E Page 4 of 4 References Center for Watershed Protection, Municipal Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping Practices: Version 1.0, September 2008. City of Centennial SOP: Vehicle and Equipment Storage SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Vehicle Maintenance SOP, August 2007. City of Centennial SOP: Vehicle Washing SOP, August 2007. City of Golden. Fleet Maintenance Standard Operating Procedure, July 29, 2007. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Repair, March 2009. City of Lafayette Standard Operating Procedure: Vehicle and Equipment Washing, March 2009. Mesa County, Municipal Operation and Maintenance Program, July 4, 2005. Partners for a Clean Environment. Stormwater Protection: Vehicle Repair. Spring 2009. USEPA Menu of BMP: Municipal Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance, cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/, accessed May 27, 2009. USEPA Menu of BMP: Municipal Vehicle and Equipment Washing, cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/menuofbmps/, accessed May 27, 2009. Optional Additional Resources Municipal codes and ordinances that relate to vehicle and equipment maintenance. Chemical purchasing policies. Loading and unloading bulk materials. Guidelines for staff to dedicate a percentage of their time to vehicle and equipment maintenance. Specific directions on how to use the municipality’s vehicle wash area. Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures Plan. EXHIBIT E EXHIBIT F EXHIBIT F EXHIBIT F EXHIBIT F